A
. PRACTICAL
SPANISH GRAMMAR
WITH
EXERCISES AND THEMES
BY
EUGENE W. MANNING, PH.D.
PROFESSOR OF MODERN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES IN DE PAUW
UNIVERSITY
FOURTH EDITION, REVISED
NEW YORK
HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY
PRESERVATION
COPY ADDED
, I .'••."
COPYRIGHT, 1891,
BY
HENRY HOLT & CO.
ROBERT DRTTMMOND,
ELECTROTYPER AND PRINTER,
NEW YORK.
PREFACE.
THE following pages, written at first for my classes
in Cornell University, are now handed over to the
public in the hope that they may be of some help in
introducing others, as well as college students, to the
Spanish language ' and literature. My aim has been
to write a practical grammar and, so far as college
students are concerned, one that may be tolerably
well mastered (leaving time for reading about 150
ordinary duodecimo pages of Spanish in one college
year), provided two recitations per week are devoted
to it.
My own custom has been to have the students learn
the advance lesson only so thoroughly as to be able to
write out the theme ; to have them put the theme on
the board ; to correct jt myself, having the students
correct their themes as I indicate mistakes and
state reasons for changes, and on the review (next
time we meet) to give (without book or theme) the
Spanish for the English (as well as the English for
the Spanish) on my reading the sentences aloud. A
part at least of the Spanish reading lessons was also
translated on review (as above) from hearing me read
the Spanish. This method seemed to work admira-
bly at Cornell ; but is given here simply for such
teachers as may not have a definite and possibly better
method of their own.
Since Spanish is rarely taken up until after some
m
IV PKEFACE.
other language than the mother-tongue has been
studied, much has been left out that otherwise would
have found its way into the book. The statements
about the pronunciation of Spanish are the results of
some months' careful listening to the best Spanish
orators in the Ateneo at Madrid. In the vocabulary
the order of the English alphabet has been followed,
since that is of course much more familiar to English-
speaking persons. No great effort has been made
after the first half-dozen themes to have the sentences
easy, and so the vocabularies are long. It will be
found, however, that only about one half the words
are used in the themes (masculine nouns coming
first in the lesson vocabularies, then feminine nouns,
then other words). The reading of easy Spanish
may be begun with profit after the first conjugation
(12th lesson) has been mastered.
It will be noted that the arrangement of the Span-
ish verb is an entirely new one, which it is believed
will greatly facilitate the mastering of the verb. A
short chapter on the history of Spanish, especially in
its relation to Latin, will be found just before the
general vocabularies. A list of all irregular verbs in
the Spanish, for which I am indebted chiefly to Knapp's
Spanish Grammar, will be found on pp. 113-127, and a
general index at the end of the book. While acknowl-
edging my indebtedness to the Spanish Academy
Grammar, to Wigger's "Grammatik der Spanischen
Sprache " (to this latter especially for the treatise on
the subjunctive mood), and to others, no one has been
so closely followed as to make its author responsible
for what is here, though I have taken from many
sources whatever suited my purpose.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
PAGE
ALPHABET AND PRONUNCIATION, 1
Alphabet, § 1. Gender of Letters, 2. Capital Letters,
3. Remarks on Letters, 4. Sound of Vowels, 5.
Quality of Vowels, 6. Diphthongs, 7. Triphthongs,
8. Consonants, 9-32. Double Consonants, 33. Tonic
Accent, 34-36. Graphic Accent, 37. Division of
Syllables, 38. Punctuation, 39.
LESSONS WITH EXERCISES AND THEMES.
I. GENDER, ARTICLE, etc. : Present of ser, . 7
II. NOUN s— GENDER, NUMBER, CASE, etc.: Imper-
fect of ser, .0 10
III. NOUNS WITH ARTICLE, and as Diminutive and
Augmentative, and Present Tense of tener, 14
IV. ADJECTIVES : Present Tense of estar, . . 18
V. ADJECTIVES (Comparison of) : ser and estar
distinguished, . . . c . .21
VI. NUMERALS : Present of haber, c . .25
VII. CONJUNCTIVE AND DISJUNCTIVE PERSONAL
PRONOUNS, and Present Tense of amar, . 30
VIII. CONJUNCTIVE AND DISJUNCTIVE POSSESSIVE
ADJECTIVES AND PRONOUNS: Present
Tense of comer, 36
IX. DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES AND DEMON-
STRATIVE PRONOUNS : Present Tense of
recibir, 40
X. RELATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS :
Imperfect of amar, . . . . .44
XI. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS : Preterite of amar, . 49
XII. VERB-FORMS : hablar (First Conjugation), . 54
XIII. SECOND AND THIRD CONJUGATION : temer,
recibir, 60
XIV. EUPHONIC CHANGES IN REGULAR VERBS:
tocar, etc., .... . 64
v
VI TABLE OF CONTENTS.
PAGE
XV. COMPOUND TENSES and haber, to have, . 68
XVI. PASSIVE VOICE : ser and estar, . . .72
XVII. REFLEXIVE VERBS and tener, . . . 77
XVIII. IRREGULAR VERBS : acertar and others— First
Conjugation, 81
XIX. IRREGULAR VERBS: atender and others — Second
Conjugation, 87
XX. IRREGULAR VERBS — Second Conjugation (con-
cluded) : DEFECTIVE VERBS, ... 93
XXI. IRREGULAR VERBS : sentir and others — Third
Conjugation, 99
XXII. IRREGULAR VERBS: Third Conjugation (con-
cluded)— DEFECTIVE VERBS, . . . 103
XXIII. IMPERSONAL VERBS : Verbs used negatively
and interrogatively, 109
LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS AND PRINCIPAL DEFEC-
TIVE VERBS, 113
XXIV. USE OF THE TENSES : Simple Tenses, . . 128
XXV. SIMPLE TENSES (concluded) : COMPOUND
TENSES, 132
XXVI. THE IMPERATIVE MOOD: CONDITIONAL MOOD, 136
XXVII. THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD in Independent and
Dependent Sentences, .... 140
XXVIII. THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD in Dependent Sen-
tences (concluded): Sequence of Tenses, . 144
XXIX. THE INFINITIVE MOOD, 148
XXX. THE INFINITIVE MOOD (concluded), . .152
XXXI. PRESENT PARTICIPLE : PAST PARTICIPLE, . 156
XXXII. ADVERBS, 160
XXXIII. PREPOSITIONS, 164
XXXIV. PREPOSITIONS (concluded), . . . .169
XXXV. CONJUNCTIONS AND INTERJECTIONS, . .175
SKETCH OF THE HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LANGUAGE,
especially in its Relation with Latin, . . . 179
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY, 195
VOCABULARY OF SPANISH PROPER NAMES, . . .219
ENGLISH- SPANISH VOCABULARY, 221
GENERAL INDEX, 237
PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR
1. ALPHABET AND PRONUHCIATION.
Letters.
Names.
Pronounced.
A a
a
a in ah
B b
be
bd in bane
C c
ce
thd in thane
Ch ch
che
chd in change
D d
de
da in date
E e
e
d in ate
P f
efe
a'fay2
G g
ge
*hld in hate '
H h
I i
hache
i
a'tchay^
7&1tfieel
J i
jota
'h^'ta
K4 k4
ke
kay2
L 1
ele
a'lay2
LL 11
elle
arly3ay*
M m
erne
a'may8
N n
ene
a'nay2
N n
ene
S'ny5ay2
0 o
0
0
P p
pe
pa in pane
Q q
cu
coo in coon
R r
ere
a'ray2
RR rr
erre
ar'ray2
S s
ese
a'say24
T t
te
ta in tame
U u
u
oo in ooze
V v
ve
va in vane
W6 w'
doble u
dorblay2 oo '
X x
equis
a'keece
Y y
i griega
ee greea^ga
Z z
zeta
thaOar~-^
1 Strongly and deeply aspirated. 2 ay having the sound of
ey in they. 8 Like Hi in William. 4 Used only in borrowed
words, as kilometro. 5 ny here like ni in um0n. 6 Used only
in foreign words, as Wj,M;i$ton, and pronounced as oo in ooze,
2 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
2. All letters are of the feminine gender : as, una a,
una b, etc.
3. Capital letters are used in general as in English.
The names of the months and days of the week, also
adjectives formed from names of nations, provinces,
towns, and men and yo ( = /), begin with small
letters.
4. (a) The vowel sounds (which occur of tener than
in English) are full and distinct, (b) The consonants
are rather touched upon than distinctly pronounced.
(c) The only new sound (not found in English) is that
of g before e or i, and of j (always like Spanish g be-
fore e or i). (d) H (except in ch [see 11] and in initial
hie1 and hue) is silent, (e) U, except when it has the
diaeresis2 (ii), is silent between g and e or i, and always
after q.
5. A like a in ah or in far: arma, casa.
E " a in ate: edad, doble.
I " ee in eel: indicar, inutil.
0 " o in go: obra, modo.
TT " oo in ooze: lugar, unos.
Y4 as vowel like Spanish i : voy, doy, soy.
6. The quality of the vowels remains the same,
though they are short in unaccented and (generally)
long in accented syllables.
7. DIPHTHONGS.5 — Each of the five vowels (a, e, i, o,
u) may be doubled (without forming a diphthong), or
1 Very lightly touched even here. Many say it is silent.
2 Always used to break up a diphthong.
8 See § 4 (e). * Y is a vowel when alone, as in y (and), and at
the end of a word or syllable; elsewhere a consonant.
5 In diphthongs and triphthpngs te&clj vowel is slightly
DIPHTHONGS — TRIPHTHONGS — CONSONANTS. 3
be followed1 by and may form a diphthong1 with each2
of the other four vowels. If one of the vowels of these
combinations is accented, they generally do not form
a diphthong ; if neither is accented, they generally
form a diphthong. (See § 8 (&).)
8. (a) TRIPHTHONGS. — These are iai, as in preciais ;
iei, as in precieis ; uai (or nay), as in santiguais,
guay ; uei (or uey), as in bueitre (buitre), buey.
(b) Note that the triphthongs (and diphthongs) have
each vowel sounded and with its usual sound, only
each vowel unites more or less intimately with the
other vowel (s).
9. CONSONANTS. — B as in English before 1 and r;
elsewhere not so distinctly (with lips scarcely touch-
ing), and by some, though incorrectly, almost like v.
10. C like k before a, o, u, or a consonant (except h),
and sounds like th (as in thin) before e or i. Cc used
only before i and like k'th : as, accion.
11. Ch. like ch in much (mucho).
12. D as in English, except with lighter pressure
of the tongue; before r or final very slightly sounded,
or almost like th in then.
13. F like English/.
14. G3, before a, o, u, or another consonant, as in
English go. Before e or i is nearly like h in hate,
deeply and fully aspirated (or better, ch in German
Tuch, deep and full). Gn as in signal.
sounded, and except in the combinations io, oi, and some-
times eo, it is the vowel first in alphabetical order that gen-
erally receives the tonic, if not the graphic, accent.
1 Y takes the place of final i, except when i is accented: as,
jabali.
2 H between vowels has no effect on the pronunciation.
«See§4(e).
4 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
15. H: see § 4 (d) and page 3, note 2.
16. J always like g before e or i. (See § 14.)
17. K like k in kind.
18. L as in English.
19. LI like Hi in William.
20. M as in English; never doubled, m or nm used
instead and rarely final.
21. N as in English; when doubled, both sounded.
22. N1 as ni in union.
23. P as in English (initial only before 1 or r or a
vowel).
24. ft always followed by u, and sounds like k
being silent).
25. R is strongly rolled at the beginning of a word
or syllable, or after 1, n, s, and whenever doubled.
26. S always hard, as in English sand.
27. T always (even before i) like t in tin.
28. V2 as in English, except that the upper teeth
and lower lip scarcely touch.
29. W as in English (when used at all).
30. X now always like Ics : as, x in wax.
31. Y as consonant (i.e., at beginning of word or
followed by a vowel in same syllable) is pronounced
as in English.
32. Z always like c before e or i (that is, as th in
thin).
33. Spanish avoids assimilation of consonants
(using inmortal [Eng. immortal]), and generally sim-
plifies double consonants (as dificil [Eng. difficult]).
Except n and 1, only c and r are capable of being
doubled: as, ella, ennoblecer, accion, error. (Double
1 For description of this sign see § 37.
2 Found only before vowels.
TONIC ACCENT — GRAPHIC ACCENT. 5
1 [= 11] and double r [= rr] are phonetically indepen-
dent letters.)
34. TONIC ACCENT. — (a) Words ending in a con-
sonant ' (including infinitives, imperatives [2d plu.],
and the second person plural of verbs), except plurals
in s or es, and verb-forms in s, es, mos, an, en, and
on, are accented on the final syllable, unless other-
wise marked, (b) Proper names in ez, and some in
es, are accented on the next to the last syllable:
as, Lopez, Cervantes.
35. Words ending in a vowel or diphthong (counted
as one syllable2), and plurals in s or es, and verb-
forms in s, es, mos, an, en, and on, are accented on
the next8 to the last syllable, unless otherwise marked.
36. Plurals keep the accent of the singular (except
car£cterand regimen, caract6res and regimenes); and
compounds, the accent (not always marked) of the
separate parts : as, mondadientes = m6nda-di6ntes.
37. GEAPHIC ACCENT. — (a) The acute accent (')
is used4 to distinguish a word-form used in one sense
from the same form used in another sense: as, el = the,
61 = Tie ; se = self, s6 = / know ; etc. : and to indicate
irregularly accented syllables and interrogative words,
etc. (b) The tilde (~) is used over n when the vowel
1 Or in a diphthong with y as the last letter.
2 Providing the word has a syllable preceding the diph-
thong, which, to fall under the rule, must be i plus a vowel or
u plus a vowel; but tio is pronounced ti'-o, and aldea = al-de'-a,
etc. Many verbs-forms in ia, ie, io, ua, ue, no sometimes
graphically accent the i or u.
3 The rules of the Spanish Academy for the accent differ
somewhat from the above; but the Academy rules have not,
up to the present, been generally followed by publishers.
4 Even over capital letters.
6 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
sound following n is to be preceded by the sound of
initial y: hence aiio = anyo. (c) The diaeresis (")
is placed over the vowel u in the syllables giie, giii
to denote that the u must be pronounced; and in
poetry it also breaks up diphthongs : as, riiido, viaje.
(cl) Other graphic signs (except as elsewhere referred
to) as in English.
38. DIVISION OF SYLLABLES. — (a) One consonant,
including ch, 11, n (rr1), belongs to the following vowel :
as, ca-lle, ha-cer, ha-llar, sue-no, (b) Two consonants,
if they are such as may begin a Spanish word (b^c^j^
g, and p followed by 1 or r, and d or t followed by r),
go with the following vowel: as, ha-blar, con-cluir,
etc. (c) In other cases the first (or the first plus s)
of several consonants goes with the preceding vowel,
(even x is divided into c-s): as, con-mover, ins-pi-
rar, mac-simo (maximo). (d) Unaccented diphthongs
are generally not divided: as, a-gua, bue-no, etc.; but
continu-a, continu-e, etc. (e) Compound words are
divided between the different parts : as, pro-nom-bre ;
but in many words little attention is paid to the origi-
nal Latin division : as, su-bir, des-cripcion, etc., instead
of sub-ir, de-scripcion, etc.
39. (a) Owing to the difficulty in distinguishing the
interrogative or exclamatory sentence by its form, the
sign of interrogation2 or exclamation2 (only inverted)
is usually placed before it : as, j due* me quieres ? 2
; Como llueve ! 2 (b) Other punctuation in Spanisa is
about the same as in English.
J Authorities differ as to rr, but the dictionaries consulted
generally divide: as, per-ro.
2 The inverted sign is generally omitted at the beginning
with short sentences.
GENDER, ARTICLES, ETC. 7
%
LESSON I.
GENDER, ARTICLES, ETC.
40. CASES. — There are two cases1 (nominative and
objective), as in English.
41. GENDER. — There are three genders, masculine,
feminine, and neuter, though the neuter2 is very sel-
dom used.
42. NUMBER. — There are two numbers, singular
and plural; and the sign of the plural is s or es, as in
English.
43. DEFINITE ARTICLE.
m. el ) m. los ) ,
/. la [ sing. /. las f Plu'
n. lo ) n. (no plural.)
44. INDEFINITE ARTICLE.
m. un ) a or an m. unos4 ) ones or a few.
/.3 una ) sing. /. unas4 ) plu.
n. (wanting.) n. (wanting.)
1 The Spanish Academy Grammar gives six cases, as follows:
Masculine. Feminine.
Nom. el lobo, the wolf. la carta, the letter.
Gen. (de el) del lobo, of the de la carta, of the letter.
wolf. [to the wolf.
Dat. (a el) al or para el lobo, a or para la carta, to the let-
Ac", el lobo, the wolf. la carta, the letter. [ter.
Vov. lobo, wolf. carta, letter.
Abl. con el lobo, with the wolf. con la carta, with the letter.
8 Used chiefly with adjectives, pronouns, and possessives:
as, the good, lo bueno; (the) mine, lo mio.
3 See §§61 and 46.
4 Really indefinite adjectives; at times indefinite pronouns
or even nouns.
8 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
I
45. De el (of the) are contracted to del,, and a el
(to the) to al.
46. El is used for euphony before feminine nouns
of. two syllables1 (not adjectives) beginning with an
accented a or ha : as, el ala, el ave ; also del ala,
al ave : but plural regular: las alas, las aves, de
las alas, a las aves, etc. Tin is used for una, just as el
for la ; though this usage is not to be commended.
47. INFLECTION OF PRESENT TENSE OF ser, to be.
yo soy, / am. nosotros somos, we are.
C(tu eres,2 ihou art.) ffvosotros sois,*^6 are.)
^_Usted es,3 you are. \JJstedes son,3 you are.
el es, he is. ellos son, they are.
ella es, she is. ellas son, they are.
48. listed and Ustedes are contractions for vuestra
merced (your honor) and vuestras mercedes (your worft
ships), and are still further contracted to V.4 (for sin-
gular) and VV.4 (for plural); but they represent the
English you singular and plural: as, V.4 ("UV
esmiamigo. VV.4 (Ustedes) son hermanos (brother
49. i Habla V. ? means, do you speak ? are you .</;<
ing ? speak you 9 i Hablaba V.? means, did you sj».
were you speaking 9 spoke you ? And the same r,<
of other verbs in the positive, interrogative, ai
clamatory forms.
VOCABULARY I.
el astro, star. la muchacha, girl.
hermano, bi*other. tierra, earth.
hijo, son. vida, life.
1 But not longer words: as, la anima, la Africa.
2 Avoid the use of this form.
4 With verbs in third person.
HOUHS. GEKDER — DUMBER — CASE. 11
51. Names of months, days, points of the compass,
of most fruit-trees, rivers, and mountains, are mas-
culine: as, enero, January; domingo, Sunday; norte,
north; castano, chestnut; Bin, Rhine; los Alpes, the
Alps.
52. Compound nouns, made up of a verb and a
noun, are generally masculine; others usually take
the gender of the second part: as, besamanos (m.), a
kissing of the hand; cortaplumas (m.), a penknife;
contrahaz (f.), wrong side.
53. (a) Except those ending in a, d (and many
in z), most nouns, especially those in o, are mascu-
line: as, hijo, son; mes (m.), month; but mesa (f.),
table; verdad (f.), truth; faz (f.), face, (b) Some
nouns are of either gender: as, el martir, la martir.
(c) Some have different forms for the feminine: as,
caballo, horse; yegua, mare.
54. Proper names of kingdoms, provinces, cities,
etc., ending in a are feminine; others are gener-
ally masculine: as, el Brasil, la Suiza (Switzerland),
Madrid (m.). .
55. NUMBER. — Nouns ending in an unaccented
vowel (except y or i : as, rey, reyes), and a few with
accented final vowels (as, pi6, mama, pap&), take s; all
others (except proper names in s and z, and some
others with final syllable unaccented and ending in s/
which remain the same) take es to form the plural : as,
libro, libros; mujer (woman), mujeres; jabali, jaba-
lies, etc. (but los Cervantes, los liines [the Mondays]).
Z final becomes c before es of plural: as, voz, voces.
56. Some nouns are used only in the singular: as,
fe, faith; oro, gold; some only in the plural: as, los
viveres, provisions; some have different meaning in
12 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
singular and plural : as, esposa, wife; esposas, wives,
or handcuffs. Most compounds make only last part
plural: as, ferro-carril (railway), ferro-carriles.
IMPERFECT TENSE OF ser, to be.
era, / was. eramos, we were.
V. era, you were. VV. eran, you were.
era, he, she, it was. eran, they wer&.
VOCABULARY II.
el Americano, American. la Europa, Europe.
amigo, friend. flor. flower.
amor, love. madre, mother.
buque, ship. mama, mamma.
cabello, hair. manzana, apple
Cervantes, Cervantes. palabra, word.
chino, Chinese. semana, week.
dia, day. senora, lady.
domingo, Sunday. Suiza, Switzerland.
enero, January. activo, active.
espanol, Spanish. [States, fbien, well.
los Estados Unidos, The United t cerca (de), near.
el Frances, FrencJiman. cinco, jive.
guante, glove. dan, give.
hombre, man. femenino (a,}, feminine.
ingles, English. fuerte, strong.
mariner o, sailor. grande, large.
ojo, eye. j hay, there are.
palacio, palace. joven, young.
papa, papa. largo, long.
pie, foot. moreno, chestnut
plural, plural. negro, black.
"primo, cousin. no, no.
oficial, officer. pequeno, small.
rio, river. primero, first.
sofa, sofa. que, than.
tribu, tribe. tambien, also.
valor, courage. tienen, have.
Wostenholm, Wostenholm. no, no.
GENDER — NUMBER — CASE. 13
EXERCISE II.
1. Los muchachos son los hermanos de la mucha-
cha. 2. Enero es el primer^ mes del ano. 3. Do-
mingo es el primer dia de la semana. 4. Los hom-
bres del norte son activos. 5. El Rin es un rio
grande. 6. Las palabras mesa, verdad y faz, son ferne-
ninas. 7. Los pinos de los Alpes son hermosos. 8. Los
reyes de Europa tienen muchos palacios. 9. Este
mes tiene cinco limes. 10. No hay dos Cervantes.
11. La Suiza es un pais pequeno. 12. La fe da valor.
13. Las esposas (wives) de los oficiales hablan de las
esposas (handcuffs) del marinero. 14. Los Ingleses y
los Franceses son amigos. 15. Los Americanos son
industriosos. 10. Los cortaplumas cle Wostenholm
son buenos. 17. El Brasil es mas grande que la
Suiza. 18. Los plurales de las palabras pie, papa,
mama, sofa, etc., son pies, papas, mamas, sofas, etc.
THEME II.
1. [I]2 am the3 son of a merchant. 2. Are you (sing.)
from Madrid ? 3. [We]2 are Americans. 4. Are you
(phi.) also Americans ? 5. The son of the mariner
is very young. 6. The ships of the English are very
large. 7. The railroads of the United States are
very long. 8. Truth has not two faces. 9. My cous-
ins (m.) give apples to the girls. ' 10. The pines on
the Alps near the Ehine in Switzerland are tall and
fine. 11. The eyes and hair(s) of the Spanish are
black or chestnut. 12. My brothers have English
1 See § 66.
2 Words in brackets [ ] are to be omitted.
3 See § 60 (I).
14 PEACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
hats, and my sisters have French gloves.- 13. The
feet of the Chinese are small. 14. The rivers of
America are large. 15. The love of (the) mothers is
strong. ] 6. Two of my friends speak1 English very
well. 17. Do you give flowers to the ladies ? 18. No,
the Germans give flowers to the girls and to the ladies.
LESSON III.
THE NOUN WITH ARTICLE, AND AS DIMINUTIVE AND
AUGMENTATIVE.
57. The definite article (which may here be called
the inclusive article) is used where any and every
member of a class is referred to: as, El hombre es
mortal, Man (any or every man) is mortal; La pa-
ciencia y la reflexion hacen faciles muchas cosas,
Patience and reflection make many things easy.
58. Senor, senora, etc., when used in address (and
proper names generally) take no article; but when
not used in address (and proper names with adjec-
tives2) generally take the article: as, Seiior doctor !
La senora condesa. El senor Don3 Luis Garcia.
59. (a) Many names of countries take the article
(others take it in some cases and not in others) :
as, el Brasil, el Canada, la China, la Florida, etc.
(b) Mountains and rivers generally (and some cities:
as, el Cairo, la Habana.) take the article.
1 See Exercise II. sen. 13.
2 ([Except santo]: as, el gran Luis), but san Pablo, santa
Teresa.
3 Don only used with Christian name.
NOUN WITH ARTICLE — AUGMENTATIVES, ETC. 15
60. Observe the following : (a) El si cuando es con-
juncion no tiene acento, Si when it is a conjunction
has not an accent, (b) Tenia banados de ligrimas
los ojos, She had her eyes bathed in tears, (c) El do-
mingo pasado, Last Sunday, (d) Son las siete, It is
seven o'clock, (e) El oro es el metal m£s precioso,
Gold is the most precious metal. (/) El rey de Prusia.
(g) Los vinos de Espana. (li) Dos pesetas la libra.
(t) El norte, el sud, etc. (j) El Tasso. (k) Historia
de Espana ; Vida de C. (1) Es hijo del capitan. (m) Es-
tar en casa, to be at home, (n) El dolor y Idgrimas re-
•~sisfr>7/ endure the pain and tears (article not repeated).
61. IKDBFINTB ARTICLE. — Some is generally un-
derstood: as, tiene hijos, lie has (some) children; vinie-
ron soldados, (some) soldiers came; d6me V. pan, give
me some bread. And in apposition and predicate in-
definite article is generally omitted: as, Ileg6 & Bona,
ciudad de Prusia, he came to Bonn, a city in Prussia;
es Aleman, he is a German; la vida es sueno, life is
a dream.
62. AUGMEOTATIVES AND DIMINUTIVES. — Many
nouns and adjectives (and a few participles and ad-
verbs) increase or decrease, or otherwise change their
meaning, by assuming certain terminations. The
most usual augmentatives are : on, ona ; azo, aza ;
ote, ota; acho, acha. Diminutives are: ito, ita; illo,
ilia ; ico, ica ; uelo, uela; hombre, man; hombron,1
big man ; fusilazo, a gun-shot ; seiior, gentleman ;
seiiorito, little or young gentleman ; seiior a, lady ;
senorita, little or young lady ; Maria, Mary ; Mari-
quita, little Mary?
1 Also hombrazo, very big man; hombracho or hombrote, mon-
strous or ridiculous man.
2 Other cases will appear in sentences.
16
PEACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
PKESENT TENSE OF tener, to have.
tengo, 1 haw. tenemos, we haw.
V. tiene, you have. VV. tienen, you have.
tiene, he, she, it has. tienen, they have.
VOCABULARY III.
el Alejandro^ Alexander.
amigote, great friend.
amiguito, little friend.
animal, animal.
bastonazo, blow with a cane.
Canada, Canada.
conde, count.
corazon, heart.
cristiano, • Christian.
descuido, heedlessness.
espiritu, spirit.
hierro, iron.
hugonote, Huguenot.
Juanito, little John.
nombre, name.
papel, paper.
perro, dog.
perrillo, little dog.
primito, little cousin.
puerto, port.
Rin, Rhine.
Rodano, Rhone.
vecino, neighbor.
(el) agua (f.), water.
la avecita, little bird.
ballena, whale.
Barcelona, Barcelona.
la Berna, Berne.
calentura, fever.
capital, capital.
carne, meat.
casita, little house.
condesa, countess.
cosa, thing.
Habana, Havana.
mano, hand.
memoria, memory.
Pepita, Josephine.
priesa, haste.
el Sena, Seine.
como, how.
catolico, Catholic.
cuando, when.
deme V., give me.
diez, ten (o'clock).
en, in.
esta, is.
esto, this.
feliz, happy, good.
inmortal, immorta.
meridional, south.
porque, why.
que, what,
ricazo, very rich.
EXERCISE III.
1. Las ballenas son animates. 2. <; Sefior Sanchez
habla1 V. ingles ? 3. Si, y la seflora Sanchez y la pe-
1 See § 49.
NOUN WITH ARTICLE — AUGMEOTATIVES, ETC. 17
quena Pepita, hablan f ranees. 4. El Canada y la
Florida son paises de America. 5. El Kodano, el
Kin, el Sena son rios de Europa. 6. El senor conde
de N. es mi vecino. 7. Son las diez. 8. El senorito
era hijo de un mercader. 9. Alejandro tuvo (had)
el nombre de grande. 1 0. La seflorita tiene calen-
tura. 11. Tiene feliz memoria. 12. Tiene buen
corazon. 13. Tiene a su vecino por buen cristiano.
14. Deme V. agua. 15. Mi amigote da un bastonazo
al perro. 16. Mi amiguito tiene una casita de papel.
17. Un buque de hierro esta en el puerto de Barce-
lona.
THEME III.
<-•*»
1. The spirit of man is immortal. 2. Havana is
the capital of (la) Cuba. 3. The why, the when, and
the how are not always easy. 4. The countess gives
a hat to the little John. 5. Brazil is a country of
South America. 6. The young lady has small hands.
7. It is ten o'clock. 8. Iron is the most useful
metal. 9. Haste and heedlessness make1 many
things difficult. 10. My father was an Englishman.
11. The Huguenots were Protestants. 12. Give me
[some] meat. 13. He came2 to Berne, [a] city of
Switzerland. 14. My little cousins have little dogs
'and little birds. 15. The merchant is very rich.
16. Gladstone has a good memory. 17. My father
regards3 (the) Mr. Sanchez as4 [a] good Catholic.
1 See § 57, last sentence. 3 Regards = tiene.
2 See § 61. 4 As = por.
16
PEACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
PRESENT TENSE OF tener, to liave.
tengo, 1 have. tenemos, we have.
V. tiene, you have. W. tienen, you have.
tiene, he, she, it has. tienen, they have.
VOCABULARY III.
el Alejandro^ Alexander.
amlgote, great friend.
amiguito, little friend.
animal, animal.
bastonazo, blow with a
Canada, Canada.
conde, count.
corazon, heart.
cristiano, -Christian.
descuido, heedlessness.
espiritu, spirit.
hierro, iron.
hugonote, Huguenot.
Juanito, little John.
nombre, name.
papel, paper.
perro, dog.
perrillo, little dog.
primito, little cousin.
puerto, port.
Rin, Rhine.
Rodano, Rhone.
vecino, neighbor.
(el) agua (f.), water.
la avecita, little bird.
ballena, whale.
Barcelona, Barcelona.
la Berna, Berne.
calentura, fever.
capital, capital.
carne, meat,
cane. casita, little house.
condesa, countess.
cosa, thing.
Habana, Havana.
mano, hand.
memoria, memory.
Pepita, Josephine.
priesa, haste.
el Sena, Seine.
I como, how.
catolico, Catholic.
cuando, when.
deme V., give me.
diez, ten (o'clock).
en, in.
esta, is.
esto, this.
feliz, happy, good.
inmortal, immorta-.
meridional, south.
porque, why.
que, what.
ricazo, very rich.
EXERCISE III.
1. Las ballenas son animates. 2. £ Senor Sanchez
habla1 V. ingles ? 3. Si, y la seflora Sanchez y la pe-
1 See § 49.
NOUN WITH AETICLE— AUGMENTATIVES, ETC. 17
quena Pepita, hablan f ranees. 4. El Canada y la
Florida son paises de America. 5. El Rodano, el
Rin, el Sena son rios de Europa. 6. El senor conde
de N. es mi vecino. 7. Son las diez. 8. El senorito
era hijo de un mercader. 9. Alejandro tuvo (had)
el nombre de grande. 10. La senorita tiene calen-
tura. 11. Tiene feliz memoria. 12. Tiene buen
corazon. 13. Tiene a su vecino por buen cristiano.
14. Deme V. agua. 15. Mi amigote da un bastonazo
al perro. 16. Mi amiguito tiene una casita de papel.
17. Un buque de hierro esta en el puerto de Barce-
lona.
THEME III.
1. The spirit of man is immortal. 2. Havana is
the capital of (la) Cuba. 3. The why, the when, and
the how are not always easy. 4. The countess gives
a hat to the little John. 5. Brazil is a country of
South America. 6. The young lady has small hands.
7. It is ten o'clock. 8. Iron is the most useful
metal. 9. Haste and heedlessness make1 many
things difficult. 10. My father was an Englishman.
11. The Huguenots were Protestants. 12. Give me
[some] meat. 13. He came2 to Berne, [a] city of
Switzerland. 14. My little cousins have little dogs
'and little birds. 15. The merchant is very rich.
16. Gladstone has a good memory. 17. My father
regards3 (the) Mr. Sanchez as4 [a] good Catholic.
1 See § 57, last sentence. 3 Regards = tiene.
* See § 61. 4 As = por.
18 PEACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
LESSON IV.
ADJECTIVES.
63. The rules for the plural of adjectives are in
general the same as for the plural of nouns ; and an
adjective qualifying two or more nouns is usually in
the masculine1 plural : as, boca y ojos pequenos,2
small mouth and eyes.
64. Adjectives ending in o in the masculine,
proper adjectives/ and most of those ending in an,
on, and or, change the jp^l letter into (or add) a for
the feminine ; and nearly all others (in a, e [not ete,
ote], it Lr,.s, z) remain unchanged in the feminine :
as, frio, cold, fria ; frances, French, francesa ; holga-
zan, indolent, holgazana; traidor, treacherous, trai-
dora; but agricola (m. and f.), agricultural.
65. (a) Adjectives, except such as indicate an in-
herent quality (as, duro hierro), or number or quan-
tity (as, dos, nmcho), regularly follow4 their nouns,
though some change their meaning according as they
stand before (in figurative sense) or (in literal sense)
after their noun : as, la mano tr6mula (trembling) ;
mucho vino ; un pobre escritor, a poor writer ; un
escritor pobre, an indigent writer, (b) The position
of the adjective often depends much on the euphony
of the sentence.
1 But feminine if all nouns are feminine.
2 Adjective agrees with first noun if it precedes; and with plu-
ral nouns adjectives agree with the nearest.
3 Not already ending in a.
4 Only todo (all) can precede the article : as, todos los reyes,
all the kings.
ADJECTIVES. L9
66. Alguno (some), bueno,1 malo,1 ninguno (not
any), postrero^/a^er), primero3 (first), tercero2
(third), and uno lose o before masculine nouns (or
nouns preceded by adjectives)! in the singular-:
grande1 generally loses the last syllable (de) before
all nouns (masc, or fern.) in the singular beginning
with any consonant/ except h; santo1 (not santa)
generally becomes" san before the names of New
Testament characters and calendar saints ; cual-
quiera, any, and its plural, cual§squiera, may lose the
final a immediately before (not after) any noun : as,
el primer hombre, cualquier libro.
67. The adjective, both singular and plural, may
be used as a noun : as, el bueno, the good one ; los
buenos, the good ones ; and lo bueno, the good.
PRESENT TENSE OF estar,5 to be.
estoy, I am. estamos, we are.
V. esta, you are. W. estan, you are.
esta, he, she, it is. estan, they are.
VOCABULARY IV.
- el aconsejador, counsellor. el filosofo, philosopher.
Ateneo, Athenwum. invierno, winter.
autor, author. Mateo, Matthew.
consejo, advice, counsel. negocio, affair.
cuchillo, knife. Pablo, Paul.
1 Buen, mal, gran, and san must immediately precede the
noun; otherwise bueno, etc., are used.
2 Sometimes o is retained in this word.
3 This and some others of these words occasionally lose a of
the feminine form.
4 Occasionally also before vowels.
5 The difference in meaning between ser and estar will be
noted in Lesson V.
20 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
el personaje, personage. con, with.
sabio, wise. contentisimo, very well pleased.
Salvador, Saviour. docto, learned.
segundo, second. feroz , ferocious.
traje, dress. fiel, faithful.
la batalla, battle. griego, Greek.
tiiesgT&cia, /"misfortune, latino, Latin.
estacion, season. liter ario, literary.
fB,ma,,fame. negro, black.
fortuna, fortune. nuevo, new.
guerra, war. par a, for. [rich.
iglesia, church. ( after noun, poor, not
lengua, language. ^° re' ( before n., poor, worth-
politica, politics. protestante, Protestant. [less.
sociedad, society. tenia, had.
ahora, now. fail, useful.
brillante, brilliant. venir, to come.
cientifico (-a), scientific. verdadero, true.
EXERCISE IV.
1. Las lenguas latina y griega son bellas. 2. El
invierno es la estacion fria del ano. 3. El rey y la
reina, contentisimos del libro, hicieron (made or had)
venir aP autor. 4. Un muchacho holgazan 6 una
muchacha holgazana es una desgracia cruel (severe)
para sus padres. 5. Los grandes hombres no tienen
siempre casas grandes. 6. Una mala pluma es una
amiga traidora. 7. El primer libro del Nuevo Testa-
mento es el de San Mateo. 8. San Daniel, San Pablo
y Santa Maria eran grandes personajes. 9. Deme V.
un cuchillo cualquiera. 10. El bueno ama (loves) lo
bueno, el poeta ama lo bello, el sabio ama lo verda-
dero. 11. Todos los hombres aman (love) lo agra-
dable. 12. Pocas mujeres aman la politica. 13. El
1 See page 10, note 2.
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES — ser AND estar. 21
perro es un animal fiel y util. 14. La senora del
traje negro es la hermana del oficial ingles. 15. Na-
poleon era un gran general.
THEME IV.
1. The whole hattle was an affair of some seconds.
2. Galdos and Valera are two great Spanish authors.
3. Echegaray is now the great dramatic author of
Spain. 4. The Athenaeum is a scientific and literary
society in Madrid. 5. Madrid has few Protestant
churches. 6. The wise do not love (see Ex. IV.
sen. 11) war. 7. A poor (not rich) author is not al-
ways a worthless author. 8. St. Paul was a very
learned man. 9. St. Mary was the mother of the
Saviour. 10. The philosopher loves the good, the
beautiful, and the true. 11. The philosopher Lotze
had brilliant and beautiful eyes. 12. Fortune and
fame are treacherous friends. 13. Elephants have
small mouths and eyes. 14. Ferocious animals are
the enemies of man. 15. A wise father gives wise
counsel to his children. 16. A wise counsellor is a
good friend.
LESSON V.
COMPAKISON OF ADJECTIVES AND DISTINCTION
BETWEEN ser AND estar.
68. The comparative degree is formed by prefixing
m&s, more, or m6nos, less, to the . positive, and the
superlative is generally formed by prefixing the ar-
ticle or possessive adjective to the comparative : as,
" No habia en el pueblo hombre tan acaudalado como
22 PRACTICAL SPAKISH GRAMMAR.
61, ni m£s soberbio ni m6nos caritativo" — " There
was not in the town (a) man so wealthy as he, nor
more proud, nor less charitable"
69. Some adjectives have double forms of compar-
ison ; the most important are :
(1) bueno, mejor, el etc. mejor (also rarely m£s and
el m&s bueno) 6ptimo.s
(2) malo, peor, el etc. peor (also rarely m&s and el
m£s malo) pesimo.3
(3) grande, mayor,1 el etc. mayor, or m&s, and el
m£s grande, m£ximo.3
(4) pequeno, menor,2 el etc. menor, or m£s, and el
m&s pequeno, minimo.3
(5) alto, superior, supremo.
(6) bajo, inferior, infimo.
70. Other forms of comparison: as, tan — como
(see § 68), tanto — cuanto (with verb after cuanto),
m&s — que (de),4 cuanto m&s, tanto m£s, etc., will be
found : as, es m&s docto de lo6 que parece (appears).
71. (a) When the article or a possessive adjective
precedes the noun, a superlative without the article
may follow ; and at, in, and of with a superlative are
generally rendered by de ; as, una de las posesiones
m&s remotas de Espana es la Habana. (b) For no
with comparative, and without full negative force,
see § 223 (e).
72. The absolute superlative is sometimes formed
1 Of persons older. 2 Of persons younger.
3 Absolute superlative (very good, etc.); rarely used.
4 With numerals.
5 Used with verb in second clause ; being neuter with ad-
jectives, but masculine or feminine with nouns.
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES— ser AND estar. 23
with bien, muy,1 very, etc.; but generally by dropping
the final vowel or diphthong,. and adding isimo (or
6rrimo)2 to the adjective, whose stem diphthong (ie,
ue) becomes a simple vowel (e, o) : as, bueno, boni-
simo, very good. C of final syllables usually changes
to qu, g to gu, z to c, ble to old form bil, and a few
other changes will be noted : as, fiel (faithful), fide-
lisimo.
73. To be is rendered by ser when it refers to what
is essential and permanent, and by estar for what is
accidental and temporary : as, la pnerta (door) es de
madera (wood) ; la puerta est& abierta (open) ; es
Espanol, he is a Spaniard ; est& en Espana; este
hombre es bueno ; este hombre est& bueno (well) ;
61 es soldado ; 61 est£ leyendo (reading) ; este es el
nino que est& enfermo, but eso es claro or est& claro.
VOCABULARY V.
la mina, mine.
noche, night.
parte, part.
pobreza, poverty.
quietud, quietness.
sopa, soup.
tierra, land.
tumba, tomb.
anchisimo, very broad.
andante, errant.
aquel, that.
avanzado, advanced.
beneficentisimo, very beneficent.
bonito, very pretty.
el arado, plough.
campo, country.
clima, climate.
error, error.
esclavo, slave.
escudero, shield-bearer.
medico, doctor.
la calle, street.
controversia, discussion.
desdicha, misfortune.
edad, age.
elocuencia, eloquence.
figura, stature.
Maria, Mary.
1 Muy sometimes means too.
* Added to words ending in ro, re, which letters are dropped
and errimo takes their place.
24 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
celeberrimo, very celebrated. optimo, best.
(se) dice, they say. pequeno, small.
dulce, sweet. perdido, lost.
energico, vigorous. poco, little.
esperar, A0p0. prudente, prudent.
friisimo (frio), ^ cold. riquisimo (rico), very rich.
gana (ganar), gains. tan-como, as (thorough) as.
gasta (gastar), spends, [happy, tan bien como, as well as.
infelicisimo (infeliz), very un- tanto mas— que, the more as.
larguisimo (largo), very large, tenido, had. See tener.
metieronle (meter), they laid him. valiente, valiant.
muy espanol, a tlwough Span- vivo vivo, living,
iard.
EXERCISE V.
1. Este libro es pequeno, ese es mas pequefio y
aquel es ei mas pequeno de todos. 2. Este error fue
(was, see § 165) grandisimo. 3. A una edad tan poco
avanzada es ya doctisimo. 4. Paris es mas grande
que Nueva York. 5. Cuanto mas virtuosos son los
hombres, tanto mas felices son. 6. Maria es la me-
jor amiga de mi hermana. 7. Cuanto menos dinero
gana tanto mas gasta. 8. <; Habla V. espanol tan
bien como su hermano ? 9. Se dice en espanol
"el mas bonito1 muchacho" 6 "el muchacho mas bo-
nito," pero solamente " el clima mas frio.^ 10. Whit-
tier tiene mas de ochenta aflos. 11. Pase (I passed,
see § 144) la noche con mas quietud de la2 que po-
dia (I could, see § 196) esperar. 12. Su elocuencia
es mas energica que dulce. 13. Mas dice la sefiora
Teresa de lo2 que piensa (thinks, see § 177, and
pensar, voc.). 14. Es tanto mas amable cuanto que
es modesta. 15. El tiene la mas mala (peor) figura
1 Superlatives may never precede their nouns, except when
their positives may do so.
2 See note 5, page 22.
NUMERALS. 25
que jamas he visto. 16. El ha (lias) perdido la mayor
parte de su dinero.
THEME V.
1. Of the -two sisters the older is the more prudent,
and the younger the more beautiful. 2. Dr. Agnew
is one of the wisest doctors in the land. 3. Sancho
is one of the best shield -bearers that [a] knight-
errant has had. 4. This woman is very beneficent.
5. He is as valiant as wise. 6. (The) Mr. Benot is a
thorough Spaniard. 7. They laid him living in a
tomb. 8. Luther's discussions are very celebrated.
9. The soup is good, but it is very cold. 10. I am
better in the country than in the city. 11. The
mines of California are very rich. 12. The streets of
Paris are very broad. 13. Slaves are very unhappy.
14. My best friend is very ill. 15. They are as tho-
rough gentlemen as he. 16. Poverty is not the
greatest misfortune. 17. Most (the greater part of)
birds fly (vuelan). 18. The best ploughs come (vie
nen) from Syracuse.
LESSON VI.
NUMERALS.
CARDINALS.
0 zero.
5 cinco.
10 diez.
1 uno, -a, un.1
6 seis.
11 once.
2 dos.
7 siete.
12 doce.
3 tres.
8 ocho.
13 trece.
4 cuatro.
9 nueve.
14 catorce.
1 These words agree with the nouns to which they refer
(see § 66); but uno and una lake no plurals as numerals.
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
15 quince.
16 diez y seis.*
17 diez y siete.
18 diez y ocho.
19 diez y nueve.
20 veinte.
21 veinte y uno, -a.1
30 treinta.
40 cuarenta.
50 cincuenta.
60 sesenta.
70 setenta.
80 ochenta.
90 noventa.
100 ciento, cien.5 6
101 ciento y uno, -a.1
200 doscientos.3 -as.3
500 quinientos, -as.
700 setecientos, -as.
900 novecientos,4 -as.
1000 mil.5
1100 mil5 y ciento.
100,000 cien mil.
1,000,000 un millon, un cuento.
1,000,000,000 un millar de cuentos.
1 billon (un millon de millones).
1 trillon (un millon de billones).
ORDINALS.
1st primer o, -a. 13th
2d segundo, -a. 20th
3d tercero, -a. 21st
4th cuarto, a. 30th
5th quinto, -a. 40th
6th sexto, -a; sesto, -a. 50th
7th septimo, -a; setimo, -a. 60th
8th octavo, -a. 70th
9th noveno, -a; nono, -a. 80th
10th decimo, -a. 90th
llth undecimo, -a. 101st
12th duodecimo, -a.7
74. The cardinals are used
days of the month (except the
decimo (-a) tercio (-a)
vigesimo, -a.
vigesimo (-a) primo (-8^
trigesimo, -a.
cuadragesimo, -a.
quincuagesimo, -a.
sexagesimo, -a.
septuagesimo, -a.
octogesimo, a.
nonagesimo, -a.
centesimo(-a) prim(er o (-a).
in speaking (a) of the
first): as, el cinco de
1 See note on page 25. 3 Dos cientos. etc.; also docientos.
2 Also written dieciseis, etc., veintiunc, etc.
4 Others not mentioned formed regularly.
5 Cannot have un before it (except as in 201,000, doscientos y
un mil).
6 Cien used as multiplier before another numeral, or imme-
diately before a noun, or a noun preceded by an adjective.
7 Other ordinal forms (doceno, treinteno, setuagesimo, etc.)
are often met with.
KUMEKALS. 27
mayo (May), but el primero de enero (January),
(b) In speaking of the sovereigns, after the tenth :
as, Luis catorce, but Felipe cuarto. (c) Generally
in speaking of chapters, pages, verses, etc. : as, pa-
gina treinta, page thirty, (d) In speaking of age
(generally) : as, a los doce aiios de edad (age).
75. (a) With numerals1 de, not que, is used for
than : as, mas de cien perros. (b) The numeral be-
fore mil agrees in gender with the noun : as, dos
cientas mil aves (birds), (c) Mil takes es only as
noun : as, este hombre gana muchos miles (thou-
sands), (d) Uno takes no s (except as indefinite
pronoun) : as, treinta y un hombres. (e) y belongs
only between the last two terms of compound nu-
merals : as, mil ochocientos y ocho.
76. Notice the following : (a) uno y uno, one and
one ; (b) uno por uno, one by one ; (c) quince dias,
two weeks ; (d) una vez, once ; (e) dos veces, twice ;
(f) la mitad (media parte), the half; (g) la tercera
parte, the third ; (h) dos pesos y cuarto, 2% dollars ;
(i) simple, simple; (/) doble, double; (k) un par, a
pair ; (1) una docena, a dozen.
77. We ask for the day of the month thus : (a) i A
cu&ntos estamos (del mes) ? At what are we of the
month ? A primero, a veinte, etc. (b) i due" dia del
mes tenemos (or es hoy) ? What day of the month
have we (or is to-day) ? El primero, el dos, el diez,
etc. We give the year thus : El ano (de), en el ano
(de), or en2 mil ocho cientos ochenta y nueve. C&diz,
agosto 6 de 1820.
1 But que is sometimes used when the sentence is negative.
2 But numeral cannot be given without preposition.
PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
78. For sentences asking and telling the time of
the day, see Exercise VI.
PRESENT TENSE OF haber, to have (AUX.).
he, I have. hemos, we have.
V. ha, you have. VV. han, you have.
ha, he, she, it has. han, they have.
VOCABULARY VI.
el agosto, August.
ano, year.
Becquer,1 Becquer.
dinero, money.
febrero, February.
el (la) habitante, inhabitant.
h™rt0' I garden.
jardin, \9
junio, June.
lugar, village.
marzo, March.
mayo, May.
minute, minute.
otono, fall.
par, pair.
setiembre, September.
verano, summer.
volumen, volume.
la biblioteca, library.
maiiana, morning.
mitad, half.
la obra, work.
pagina, page.
parte, part.
primavera, spring (time).
tarde, afternoon.
vez, time.
agradable, agreeable.
ancho, broad.
aqui. here.
calido, hot.
cuanto, how much ?
de, than of.
dentro de, within.
hace, since.
largo, long.
medio (a), half.
murio (morir), died.
nacio (nacer), was born.
por, by, in.
sabe (saber) V., do you know f
todavia, yet.
EXERCISE VI.
1. <; Que hora es ? Es la una, son las cinco. 2. Es
la una y media ; son las dos, menos cuarto. 3. Son
1 For proper names of persons and places see vocabulary of
proper names, page 219.
NUMERALS. 29
las ocho y cuarto, son las nueve y diez minutos.
4. Son las seis, menos siete minutos y medio.
5. <; A que hora esta V. en casa ? 6. A las tres, al
(a) medio dia, a media noche, por la manana.
7. Juan estuvo (was, see § 167) en el lugar hace
dos horas. 8. Pedro estara (will be, see § 167)
aqui dentro de tres horas. 9. Un mes tiene veinte
y ocho, veinte y nueve, treinta 6 treinta y un dias.
10. Un ano tiene tres cientos sesenta y cinco 6 tres
cientos sesenta y seis dias. 11. <r Cuando va (go, see
§ 214) Y. a Madrid? Voy (/ go, see § 214) los lunes
por la tarde. 12. Buenos dias (buenas tardes), bue-
nas noches, sefior, como esta V. ? 13. Los Estados
Unidos tienen mas de sesenta millones de habitantes.
14. El segundo volumen de las obras de Becquer es-
taba (see § 167) en la biblioteca. 15. Victor Hugo
estuvo en Madrid en mil ocho cientos y once.
16. Carlos cuarto sucedio a Carlos tercero, el doce
de agosto de 1788. 17. " Malaga,1 doce de abril."
THEME VI.
1. Do you know what time it is? 2. It is not yet
half -past one. 3. What day of the month is it ?
4. It is the twenty-fourth of March. 5. The day
has twenty-four hours, the hour has sixty minutes.
6. February is the second month of the year. 7. My
father goes to-day, the first of June, to Europe. 8. Is
the winter cold in Madrid? 9. No; and the fall and
spring are very agreeable, but the summer is very
1 As at the head of a letter.
3 The preposition a is not used before a personal object pre-
ceded by a numeral.
30 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
hot. 10. How much money do you wish (quiere V.) ?
11. Give me a hundred and fifty pesetas. 12. The
morning, the afternoon, and the night are the three
parts of the day. 13. I see two2 men in the park.
14. Twelve is the double of six, and the fifth part of
sixty. 15. Cervantes was born in 1547, and died at
sixty-eight years of age. 16. Lowell is 70 years of
age. 17. Louis the Fourteenth died the first of
September (of ') 1715, in the 77th year of his age.
18. How old are you ? 19. My garden is (has) three
hundred feet (de largo) long and one hundred and
sixty feet broad. 20. The table is (has) six feet by
four. (See § 266.)
LESSON VII.
CONJUNCTIVE AND DISJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRO-
NOUNS.
79. (a) Conjunctive personal pronouns are joined
with a verb, either as subject or object (direct or in-
direct), (b) Disjunctive personal pronouns are used
without a verb, or if with a verb, are not governed
by it.
80. FIRST PERSON :
SING. PLUR.
CONJUNCTIVE SUBJECT yo nosotros, nosotras3
DIRECT AND INDIRECT OBJECT me4 nos
DISJUNCTIVE mi nosotros, nosotras3
1 En used when day of month is not given ; de when day of
month is given. 2 See note 2, page 29.
3 Rarely nos, which is sometimes singular.
4 When conjunctive direct and indirect forms take preposi
tion (see note 2, page 10), they assume disjunctive forms : a
mi, etc.
PERSONAL PROKOZWS.
31
81. SECOND PERSON :
CONJUNCTIVE SUBJECT
DIRECT AND INDIRECT OBJ.
DISJUNCTIVE
82. THIRD PERSON :
SING.
listed (V.)
a listed (a V.)
usted (V.)
PLUR.
ustedes (VV.)
austedes (aVV.)
ustedes (VV.)
CONJUNCTIVE SUBJECT
INDIRECT OBJECT
DIRECT OBJECT
DISJUNCTIVE
83.
CONJUNCTIVE SUBJECT
INDIRECT OBJECT
DIRECT OBJECT
DISJUNCTIVE
el
le
SING. PLUR.
(m.), ella (/.) ellos (m.), ellas (/.)
" le " les " les "
le, lo1 '
el
la2
ella
los
ellos
las
ellas
SING.
ello (it, so, that), lo
a or para ello, le
lo
ello, lo
84. KEFLEXIVE PRONOUN, or substitute for third
person : himself, herself, itself, themselves:
CONJUNCTIVE SUBJECT
INDIRET OBJECT
DIRECT OBJECT
DISJUNCTIVE
85. SECOND PERSON
used) :
SING.
PLUR.
86
86
81
thou, tu (need rarely be
CONJUNCTIVE SUBJECT
INDIRECT AND DIRECT OBJECT
DISJUNCTIVE
SING.
tu3
te
ti
PLUR.
vosotros, vosotras4
OS, OS
vosotros, vosotras4
1 Although lo is much used, le is preferred by many author-
ities. Some use le for persons or things personified, other-
wise lo.
2 Sometimes, but improperly, used for indirect object.
3 Usted (V.) and ustedes (VV.) will generally be used in this
book, instead of those forms which are more appropriate for
the family, etc., than for general use.
4 Rarelv vos. which, like os, is sometimes singular.
32 PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
86. Subject pronouns are very frequently omitted
before verbs, unless required for emphasis or distinct-
ness : as, estoy, estamos, / am, we are.
87. The subject pronouns may either precede or
follow the verb, even in declarative sentences.
88. (a) Object pronouns1 (direct or indirect) gen-
erally do, and always may, precede the verb (or the
auxiliary in compound tenses) in the indicative mood,
yo le he visto (seen), (b) Object pronouns almost
always precede the subjunctive mood, (c) Pronouns
nearly always follow the imperative proper (not sub-
junctive for imperative), and d falls away before os
(except with idos), and s before nos : as, maravilla-
monos, divertimonos. (d) Object pronouns nearly al-
ways follow the infinitive and the gerund or present
participle : as, en vi6ndome solo, on seeing me alone.
89. In conjunctive pronouns of the first and sec-
ond person the direct object always precedes the
indirect ; and pronouns of the first and second per-
son both precede the third ; but the form se (direct
or indirect) precedes all. Both or all three object
pronouns keep together, either all before or all after
the verb : as, rindeteme ! (or tu te me rindes), sur-
render yourself to me ; 61 me lo da, he gives it to
me; etc.
1 (a) For clearness, emphasis, or contrast the pronoun may be
repeated in another form (with a) : as, Me revelo el secreto a mi,
He revealed the secret to me. A usted le han enviado un men-
saje, TJiey haw sent a message to you. A los desertores los han
indultado de la pena de muerte, They have freed the deserters
from the pain of death. Le dieron a la seiiora el primer asiento,
They gave ihe lady the first seat, (b] Mismo is often added to the
pronoun for emphasis,
PERSONAL PRONOUKS. 33
90. Of two conjunctive pronouns (neither being
reflexive) of the third person, the indirect takes the
form se, where otherwise such combinations as le la,
etc., would occur : as, quiero darselo (a mi herma-
nita), I wish to give it to her (to my little sister).
91. Lo often refers to a neuter adjective, to a
whole sentence, or in general to things without sex ;
used in predicate it means so : Eres mi amigo ? Lo
soy. Are you my friend ? I am so.
92. Se is used with impersonal verbs, with reflexive
and reciprocal verbs, and as equivalent for the pas-
sive voice : as, se dice, it is said.
93. (a) In exclamations de precedes the pronoun :
as, pobre de mi ! poor me I (b) Conmigo, contigo,
consigo mean respectively with me, with thee, with
himself, etc.
94. The indirect conjunctive pronoun is often used
with the definite article instead of the possessives
(with reference to parts of the body, the clothing,
etc.) : as, se le llenaron los ojos de lagrimas, in place
of sus ojos se llenaron de lagrimas, his eyes filled
with tears.
PRESENT OF amar, to love.
amo, amamos,
V. ama, VV. aman,
ama, aman.
VOCABULARY VII.
el asiento, seat. el periodico, newspaper.
bolsillo, pocket. tiempo, time.
caballero, horseman. la almendra, almond.
lapiz, lead-pencil. gracias, thanks (thank you).
mediodia, noon. muerte, death.
parque, park. pena, pain, punishment.
34 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
la pluma, pen. detras, behind.
sobrina, niece. entre, between.
acercando (acercar), approach- enviado (enviar), sent.
algo, anything. \ing. jamas, never.
aprender, to learn. leer, to read.
conveniente, suitable. mandar, to send command.
dando (dar), giving. i opportune,
decfa, said. oportuno, -j miM^
decir, to say. se, / know.
desdichado, unhappy. veo, I see.
EXERCISE VII.
1. Tiene V. libros ? Tengo menos (de ellos) que V.
2. Tienen VV. vino? No lo tenemos en la casa.
3. La gramatica espafiola parece (appears) muy facil,
pero no lo es. Me parece que es dificil. 4. Va V.
conmigo? Voy ahora al parque. 5. No se si el 6
ella esta aqui. 6. <; Me da V. el dinero a mi, 6 a mi
amigo? No se lo doy1 a V. 7. Tiene V. algo que
decirnos ? Se lo dire (/ shall say) a V. y no a el.
8. Voy (I go) a mandarselo a el. Es mejor mandar-
selo a ella que a el. 9. <;Que dice de ello? Nada
dice de ello. 10. Estan VV. contentos de ello ? Si
estamos nosotros muy contentos de ello. 11. <; (En)
donde estaba el nino ? Estaba entre ellos y detras de
ellas. 12. Le veo a el mismo divirtiendolos mucho.
13. Mirale (see Mm), nos decia el padre, acercandose
a nosotros para decirnoslo. 14. Si V. tiene cartas
para mi mandemelas V. a mi casa. 15. No puedo
(/ am able) mandarselas, porque no tengo criado.
16. Nosotros los soldados y caballeros ponemos2 en
ejecucion lo que ellos piden.
1 See § 182 (I give).
* Ponemos = ice put. We stands for soldados and caballeros.
PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 35
THEME VII.
1. It seems to me to be now a suitable time to
learn Spanish. 2. [Does] the boy wish to learn it?
He does not wish to tell me. 3. Are the Spanish
newspapers good? I never see them in America.
4. Unhappy me ! my father has my books, my pen, and
my pencil with him. 5. They have given (dado) us
less than (to) them. Give the book to him and the
letter to her. 6. Is it certain that he saw (vi6) her
to-day ? It is said that he saw her at ten o'clock in
the morning. 7. Have you something for her ? I
have something for her, for my brother, and for my
sister. 8. Do you speak German ? I speak it a little,
but my brother speaks it better than I. 9. I have
two German books; do you wish them ? Yes, I wish
them [in order] to read them. 10. If you wish to
read them, I will give (dar6) them to you to-day, or
to-morrow, at noon. 11. John has something for the
children, and goes with us to give it to them them-
selves. 12. He fills (llena) their hands with apples,
and their pockets with money and (with) almonds.
13. Is she not my niece? Art thou not my brother ?
14. Don Alfredo gave me this letter for you, and it
is better to give it to you yourself. 15. How are you,
gentlemen ? We are much better to-day than yester-
day, thank you. 16. If the ladies wish (quieren) the
books, give them to them for me.
36 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
LESSON VIII.
CONJUNCTIVE AND DISJUNCTIVE POSSESSIVE ADJEC-
TIVES AND PRONOUNS.
95. Conjunctive possessive adjectives precede their
nouns, and are : SING, mi, my ; tu, thy ; su, your,
his, her, its ; nuestro (-a), our ; vuestro (-a), your ;
su, their. PLUR. mis, tus, sus, nuestros (-as), vuestros
(-as), sus.
96. Disjunctive possessive adjectives follow their
nouns, and are : SING, mio (-a), tuyo (-a), suyo (-a),
nuestro (-a), vuestro (-a), suyo (-a). PLUR. mios (-as),
tuyos (-as), suyps (-as), nuestros (-as), vuestros (-as),
suyos (-as).
97. The disjunctive forms are used : (a) In ex-
clamation : iMadre mia! (less emphatic, ; Mi ma-
dre!). Either form may be used if an adjective or
participle precedes the noun : as, mi querido padre,
or querido padre mio, my dear father, (b) When an
article precedes the noun : as, (el or) un criado mio,
or uno de mis criados, a servant of mine, (c) When
an adverb precedes the noun : as, tan amigos nues-
tros se mostraron, they showed themselves such friend*
of ours, (d) Sometimes for emphasis, contrast, etc.,
and in certain expressions : as, es culpa mia, it is my
fault.
98. The possessive must be repeated, unless it re-
fers to the same person or object : as, mi padre y mi
madre ; senor mio y amigo, sir and friend.
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES AND PRONOUNS. 3?
99. The possessive pronouns1 (used for, not with, a
noun) may be formed by prefixing the definite article
to the disjunctive possessive adjective forms : as, el
mio, las vuestras.
100. Substitutes for the possessive pronouns are
formed by placing de with the personal2 pronoun
after the definite article : as, el de 61, los de ella, la
de nosotros, los de VV. (ustedes), las de ellos, etc.
101. The forms su, sus, suyo, etc. (used also al-
most invariably instead of vuestro, la vuestra, etc.),
being ambiguous and meaning either his, her, hers,
its, you and yours, their and theirs, it is often better
to use de with personal pronoun : as, su casa de 61,
his house; su casa de ella, her house; sus cartas
de V., your letters, (b) And the definite article3 often
replaces the possessive, sometimes without noun : as,
la casa de 61 y la (casa) de ella ; los sombreros de VV.,
your hats.
102. Own with a possessive is rendered by propio
or mismo: as, esas casas son suyas propias; veo mi
propio libro.
103. The possessive pronoun preceded by lo refers
generally to something possessed : as, lo tuyo y lo
mio, thine and mine, thy property and mine, what
belongs to me and thee.
PRESENT OF comer, to eat.
como, comemos,
V. come, VV. comen,
come, comen.
1 Unless mine, etc., in predicate to be are emphatic, article is
omitted : as, el lapiz es mio.
2 With the verb to be, de with a personal pronoun, or de with
possessive and noun, is often used: as, este libro es de el.
3 See also § 94.
38
PRACTICAL SPAKISH GRAMMAR.
VOCABULARY VIII.
el almacen, store.
campo, field.
candor, candor.
carruaje, carriage.
coche, coach.
criado, servant.
diente, tooth.
dolor, pain.
genio, genius.
gusto, pleasure.
maestro, teacher.
los modales, manners.
el pariente, relative.
principe, prince.
cuadro, picture.
talento, talent.
vapor, steam (steamboat).
vestido, dress.
zapato, shoe.
la cabeza, head.
carga, charge, obligation.
corte, court city (capital).
exposicion, exposition.
faltriquera, pocket.
ropa, clothes.
tropa, troop, body of sol-
virtud, virtue. \diers.
acerca de, about, concerning.
adornado (adornar), adorned.
ajeno, another.
antes de, before.
aquello, that.
aunque, although.
conocido, (well] known.
corriente, current, present.
cortado (se cortar), cut.
cuyo (-a), whose.
edificado, built.
enmendar, reform, improve.
escrito (-a), written.
ese, that.
estimado (estimar), esteemed,
hablado (hablar), spoken.
hecho (hacer), made.
llegado (llegar), arrived.
obediente, obedient.
porque, because.
pues, since.
quitar, to take off.
recibido, received.
tal vez, often. t
vender, to sell.
venido (venir), come.
ver, to see.
EXERCISE VIII.
1. Tengo un caballo mejor que el de mi hermano.
2. Mi libro y el de V. estan aqui, pero el suyo (el de el)
no esta. 3. Nuestro maestro ensena mejor que el de
V. 4. El de V. es mas sabio que el nuestro. <: No es
verdad? 5. Juan no es tan laborioso como sus her-
manos y sus padres. 6. Principe, vuestras tropas ban
llegado a tiempo. 7. Caballero, (sus modales) los
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES AND PROKOUNS. 39
modales de Y. no me agradan (please). 8. Hijos
mios, vuestros sombreros estan ya hechos. 9. Este
lapiz es mio, ese carriwje es suyo (de V., de W.).
10. Uno de mis hermanos (or un hermano mio) ha
venido a verme. 11. Los ninos se divierten (amuse)
con su tambor (their drum) y con sus juguetes (their
toys). 12. Aunque la nuestra no se enmiende (im-
prove), siempre da (gives) gusto ver enmendar la
vida ajena. 13. Se mostraron (see § 97) verda-
deros amigos suyos. 14. Veo a mi senora (amiga)
que es tti amiga puesto que tu lo1 eres mio. 15. Des-
pedirse de su casa, tal vez es dura cosa. 16. He
recibido la suya2 (carta) de 12 del corriente (mes).
17. Con esta carga nacemos (we are born) las mujeres
(la) de ser obedientes.
THEME VIII.
1. Whose gloves are these ? Mine. And that hat?
His. 2. My father and my mother are at home in
the. court city. 3. Your houses are well built, and
your gardens adorned with beautiful flowers. 4. His
genius and talent are esteemed ; and their candor
and virtue are well known. 5. All the pictures are
at the exposition, except yours and ours. 6. Is this
coach hers ? Yes, it is hers, I am sure ; it is not
mine. 7. What is the matter with thee (qu£ tienes),
my son ? I am not well; I have a headache. 8. Her
letter is written better than his ; this is his, and that
is hers. 9. Her head and her teeth ache (duelen),
and she has cut her finger. 10. A friend of mine
has spoken to a relative of his, concerning some busi-
1 See § 91 2 Business corespondence.
40 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
ness of yours. 11. I am not going there, because I
have my money in my pocket. 12. There is one of
our neighbors, who wishes to sell one of his horses.
13. This field is my uncle's ; he has also a store, and
a house in the town. 14. He rarely speaks with me
of himself or of his business. 15. The steamboat has
arrived. 16. The children take off their hats and
put on1 their pretty dresses.
LESSON IX.
THE DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES AND DEMON-
STRATIVE PRONOUNS.
104. The demonstrative adjectives (used with
nouns) are: este, this (by me)\ ese, that (by you}\
aquel, that (yonder).
105. (a) They vary as follows :
SING. PLUR.
este (m.\ esta (/.), esto (n.).* estos (m.)9 estas (/).
ese, esa, eso.- esos, esas.
aquel, aquella, aquello.2 aquellos, aquellas.
(V) Other unusual demonstrative forms are estotro,
etc., esotro, etc., aquel otro, etc., aqueste (this), etc.,
aquese (that}, etc.
106. (a) The demonstrative adjectives are not al-
ways repeated when the meanings of the words re-
ferred to are similar : as, refrene V. esa furia y
movimiento, restrain that fury and movement, (b)
1 Se ponen.
2 The forms ending in o (esto, eso, aquello) are never really
demonstrative adjectives, since they are never used with, but
always for, nouns.
DEMOHSTBATIVE ADJECTIVES AKD PROKOUNS. 41
They may be placed after the noun, in contempt,
anger, or irony: as, al picaro ese le har6 yo castigar, /
will have that rogue punished, (c) An antecedent
must be easily understood, or the demonstrative
keeps its adjective force, and the noun must be ex-
pressed : as, jqui6n es este hombre? who is this
man 9
107. In form and general meaning the demonstra-
tive pronouns are the same as the demonstrative ad-
jectives, but are used for, not with, nouns, and este
and aquel often mean respectively the latter, the for-
mer.
108. Esto may be used to refer in general to some-
thing mentioned by the speaker ; eso to something
mentioned by the person addressed : as, esto que yo
digo es cierto, eso que V. dice no es verdad — what
(that which) I say is certain, what (that which) you
say is not the truth.
109. When in English the demonstrative pronoun
(or even the personal pronoun) is followed by who,
which, or that (expressed or understood), it may be
generally rendered in Spanish by either the definite
article or demonstrative pronoun, and the article and
relative or demonstrative must not be separated.
Mis libros y los que (or aquellos que) 61 tiene, my
books and those which he has; d6selo V. al que (or
a aquel que) primer o venga, give it to him who comes
first; yerran los que dicen eso, those are mistaken
who say that.
110. (a) The expressions namely, that is, or that
is to say are translated by esto es or es decir : as,
me dijo que le comprara lo siguiente, esto es — he told
me to ~buy him the following, namely, (b) In com-
PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
mercial style en esta means in this (my} place
(ciudad or plaza understood); en esa means in that
(your) place (ciudad or plaza understood), (c) Other
such constructions will be noted, especially as in
Exercise IX. sen. 10.
PRESENT TENSE OF recibir, to receive.
recibo, recibimos,
V. recibe, VV. reciben,
recibe, reciben.
VOCABULARY IX.
el amor, love.
arbol, tree.
estante, shelf.
exceso, excess.
folleto, pamphlet.
movimiento, movement.
orador, orator.
siglo, age, century.
tio, uncle.
trabajo, work, labor.
tratado, treatise.
el (/.) anna, arm (weapon)
la barbaridad, barbarity.
consecuencia, consequence.
fruta, fruit.
ilustracion, enlightenment.
mariposa, butterfly.
moderacion, moderation.
sabidnria, knowledge.
verdad, truth.
altanero, haughty.
ambicioso, ambitious.
ayer, yesterday.
bajo, under.
cantando, recounting.
comprado (comprar), bought.
cogido (coger), caught.
dividido, divided.
estando, being.
hacer, to do.
incesantemente, incessantly.
leyendo (leer), reading.
lo que, what.
mal, ill.
miserable, miserable,
necesario, necessary.
poderoso, powerful.
seguro, surely.
semejante, similar.
sentado, seated.
servir, to serve.
siguiente, following.
valeroso, courageous.
van they go.
EXERCISE IX.
1. Este libro que estoy leyendo, ese tratado qne>
tiene V. en la mano, y aquel folleto que esta sobre la
DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES AKD PROKOUNS. 43
mesa, son de mi tfo. 2. " Este es el siglo de la ilus-
tracion, decia el orador (me acuerdo [/ remember]
bien de ese dia) " aquellos eran tiempos de mucha
barbaridad." 3. He comprado en Madrid ese libro
que esta sobre la mesa, y aquel que esta en el estante.
4. Ese btique que llego ayer, y aquel que naufrago
(shipwrecked) el ano pasado, eran muy semejantes.
5. Mi libro, y el que (or aquel que) el tenia (had),
estan en el cuarto de V. ; traigame (bring) V. el que
(or aquel que) a V. le parezca (may appear) mejor.
6. Como van los negooios en esa (ciudad) ? En esta
no hay (there is) novedad. 7. Carlos era grande,
Federico ambicioso ; este (Federico) valiente, aquel
(Carlos) poderoso. 8. Aquellas dos mujeres son her-
manas ; la que tiene el sombrero negro, habla frances.
9. Aquel cuya sabiduria es poca, muchas veces es
muy altanero. 10. Por consecuencia de lo (negocio)
de ayer, Andres ha tornado las (calzas) de Villadiego
a la (or a lo) de Dios es Cristo (Andrew has taken
French leave like a good fellow).
THEME IX.
1. This soldier is not courageous enough, but he is
more valiant than that one. 2. This wine is from
Malaga, that from Jerez, and that from Madeira.
3. Being seated under this tree, I have caught this
pretty butterfly. 4. What is this ? and that ? I do
not know what they are. 5. Prefer (prefiera V.)
moderation to excess : the former will make (hara)
you happy, the latter miserable. 6. He is a relative
of that gentleman whom you met (encontr6) here
some days ago (hace dias). 7. That is what he may
do (puede hacer); that is to say, what he ought t^ do.
44 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
8. Those who speak ill of her very surely do not
know her. 9. He that is wise speaks when it is
necessary ; but he that only presumes (presume) to be
so speaks incessantly. 10. I beg you to pass (sub.)
me that fruit, because my neighbor does not wish any
of these. 11. Who is that man with whom you have
spoken on the street ? He is my uncle. 1 2. This
(man) who is my brother will represent (sustituir&)
me when I may absent (me ausente) myself. 13. Di-
vided were [the] knights and [the] squires ; these
recounting their labors, those their loves. 14. Gen-
tlemen, those arms are not the ones with which we
ought to serve ourselves.
LESSON X.
RELATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.
111. The relative pronouns are : qne1 (invariable),
who, which, that; quien2 (only of persons and
things personified), who, he who ; quienes, who, those
who; el cual, la cual, los cuales, las cuales, who,
which ; el qne, la que, los que, las que, ivho, he who,
etc., loJiich; lo cual, lofiich; lo que, that ivliich, what;
cuyo, cuya, cuyos, cuyas, of whom, of ivhich, whose,
which; aquel que, etc., he who, etc. ; aquello que, that
(thing, etc.) which.
1 Que is not generally immediately preceded by a comma, as
are el cual, etc., and is more closely related with its antece-
dent (which it generally immediately follows) than is el cual,
etc. (and other relatives}.
2 (a) Quien also used as partitive : as, quien se salvo a nado,
RELATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 45
112. The relative pronouns are never understood,
but always expressed, and cannot be separated from
their prepositions as in English : the city I speak of,
la ciudad de que hablo.
113. Clue,1 which occurs more frequently than any
other relative, is used for both persons and things ;
it does not take & before it when referring to persons
as object of verb, and takes ^article with it, (a) often
when accompanied by a preposition; (b) when it re-
fers to whole sentence; (c) to complete meaning of
verb (article follows) — Pedro es el que lo ha dicho ;
(d) to avoid ambiguity— pidi6 la libertad de su Mjo,
la que consigui6.
114. El cual,1 etc. (more definite in form than que),
lose the article and much of their relative force when
used as partitives or comparatives : as, cual llora,
cual canta, one weeps, another sings ; estas frutas son
cuales (tales) como las deseamos, these fruits are such
as we desire ; \ cu&l le ha!16 ! how wretched I found
him !; conoci6 cual era la verdadera causa de su des-
gracia, he knew what was the true cause of his mis-
fortune.
115. Cuyo,2 etc., have a relative and also a posses-
sive force ; they agree in gender and number with
the following noun (and so have the force of adjec-
quien en lanchas. (6) When quien does not include its ante-
cedent (but immediately follows it in same case), it cannot be
subject of a proposition: not el hombre quien, but el hombre que
vino.
1 When preceded by prepositions (not a, except of things),
que and el cual, etc., used without distinction.
2 Cuyo never takes the article (nor does quien).
46 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
tives, to which the other relatives are sometimes sim-
ilar): as, alia esta el principe, cuyos caballos hemos
visto, there is the prince, whose horses we have seen.
116. Donde with or without a preposition often has
a relative force : as, la posada donde pas6 la noche ;
la casa en donde esta ; la ciudad adonde va.
117. The interrogative pronouns1 (also used except
qui6n as interrogative adjectives) are: qui6n, who;
cual, which; qu6,2 what ; cuyo, whose (or de qui6n
[-es], ivhose) : as, con qui6nes andan ? with whom
(plur.) are they going 9
118. Cual, which, is used when one or more of sev-
eral objects are referred to — as, cual es de V. ? which
is yours ? — and stands for qu6 in predicate with the
verb to be : j cuales son sus amigos ?
119. A question asked by a preposition and an in-
terrogative pronoun requires the same preposition in
the answer : as, j Con qui6n vino ? Conmigo — With
whom did he come 9 With me. And the answer takes
de when the question had cuyo, etc. : as, i Cuyo es este
reloj ? De mi padre. Whose watch is this 9 My
father's.
IMPERFECT TENSE OF amar.
amaba, amabamos,
V. amaba, VV. amaban,
amaba, amaban.
1 Same forms used and under similar conditions in exclama-
tion.
2 In exclamations when followed by an adjective quo means
how : as, \ que feliz ! how happy I
RELATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 47
VOCABULARY X.
el conocimiento, knowledge.
cuadro, picture.
delincuente, criminal.
deseo, desire. [fact).
efecto ven efecto), effect (in
ejercito, army.
interes, interest.
paiio. cloth.
precio, price.
reloj, watch.
servicio, service.
suceso, event.
la botanica, botany.
cancion, song.
ciencia. science.
comedia, comedy.
libertad liberty.
ociosidad, idleness.
persona, person.
prision, prison.
respuesta, answer, re
la soledad, loneliness.
aceptar to accept.
admirar, admire.
cantar, to sing.
contemporaneo, contemporary.
delante de, before.
dicho, said.
enganado, deceived.
enganar, to deceive.
( handed.
entregado,
estimar, to esteem.
estudiar, to study.
favorable, favorable.
lejos, far.
miserable, miserable.
maduro (-a), ripe.
responder, to respond.
tal, such (such a).
ya, at all.
EXERCISE X.
1. Los senores que (or a quienes, or a los cuales)
vimos (we saw) y con quienes liable1 estudian la bo-
tanica, una ciencia de la cual tengo muy poco cono-
cimiento. 2. Se dice que el presidente esta aqui ?
Quien lo dice, se engafia. 3. Los hombres a quienes
vimos y de quienes (or de los cuales) huimos (we fled)
eran nuestros. hermanos. 4. Este jardin, que (that
which) no puede ser mas herrnoso, no esta lejos de mi
casa. 5. El arbol cuya fruta esta madura, esta de-
lante de la casa de que V. habla. 6. E'l es, a quien
[ See §§ 141, 142.
48 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
debo la vida. Pedro es el que lo ha dicho. 7. He
estado en el campo, lo que me ha hecho mucho
bien. 8. La cancion que cantaba Maria es muy
dulce. 9. j Que de dinero (or cuanto dinero) y que
de cosas (or cuantas cosas) tienen W. ! 10. Tenia
el desdichado una hija, la que todos los dias iba
(went) a la prision. 11. Preguntaronle (they asked)
de donde era y que hacia en aquella soledad : a
lo cual respondio. 12. Veo al hijo de su hermana,
a la cual (sister) or al cual (son) mi padre no conoce.
13. Veo alia unos hombres, cuyos sombreros son ne-
gros, <; quienes son ? 14. Que quiere V. ? Quiero
saber de quien (cuyo) es este buque y cual es su
precio.
THEME X.
1. A man that spends his life in idleness dies
(muere) miserable. 2. Cervantes, whose works we
admire, is the greatest of Spanish authors. 3. Lope
de Vega, who died in 1635, was a great Spanish poet
contemporary with (de) Cervantes. 4. He does not
wish to accept any (ninguna) thing (of what) you
offer him to-day. 5. I know the general of the army
who has sent you this picture. 6. It was certainly
not interest that inspired me with such a desire.
7. I met (encontr6) a week ago the sons of that
woman whom I know and esteem. 8. His answers
are always favorable to the person to whom he gives
them. 9. It is said that he is in fact a criminal,
which I do not at all believe since this event. 10. He
composed (compuso) a thousand comedies, many of
which cost (costaron) him only one day of work.
11. A soldier has come who has handed me a letter
PRONOUNS. 49
which came (vino) from my father. 12. It seems to
me that he who fears being (to be) deceived ought
to be so. 13. The book that I wish is that which
treats of the war of Germany and that of Portugal.
14. To whom have you given the cloth? To the
child. To which ? To the large one. 15. To whose
service is a son under greater obligation (more
obliged [obligado]) than to that of his father?
16. Whose is this watch, and to whom have you
brought (traido) it ? It is my father's, and I have
brought it to my mother.
LESSON XL
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS1 AND PRONOMINAL ADJEC-
TIVES.
120. (a) Most of the so-called indefinite pronouns,
when used with nouns, are more properly adjectives.
(b) Except various compounds too numerous to men-
tion, the most important indefinite pronouns are :
algo, cualquiera, nada, quienquiera,
alguien, cuanto, nadie, tal,
alguno, fulano, ninguno, todo,
ambos, mismo, otro, uno,
cada, mucho, poco, varies.
1 In Spanish the following pronouns : nobody, none, not one,
neither, nottimg—n&tiLie, ninguno, ni uno, ni uno ni otro, nada —
generally require that the verb be preceded by the negative
when they are placed after it, but this negative is suppressed
when they precede it : en nada puede sobresalir, no puede sobre-
salir en nada. Jamas, never (adv.), follows same rule.
50 PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
121. Algo, something (as adverb somewhat), is not declined
(alguna cosa being often used for algo), and an adjective quali-
fying algo is preceded by de : tengo algo (or alguna cosa) que
decirle. i Tiene V. algo de bueno ? Este libro es algo dificil.
122. Alguien and alguno (-a), (-os), (-as); both mean somebody
or some one; alguien, being undeclined, used only of persons
and not allowing de immediately after it. Alguno refers to
persons and things : j Lo ha visto alguien (or alguno) ? Quiero
algun dinero y algunas letras de cambio (letters of exchange).
123. Ambos (-as), both (sometimes entrambos, though generally
los dos or uno y otro, is used in this sense) : ambos (los dos) estan
a cab all o
124. Cada, each or every (invariable), is used when a noun
immediately follows; otherwise cada uno (-a), cada cual, are
used : cada pais tiene sus costumbres ; doy a cada uno cuatro
vestidos.
125. (a) Cualquiera1 (with plural cualesquiera), whatever,
whichever, whoever, may follow its noun if singular, while all
that which is rendered by todo lo que, etc. : dame cualquier libro
(or un libro cualquiera) ; hare (/ will do) todo lo que V. me
mande. (b) Cual, such as.
126. Cuanto, as much or how much, as many as or how
many (declined) : as, tengo flores; i cuantas 1; no se cuantas.
127. Fulano, such a one ; fulano y zutano, such and such a
one ; fulano, zutano y mengano, such, such and such a one, all
take the feminine form in a, but no plural : fulano (or fulano
de tal) ha venido a hablarme; he visto esta manana a fulana, a
zutana y a mengana.
128. Mismo, same, very, self (declined) : no soy la misma que
te hablo ayer ; mi hijo me ha escrito lo mismo ; el mismo (very)
dia (or el dia mismo) ella misma vino a decirmelo.
129. Mucho, much, many (declined), as pronoun refers to
persons ; other uses as in English : muchos hablan a tontas y a
locas (sillily and madly).
130. Nada2, not anything, nothing (not declined), takes adjec-
tive (often preceded by de) in masculine ; when used before
an infinitive que precedes it : no dice nada (or nada dice) ; no
tengo nada bueno ni malo (or nada de nuevo) que decir.
1 See § 66. 8 See note 1, p. 49.
INDEFINITE PKONOUNS. 51
131. Nadie1 (not declined) and ninguno (declined) both mean
nobody, no one ; nadie refers to persons only. Ninguno only
(not nadie) is used with partitives (de) : nadie (or ninguno) esta
aqui ; ninguno de esos soldados tiene miedo (fear) ; nadie ha
venido ; no espero (await) a nadie.
132. Otro, another, other (declined) : deme V. otro ; tengo
otras cosas que hacer.
133. Poco2, little, few (declined): habia (there were) pocas
mujeres en el teatro ; gana poco ; me dio un poco de pan ; to-
mare (I will take) unos pocos (or unos cuantos).
134. Quienquiera, whoever, whosoever, whomever (not declined):
quienquiera que sea, whoever he may be ; de quienquiera que V.
liable, of whomever you speak.
135. Tal, such, such a one (takes plur.) : tal ha reido.
(laughed) que llora (weeps) ; un tal lo ha dicho (said) ; no tiene
tales casas.
136. Todo, all, every (declined), is extensively used, and about
as its English equivalents ; before singular definite article or a
pronoun, and in el todo, it means the whole : as, he comido
(eaten) todas las peras ; el todo es mayor que una de sus partes.
137. Uno3, one (sing.), some, a few (plur.), has many com-
pounds (as, uno y otro, etc.); is used like se in se dice, they say:
la gente (people) dice ; llama gente (some one calls) ; no esta uno
siempre contento ; deme V. unas almendras (almonds).
138. Varios (-as), several : mi padre tiene varios de estos lapi-
ces, los he visto varias veces.
PRETERITE TENSE OF amar.
ame, amamos,
V. amo, VV. amaron,
amo, amaron.
1 See note 1, p. 49.
a Pocuisimo (-a), but little : pocuisimos (-as), but few.
3 Uno is frequently used in connection with otro expressed
or understood.
52
PRACTICAL SPAKISH GEAMMAE.
VOCABULAEY XL
el apetito, appetite.
asunto, subject.
baul, trunk.
cambio, exchange.
cuarto, farthing.
deber, duty.
esfuerzo, effort.
oceano, ocean.
pais, country. [contrary).
reves (al reves), 'back (on the
romance, romance.
tono, tone.
verano, summer.
vicio. vice.
la a ventura, adventure.
ayuda, aid.
camisa, shirt.
costumbre, custom.
cuenta, account, bill.
especulacion speculation.
experiencia, experience.
faccion, feature.
filosofia, philosophy.
hazana, exploit.
legua, league.
locucion, expression.
relacion, narration.
suerte, lot.
a menudo, often.
andar, to go.
atento, attentive.
baladi, frivolous.
baiiarse, to bathe (one's self).
ciego, blind.
convertir, to change.
dichoso, happy.
dificil, difficult.
diligente, diligent.
dormir, to sleep.
ensartado, strung, linked.
escribir, to write.
escuchar, to listen.
explicar, to explain.
famoso, famous.
funesto, lamentable.
ignorar, to be ignorant of.
impedir, to prevent.
llevado a cabo, achieved.
lograr, to gain.
manifestado, showed.
nunca,
pensar, to think.
pintado, described.
preguntado, asked.
sacrificar, to sacrifice.
sucedido, happened.
traido, brought.
usar, to use.
verdaderamente, really.
vestido, dressed.
EXEECISE XL
1. Mas esta para dormir, que para escuchar a
nadie. 2. Nunca habia (had) leido que ningnno lo
hubiese (had) traido (el dinero). 3. <; Ha visto V. a
alguno de mis hijos? Algunos ninos estan en mi
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 53
huerta. 4. Unos cantan y otros lloran ; no me agra-
dan ni unos ni otros ; uno(s) y otro(s) son infelices.
5. No tengo ni una camisa que ponerme, ni un cuarto
(para) con que comprarla. 6. Cada uno de estos libros
tiene seiscientas paginas. 7. La cosa ha pasado todo
al reves de lo que se cuenta (relate). 8. Aunque es
soldado (or con ser soldado), no ha manifestado mucho
valor. 9. Algo ha sucedido que ignoramos (we are
ignorant of); pero nadie esta aqui para explicar-
noslo. 10. El apetito ciego ; a cuantos precipita
(hasten) y que por lograr unfnada, un todo sacrifican !
11. ; Que de cosas has (tliou hast) ensartado, unas en
otras ! me ha dicho mi padre. 12. Fulano le dice
a zutano, que mengano habla mal de sus vecinos.
13. Para hablar una lengua, no hay (there is) cosa
como saber los pron ombres. 14. Tal es, senores, la
relacion de mi funesta historia, de mis hazanas tales
cuales son. 15. La filosofia de el es poco util en si
misma, porque todo lo da a la especulacion y nada a
la expenencia. 16. En el famoso romance de Cer-
vantes, Don Quijote tiene por sefiora a una tal Dul-
cinea de Toboso. 17. <; Cuantas leguas tenemos que
andar todavia ? No lo se (no se cuantas). 18. Poco
importa (imports) es una locucion que se usa muy
a menudo por muchos.
THEME XL
1. We do not require much to be really and always
happy. 2. If we are attentive and diligent, little or
nothing can (puede) prevent our doing our duty. 3. I
cannot1 write with any of these pens, and 1 have no
1 Poder, § 196.
54 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
others. 4. Neither the one nor the other of the men
knows (sabe) what he is doing (hace). 5. Does any
one know a certain man, dressed in black, who passes
here every morning ? 6. No one can change iron into
gold, nor vice into virtue. 7. All say (dicen) that
both have the same features and the same tone of
voice. 8. Each of the brothers goes every day in
summer to bathe in the ocean. 9. Such as my
father and my mother had (habian) described her to
me, such I find her. 10. One ought not to think
too much of the most frivolous things that it is as
important (importa) to be ignorant of as to know
(them). 11. I have asked the merchant how much
I owe him, but I have not yet received my bill.
12. Whosoever writes (escriba) to me on this subject
will lose (perderd) his time and his efforts. 13. It is
said that such a knight has achieved such and such
an adventure with the aid of such a one, his squire.
14. No one is content with his lot ; each one desires
to be happier. 15. I know one, said (decia) the
child, who is more beautiful than that lady — my
mother. 16. Have you some books in your trunk to
read during the summer? Yes, I have several.
LESSON XII.
VERB-FORMS.
139. There are three different forms of inflection
(called conjugation) in Spanish, to which all verbs,
irregular as well as regular, belong. They are dis-
VERB-FORMS. 55
tinguished by the ending of the infinitive. Those
ending in ar (as hablar) are of the first ; those in er
(as temer) of the second ; those in ir (as recibir) of
the third conjugation.
140. There are five principal parts of a Spanish
verb, from which the other parts may be obtained by
certain regular changes (this applies in general to
irregular as well as regular verbs ; since the irregular-
ities generally occur in the principal parts, and not
in the parts obtained from them). The names of the
five principal and their obtained parts are :
i. ii. m.
INFINITIVE. PRES. PART.1 PAST PART. -
(Derived Parts . ) (No derived parts. ) (Derived Parts. )
Imperfect Indie. Generally like Pres. ; Compound tenses.
Future Indie. sometimes like Pret.,
Conditional. or unlike both.
IV. V.
PRESENT INDICATIVE. PRETERITE INDICATIVE.
(Derived Parts.) (Derived Parts.)
Present Subjunctive. 1st Imperfect Subjunctive.
Imperative. 2d Imperfect Subjunctive.
Future Subjunctive.
141. Taking now the regular verb hablar, of the
first conjugation, and placing the forms as indicated
in § 140, we have the following schedule :
hablar habl-ando habl-ado habl-o habl-e
hablaba he hablado habl-e habl-ara
hablar-e etc. habl-a habl-ase
hablar-ia habl-are
All regular verbs in ar are conjugated as hablar.
1 Really not Pres. Part., but GERUND; called "Pres. Part.,"
because that name is more familiar.
56 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
142. The general meaning of these forms is as fol-
lows :
i. H. ra.
To speak Speaking Spoken
I was speaking • I have spoken
I shall speak etc.
I would speak
IV. V.
I speak I spoke
I may speak I might speak
Speak (thou) I might speak
I should speak
143. By observing the schedule of § 141 (and
those of §§ 145 and 147) it will be seen that by drop-
ping the termination of the infinitive and adding
aba (or ia) we have the imperfect indicative ; that
by adding 6 to the infinitive form we have the future
indicative ; and by adding ia to the infinitive we
have the conditional. The compound tenses are
formed by adding the past participle to the varioui
forms of haber. By changing o of the present indie
ative into e (or a) we get present subjunctive ; and
by changing o into a (or e) we get present impera-
tive. By changing 6 (or i) of the preterite to ara or
ase (or iera or iese) we get first and second imperfect
subjunctive ; and by changing the 6 (or i) into are
(or iere) we get the future subjunctive. The 6 of the
future indicative and the ia of conditional stand re-
spectively for he, / have, and habia, / had.
144. The following is a conjugation in full of the
verb hablar, to speak:
VBRB-FOEMS.
57
FIRST CONJUGATION.
habl-ar hablando
hablado1 habl-o habl-e
-aba
-as -aste
-abas
-a -6
-aba
-amps -amos
-abamos
-ais -asteis
-abais
-an -aron
-aban
hablar-e
habl-e habl-ara,
•ase
-as
-es -aras,
-ases
-a
-e -ara,
-ase
-emos
-emos -aramos,
-asemos
-eis
-eis -arais,
-aseis
-an
-en -aran
-asen
hablar-ia
2 habl-are
-ias
habl-a (thou)
-ares
-fa
habl-e V.
-are
-iamos
-aremos
-iais
hablad (ye)
-areis
-ian
hablen VV.
-aren
VOCABULAEY XII.
el
la
el anillo, ring.
auxilio, help.
correo, post (office).
empleo, place, employment.
estado, state.
extranjero, stranger, foreigner.
huracan, hurricane.
ingenio, mind.
organo, organ (tool).
polvo, dust.
silencio, silence.
viaje, trip, wyage.
yerno, son-in-law.
alma (f.), soul.
atencion, attention.
bondad, kindness.
escritura, writing.
espada, sword.
estima, esteem.
hostilidad, hostility.
ignorancia, ignorance.
inocencia, innocence.
1 By prefixing the various forms of haber we get compound
lenses of hablar. For conjugation of haber see § 158.
2 Other forms, if needed, are taken from present subjunctive.
All forms taken from subjunctive when used negatively : no
hables, etc.
58
PBACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
la masa, mass, rank.
nube, cloud.
presencia, presence.
prudencia, prudence.
pureza, purity.
rectitud, rectitude.
acompaiiar, to accompany.
aconsejar, to advise.
alzar (se), to raise (itself).
anoclie, last night.
apenas, scarcely.
aprobar, to approve.
asegurar, to assure.
aun, even.
bello, beautiful.
buscar, to look for.
casi, almost.
cuando, when, if.
cultivar, to cultivate.
desconfiar (de), to distrust.
diga V., tell.
Dios quiera, God grant.
durable, durable.
durar, to last.
empezar, to begin.
encontrar, to meet.
floreciente, flourishing.
fundado, founded.
furioso, furious.
gustar, to please.
hacer, to make, do,
hasta, until.
Jose, Joseph,
levantar, to raise.
llevar, to carry, to raise.
lograr, to succeed, hit upon.
maduramente, maturely.
mientras mas, the more.
necesitar, to need.
obrar, to work, act.
pelear, to fight.
presentar, to present.
prestar, to lend.
procurado, procured.
prometer, to promise.
recibir, to receive.
reir, to laugh.
regalar, to present.
remediar, to remedy.
salir, to go out.
sin, witliout.
sino, except.
texner, to fear.
tratar, to try.
unido (-a), united.
vivir, to live.
EXERCISE XII.
1. Mi hermano acompana a mi padre en sus viajes.
2. Los Arabes no peleaban como los Bomanos, en
masas compactas. 3. Apenas empezaron las hos-
tilidades, se alzo un furioso huracan que Ievant6
grandes nubes de polvo. 4. El piensa (thinks) que
V. le regalara el libro y no el reloj. 5. No, el pen-
saba que (yo) se lo presentaria, pero no puedo
VERB-FOKMS. 59
hacerlo. 6. Llevando mi yerno una espada muy
larga, todos se reian de el. 7. Ha hablado V. a su
yerno ? Le he hablado,, y quiero hablarle otra vez.
8. He de esperar (esperare) hasta que hable del
asunto. 9. (a) Acompana a tu hermana : no acorn-
panes a tus amigos esta tarde. (b) Acompane V. a
su hermana ; no acorn pane V. a sus amigos esta tarde.
10. Su hermana de V. busco el anillo anoche, pero" no
lo hallo. 11. Aun cuando tratara (or tratase) de re-
inediar el mal, no podria lograrlo. 12. Mi padre
desea que estudie la lengua espanola, y a mi me
gusta estudiarla. 13. <; Aprobaba V. que esos mucha-
chos me hablasen asi, en su presencia? 14. Su padre
de Y. me ha dicho que si V. estudiare bien, le dara a
V. un bonito reloj. 15. He visto a mi padre ; el
deseaba que yo lie vase esta carta al correo. 16. Pro-
metio darme el dinero que yo necesitara (necesitase).
17. <i Sin el auxilio de la escritura, organo de todas
las ciencias, que hubiera (1st imperf. subj. of haber)
en el mundo sino ignorancia ?
THEME XII.
1. I speak to men of my country. 2. Mr. Valdes
has procured an excellent place for a son of Mrs. de
Legarra. 3. The physician advised me not to go out
(saliese) yesterday. 4. Tell1 Mr. Joseph Mor de Fuen-
tes, when you shall meet him, that I wish to write to
his son, but I don't know where he lives. 5. My
friend's teacher has assured me that if my friend is
diligent and studies with attention, he will not find
Spanish very difficult. 6. I would esteem Mr. B. if
he loved his wife more, if he treated her with more
attention and kindness, and if he loved himself a
60 PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
little less. 7. He promised to lend me all the books
that he should buy. 8. Speak more softly, and let us
study with more attention. 9. A state is not nourish-
ing but by the purity of its laws. 10. Esteem is
durable only when it is founded on virtue. 11. To
speak little, to observe much, to think maturely, and
act prudently, are almost certain proofs of innocence
of soul, rectitude of mind, and purity of manners.
12. The more foreigners cultivate the Spanish lan-
guage, the more beautiful they find it. 13. Silence
is the safest [part] for him who distrusts himself.
14. God grant that the war may not last long.
LESSON XIII.
SECOND AND THIRD CONJUGATION.
145. Following the order indicated in § 140, and
the general meaning (allowance being made for dif-
ferent verb) of § 142, the synopsis of temer (2d con-
jugation) is as follows :
tem-er temiendo temido tem-o temi
tem-ia lie tem-ido tern a tem-iera
temer-e etc. tem-e tern iese
temer-ia tem-iere
146. CONJUGATION IN FULL OF temer, to fear :
temer tem-iendo tem-ido1 tem-o tem-i
tem-ia
-es
-iste
-ias
-e
-io
-ia
-emos
-imos
-lamos
-eis
-isteis
iais
-en
-ieron
-ian
1 Compound tenses formed with haber as auxiliary.
SECOND AND THIRD CONJUGATION. 61
temer-e tem-a tem-iera, -iese
-as -as -ieras, -ieses
-a -a -iera, -iese
emos amos -ieramos, -iesemos
eis -ais -ierais, -ieseis
-an -an -ieran -iesen
temer-ia tem-iere
-ias tem-e1 -ieres
-ia -a V -iere
-iamos -ieremos
-iais tem-ed -iereis
-ian tem-an VV. -ieren
147. SYNOPSIS OF recibir (3d conjugation), to
receive :
recibir recib-iendo recib-ido recib-o recib-i
recib-ia he recibido recib a recib-iera
recibir-e etc. recib-e recib-iese
recibir-ia recib iere
148. CONJUGATION IN FULL OF recibir, to receive :
recib-ir recib-iendo recib-ido recib-o recib-i
recib-ia -es -iste
-ias -«
-ia -imos
-lamos -is -isteis
-iais -en -ieron
ian
recibir e
recib-a recib-iera, -iese
-as
-as
-ieras, -ieses
a
-a
-iera, -iese
-emos
-amos
-ieramos, -iesemos
-eis
-ais
-ierais, -ieseis
-an
-an
-ieran, -iesen
recibir-ia
recib-iere
-ias
recib-e
-ieres
-ia
-aV.
-iere
-famos
-ieremos
-iais
recib-id
-iereis
-ian
-an VV. -ieren
1 See note to imperative mood, § 144.
62
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
VOCABULARY XIII.
el cafe, coffee.
campo, country :, field.
ejercicio, exei'tise.
juego, game.
la destreza, dexterity.
dificultad, difficulty.
empresa, undertaking.
pasion, passion.
pistola, pistol.
recompensa, recompense.
venta, sale.
abrir, to open.
ambiguo, ambiguous.
arreglar, to put in order.
atacar, to attack.
aumentar, to augment.
beber, to drink.
combatir, to combat.
comer, to eat.
consistir, to consist.
con tal que, provided that.
decaer, to diminish.
descubrir, to discover.
desistir, to desist.
despues (de), after.
EXERCISE XIII.
1. El pobre Felipe perdio todo su dinero en aquella
especulacion. 2. Los Eomanos vencieron a todas las
naciones del mundo. 3. Cuando viviamos en el
campo estudiabamoe mucho. 4. Me retire reflec-
sionando en estas palabras, que no eran ambiguas.
5. Hoy recibiremos todo el cafe que necesitamos 6 yo
bebere agua. 6. Tome V. un coche, si V. no quiere
ir a pie esta manana. 7. No me habl& V, de ese
enfadar, to vex.
ensenar, to teach.
enviar, to send.
esconder, to hide.
interrumpir, to interrupt.
largo (a), long, large.
llamar, to call.
mas vale, it is better.
menester, necessary.
mentir, to lie.
olvidar, to forget.
parecer, to seem.
pasar, to pass.
perder, to lose.
prescribir, to prescribe.
reflexionar, to reflect.
renir, to scold.
retirar, to withdraw.
saber, to know.
suplicar, to beg.
tomar, to take.
vehementemente, with force.
veneer, to conquer.
SECOND AND THIKD CONJUGATION. 63
asunto, estoy enfadado con V. 8. El maestro desea
mucho que aprendamos la lengua espanola. 9. Era
menester qne gastasemos mucho dinero para arreglar
la casa. 10. Mi maestro queria que yo aprendiese
una leccion mas larga. 11. Colon prometio una
recompensa al primero que descubriera la tierra.
12. Yo aprenderia el frances, si V. me lo ensenara.
13. No olvidaremos nada de lo que la amistad pre-
scribiere. 14. Si encontrare V. a su padre manana,
no olvide lo que le he dicho. 15. Vengo (/ come) a
ver si ha llegado de la Habana el senor Alvarez.
16. La dificultad consiste en saber donde hallar al
senor Komero. 17. <; Que hora es? No puedo decir-
selo, porque no lo se. 18. Temiendo (el) que le ata-
casen llevo sus pistolas, or, For temer (el) que le ata-
casen llevo sus pistolas.
THEME XIII.
1. He allowed his children games of exercise and
dexterity. 2. I bought yesterday two dozen (s) (of)
pears, and we have eaten them already. 3. Speak
more softly; you have already interrupted me twice.
4. Open the door for my father ; he has already
knocked three times. 5. I fear that my father and
mother may not receive your letter. 6. Although he
might read much, he would learn but little. 7. If he
should pass (by here), I would call him. 8. You aug-
ment your fortune, and mine diminishes from day to
day. 9. We shall hide him in order that the soldiers
may not discover him. 10. We shall live happy after
combating our passions. 11. You know [how] to lie;
it is better to tell the truth, 12, Do you wish that
64 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
I (may) open the door? Yes; but do not scold.1
13. He would permit the sale, provided you would
receive the money. 14. He begged him with force
that he would desist from that undertaking. 15. You
will send what shall seem (seems, parezca) best to you.
LESSON XIV.
EUPHONIC CHANGES IN REGULAR VERBS.
149. All verbs ending in car, gar, or zar always
change c, g, and z into qu, gu, and c, respectively, be-
fore e (this occurs in the first person singular of
the preterite indicative ; in the present subjunctive
throughout ; and in subjunctive used as imperative);
and verbs in guar take diaeresis before e (in same po-
sition): as, tocar, to touch; pagar, to pay ; avanzar,
to advance ; aguar, to mix with water.
INFINITIVE, tocar pagar avanzar aguar
PRETERITE, toque pague avance ague
PRES. SUBJ., toque pague avance agile
SUBJ. FOR IMP., toque pague avance agile
150. When the c of verbs ending in cer or cir is
preceded by a consonant and would be followed by
a or o, it is changed into z ; but if a vowel 2 precedes
c, z is inserted before it (c) in like positions; this
occurs in first person singular, present indicative ; in
present subjunctive throughout, and in subjunctive
1 Renir, see pedir, § 204.
2 For cocer and hacer and their compounds, see §§ 189, 190.
EUPHONIC CHANGES IN REGULAR VERBS. 65
used for imperative : as, veneer, to conquer ; resarcir,
to compensate ; ofrecer, to offer ; relucir, to glitter.
INFINITIVE, veneer resarcir ofrecer relucir
PBES. IND., venzo resarzo ofrezco reluzco
PRES. SUB., venza resarza ofrezca reluzca
SUB. FOB IMP., venza resarza ofrezca reluzca
EXCEPTIONS : empecer (offend) and mecer (stir)
follow rule for cer preceded by consonant.
151. Verbs ending in ger or gir change g into j
before a or o ; those ending in guir drop u before a or
o; and those ending in quir also change qu to c before
a or o.
This applies to same moods, etc., as in § 150 : as,
escoger, to choosey escojo, etc.; dirigir, to direct, dirijo,
etc. ; distinguir, to distinguish, distingo, etc. ; delin-
quir, to transgress, delinco, etc.
152. Verbs having the double consonants ch, 11, or
fi just before the infinitive ending, regularly lose
i of the diphthong ie and io when they would occur
in conjugation (which would be in pres. part.; third
sing, and plur. of pret. ind. ; imperfects and future
subj.) : as, bullir (to boil), bullendo, etc.
153. The i of accented 1 verbal terminations, when
following a vowel, is changed to y: as, cre-er, to be-
lieve, creyendo, crey6, cre-yera, etc.; caer, to fall, ca-
yendo, ca-y6, cayese, etc. ; destruir, to destroy, destru-
yendo, destruy6, destruyera, etc. And those verbs
ending in uir change i to y1 before a, e, o : as, atri-
buir, to attribute, atribuyo, atribuyes, etc.
1 But not when the graphic accent is on the i, hence not in
the imperfect indicative : as, leia, etc., from leer, to read.
66
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
VOCABULARY XIV.
el aprieto, difficulty.
beneficio, benefit, favor.
camino, way, road.
heno, hay.
importe, amount.
jabali, wild boar.
medio, means.
, memorial, memorandum.
piano, piano.
retrato, portrait.
rigor, rigor.
la compania, company.
deuda, debt.
factura, invoice.
fatiga, fatigue.
naranja, orange.
paja, straw.
red, net.
tranquilidad, tranquillity.
acabar, to finish.
acoger, to receive.
aguar, to mix with water.
alegrar, to please. \tage.
aprovechar (se), to take advan-
atentamente, attentively.
avanzar, to advance.
cargar, to charge.
cazar, to hunt, chase.
coger, to catch.
comprender, to comprehend.
consentir (en), to consent.
creer, to believe.
dejar, to let, allow.
delinquir, to transgress.
dirigir, to direct.
distinguir, to distinguish.
empecer, to offend.
escoger, to choose.
esparcir, to scatter.
frecuentar, to frequent.
gozar, to enjoy.
hacia, towards.
honrar, to honor.
huir, to escape, fly.
instruir, to instruct.
llegar, to arrive.
matar, to kill.
mecer, to agitate.
merecer, to merit.
pagar, to pay.
partir, to depart.
posible, possible.
preciso, necessary.
preguntar, to ask.
preparar, to prepare.
producir, to produce,
proteger, to protect.
robar, to rob.
seguir, to follow.
sufrir, to suffer.
tocar, to touch, play.
EXERCISE XIV.
1. Expliquemos eso, porque el desea comprender] o.
2. Cargueme V. el importe de esta factura, no teugo
EUPHONIC CHANGES Itf REGULAR VERBS. 67
el dinero. 3. Hablenos V. de su viaje ; le escucha-
remos a V. con atencion. 4. Si V. frecuenta a la
gente honrada V. sera honrado. 5. El creera hon-
rarle a V. acogiendole como V. lo merezca. 6. No
he aprendido a servirme bien de las redes, y no cojo
muchos pajaros. 7. No protejo a los holgazanes.
8. Cuando uno ha vivido como hombre honrado, goza
una verdadera tranquilidad. 9. ; Que delinca ! si
quiere ser castigado con rigor. 10. Mientras qne es-
parzo este heno, 61 esparcira la paja para V. 11. El
padre del muchacho no cree que llegue esta manana.
12. Si es verdad que su padre llegue (or llega) manana,
sera menester prepararle un cuarto. 13. El se apro-
vecha del consejo de su padre, y huye de la mala
compania. 14. Mandeme V. su memorial, lo leere
atentamente. 15. Es preciso que yo pregunte por
los ninos. 16. Despues de haber seguido su camino
hacia Paris, tomo el de Leon.
THEME XIV.
1. I played the piano a little to please (gladden)
the ladies. 2. He does not pay his debts ; he wishes
that others may pay them. 3. You are looking for
your brother, but you will not find him. 4. I fear that
we may not arrive in time for dinner. 5. I wish that
you conquer your enemies by your favors. 6. I shall
not consent to allow you to depart if you do not take
something. 7. I do not know when I shall finish the
portrait of your child. 8. I do not think that Por-
tugal produces the best oranges. 9. Send me your
son if you wish that I instruct (sufij.) him. 10. I
choose this coat, which seems to me the best of all.
68 PRACTICAL SPAKISH GRAMMAR.
11. It is possible that the letters may come to-day.
12. Don Juan Morales of Madrid is the best man that
I know. 13. It is necessary that you seek the means
of getting out of the difficulty. 14. I chased a wild
boar yesterday, and suffered great fatigue. 15. After
having robbed his master, he killed him. 16. I ar-
rived in London in the year 1873.
LESSON XV.
THE COMPOUND TENSES AND haber, to have.
154. Except in the passive voice, the compound
tenses of all verbs are formed with haber,1 to have:
as, ha aprendido, he has learned ; ha llegado, lie has
(is) come.
155. (a) When the auxiliary to have (or to be, in
the sense of is to, must) precedes an infinitive, it is
rendered by haber de or tener que, deber or deber de :
as, he de decirle, tengo que decirle. (#) When to
have is not an auxiliary, it is rendered by tener : as,
tengo una pluma, tengo la satisfaccion de verla,
(c) Kote following sentence : este hecho bubo de comprometer
el exito de la expedition, this fact was on the point of, etc.
(d) Haber in compounds of present tense is better not sepa-
rated from the participle : Ha recibido V.? (not ha V. recibido ?).
But this is allowable in 2d siog. and 1st and 2d persons plural :
as, babels ido vosotros 1 or babeis vosotros ido ?
156. (a) Haber2 is used impersonally (3d person
sing.) and means there is, there are, there were, etc. :
1 See § 234 (c).
2 So used it takes que with following infinitive : as, no hay
que temer, there is nothing to fear.
THE COMPOUND TENSES AND haber, to have. 69
as, hay grandes autores en Espaiia. (b) Haber (used
impersonally) often means since, ago, how far, etc. :
as, hay cinco aiios que muri6 (died), cu&nto hay de
aqui £ la ciudad? (c) Haber (used impersonally)
often denotes a state which continues : as, hay dos
anos que est£ malo.
157. SYNOPSIS OF haber, to have (irregular verb):
haber hab-iendo1 hab-ido he hub e
habia he habido haya hub iera
habre etc. hub iese
habr-ia hub iere
158. haber hab iendo hab ido he hube
hab ia Comp'd of Pres.2 he habido has -iste
-ias " Imp habia habido ha -o
-ia " Pret hub e habido hemos -imos
-famos " Fut. habr e habido habeis -isteis
-lais " Cond. habr ia habido han -ieron
-ian " Prs. Sb. hay a habido
C'p'd of 1. Imp. hub iera habido hay -a hub iera, -iese
habr-e " 2. Imp. -iese habido -as -ieras, -ieses
-as " Ft. Sub. -iere habido -a -iera, -iese
-a -amos -ieramos, iesemos
-emoa -ais -ierais, ieseis
-eia -an -ieran. iesen
-an
habr ia (See note 3.) hub iere
-ias -ieres
-ia -iere
-famos -ieremos
-fais iereis
-ian -ieren
1 Used occasionally with past pan. of otner verbs : as, ha-
biendo escrito, having written.
8 These compound tenses are found in all verbs, and each
one is developed through different persons and numbers of
haber.
3 Imperative wanting, although habe and habed are some-
times given.
70 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
159. Haber1 conjugated as impersonal verb (3d
sing.):
hab-er hab iendo hab-ido hay2 hubo
hab-ia Comp. of Pres. Ind. ha habido haya nub iera
habr-a " Imp. habia habido haya hub iese
habr-ia " Pret. hubo habido hub-iere
" Fut habra habido
" Cond. habria habido
" Pres. Sub. haya habido
Comp'd of 1. Imp Sub. hubiera habido
44 2. Imp. Sub. hubiese habido
44 Fut, Sub. hubiere habido
VOCABULARY XV.
B! amo, master. abandonar, to abandon
exito, result. breve, short, brief
general, general. comprometer, to compromise.
gobierno, government. concluir, to finish.
influjo, influence. considerar, to consider.
modo, mode, manner. deber, to be obliged.
piloto, pilot. despedir, to dismiss.
pleito, dispute, lawsuit entregar, to abandon (to).
sustento, sustenance. f altar, to fail.
trigo, wheat. gris, gray.
la armonia, harmony. heredar, to inherit.
carestia, famine. infeliz, unhappy.
cosecha, harvest. informar, to inform.
enfermedad, disease. nadar, to swim.
(el) hambre (f.), hunger. podido (poder), been able.
noticia, news. pronto, soon.
paz, peace saciar, to satisfy.
riqueza, wealth. trocar, to exchange.
1 It will be noticed that haber used impersonally is the
same as third person of haber used personally, except in
the present indicative and imperative.
2 Hay = ha with Latin ibi ii = y, there.
THE COMPOUND TENSES AND haber, to have. 71
EXERCISE XVC
1. V. tiene el mismo modo de ver que yo. 2. Hace1
diez anos y seis meses que esta en Inglaterra. 3. Ha
habido una gran batalla en el sud de Africa.
4. £ Cuando habra acabado V. su leccion ? La habre
acabado en una hora. 5. ^ Quien ha heredado
la fortuna del general? No ha dejado ninguna.
6. <; Habia hablado V. a este hombre? Yo le habia
hablado dos 6 tres veces. 7. He de hacerme un ves-
tido del pafio gris 6 negro. 8. Aun cuando hubiera
(or hubiese) mayor armonia entre los hombres,habria
siempre pleitos. 9. Trueca (lie exchanges} los breves
males con (or por) los que han de durar para siempre.
10. El ha de saber que su padre esta malo ; le in-
formare. 11. El caballo esta en campo, donde no le
hade faltar el sustento. 12. <iQue hay que hacer?
Que habia de hacer yo ? 13. Tal fue (was) su con-
ducta, que hube de despedirle de mi servicio. 14. Si
las riquezas hubieran (or hubiesen) podido saciar-
me, las habria amado. 15. Si hay (or hubiere) noti-
cias de nuestro pais, escribame V. 16. Envieme V.
los libros que haya (or hubiere) en mi cuarto.
17. Cuando hubiere concluido su retrato de V. se
lo llevare a V.
THEME XV.
1. Although he has been ill some time (it is some
time that he is ill), he is not an infirm man. 2. Shall
you have finished your work this evening? 3. I have
to make soon a long voyage on the ocean (por la mar).
4. Even though there were peace, there would always
1 From hacer used as haber, see § 156 (c).
72 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
be laws and governments. 5. Eiches and poverty
have a great influence over men. 6. If there were
(should have) less idlers, there would be less unhappi-
ness. 7. If I must (he de) make you a faithful pict-
ure of my master, I must tell you, etc. 8. Consider-
ing that hunger had to produce its effect, I abandoned
myself to my lot. 9. We are to work this morning,
and we are to read this evening. 10. The pilot
knows very well what is to be done. 11. My brother
and my cousin learned to swim long ago. 12. If
there had been a good harvest of wheat, there would
not have been a famine. 13. If you had arrived
sooner you would have dined with us. 14. If there
is (or shall be) disease in the ship, abandon it.
15. Send me the letters that there are (or there may
be) in my trunk. 16. When I shall have finished my
letter, I shall take it to the post.
LESSON XVI.
PASSIVE VOICE/ ser AND estar (see § 73).
160. The proper passive voice of a verb in Spanish
is found by joining its past participle (which must
agree with its subject in gender and number) to the
auxiliary ser :2 Esta senora es amada y estimada de
todos los que la conocen.
1 For the reflexive verb used as a passive, see § 170.
2 SYNOPSIS OF ser alabado :
ser alabado (a) siendo alabado (a) (sido) alabado (-a)
era alabado COMP OF PRES. IND.
ser e alabado he sido alabado (-a)
ser fa alabado has sido alabado
ha sido alabado
PASSIVE VOICE,, ser AHD estar.
73
161. When the verb expresses what is accidental or
temporary, its past participle (which is considered
as an adjective and must agree with the subject in
gender and number) is joined to the verb estar (some-
times even to andar, ir, quedar, etc.): as, est& sen-
tado, lie is seated ; como muchas veces queda referido.
162. Estar (never ser) is used with the present
participle for the progressive active form : as, mi
padre est£ leyendo (reading) en su cuarto; estuvo
(he luas) jugando (playing) todo el dia.
163. With passive verbs ly, denoting agency, is gen-
erally expressed by por ; but when the verb expresses
an intransitive action or feeling, de is generally used :
as, los ladrones son perseguidos (pursued) por el al-
guacil, but una tempestad segnida de calma ; la sabi-
duria es alabada de (or por) todos.
164. SYNOPSIS OF ser:
ser siendo sido
soy
fill
era he sido
sea
fu-era
ser-e etc.
se
fu-ese
ser-ia
fu-ere
165. CONJUGATION OF ser :
ser siendo sido
soy
fui
era comp. of Pres. ind. he sido
eres
fuiste
eras has sido
es
fue
era ha sido
somos
fuimos
eramos hemos sido
sois
fuisteis
erais habeis sido
son
fueron
eran han sido
soy alabado (-a)
sea alabado
se alabado
hemos sido alabado
habeis sido alabado
han sido alabado
fui alabado (-a)
fuera alabado
fuese alabado
fuere alabado
74
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
-las sido seas -eras, -eses
-ia sido sea -era, -ese
-iamos sido seamos -eramos, -esemos
-iais sido seais -erais, -eseis
-ian sido seau -eran, -esen
etc.
ser-e Comp. of imp. ind. hab-ia sido sea fu-era, -ese
-as
-a
-emos
-eis
-an
ser-ia
-ias
-ia
-iamos
-iais
-ian
166. SYNOPSIS OF estar :
est-ar estando estado
est-aba he estado
estar-e etc.
estar-ia
fu-ere
se -eres
sea V. -ere
-eremos
sed -ereis
scan VV. -eren
estoy
este
esta
estuve
estuv-iera
estuv-iese
estuv-iere
167. CONJUGATION OF
estar est-ando estado
est-aba
-abas
-aba
-abamos
-abais
-aban
estar-e
-as
-a
•emos
-eis
-an
estar-ia
-ias
-ia
-iamos
-iais
-ian
he estado
has estado
ha estado
hemos estado
habeis estado
han estado
etc.
estar :
estoy estuve
-as
-a
-amos
-ais
-an
-iste
-o
-imos
-isteis
-ieron
este estuv-iera, -iese
-es -ieras, -iese?
-e -iera, -iese
-emos -ieramos, -iesemos
-eis -ierais, -ieseis
-en -ieran, -iesen
- estuv-iere
esta (be thou) -ieres
este V. -iere
- -ieremos
estad -iereis
esten VV. -ieren
PASSIVE VOICE, ser ASTD estar.
75
VOCABULAKY XVI.
el baile, ball (party).
banquero, banker.
comercio, commerce.
convite, invitation.
derecho, right.
diputado, deputy.
duerio, owner.
espacio, (space) time.
fruto, fruit (on tree).
ladron, robber.
periodico, newspaper.
rayo, flash (of lightning).
reino, kingdom.
la ambicion, ambition.
colocacion, situation.
condicion, condition.
desigualdad, inequality.
igualdad, equality.
infancia, childhood.
levita, frock-coat.
licencia, license.
mar, sea.
muerte, death.
prosperidad, prosperity.
revolution, revolution.
tempestad, storm.
abrigar, to shelter.
aceptar, to accept.
agitar, to agitate.
agrio, sour.
alabar, to praise.
alii, there.
alto, high.
casar, to marry.
colmar, to overwhelm.
comprobar, to prove.
conquistar, to conquer.
convidar, to invite.
desgraciado, unfortunate.
desmayado, fainted.
desordenado, lawless.
docil, tractable.
elegir, to elect.
favorecido, favored.
incendiar, to set fire to.
ir, to go.
presente, present.
prevenir, to inform.
prodigo, prodigal.
quedar, to remain.
referir, to report.
remendar, to mend.
representar, to represent.
reprimir, to repress.
restablecer, to re-establish.
saludable, salutary.
satisfecho, satisfied.
sosegado, quiet.
suceder, to happen.
supuesto, granted.
temprano, early.
EXEECISE XVI.
1. Las ciencias han sido siempre favorecidas por los
buenos gobiernos. 2. No engafiamos a nadie, pero
somos engafiados muy a menudo. 3. La licencia fue
76 PRACTICAL SPAKISH GRAMMAR.
reprimida y la paz restablecida eu el pais. 4. Estoy
seguro que la carta no ha sido escrita (written) por el.
5. Ha quedado (it has been) comprobado que eso no
es verdad. 6. Si yo hubiera (or hubiese) sido convi-
dado al baile habria aceptado el convite. 7. Esta
carta es para V., la hacienda es de ella (hers), pero el
dinero es mio. 8. gu hermano de V. esta aqui ; que
esta haciendo ? Esta durmiendo (sleeping). 9. Se-
nores, son hombres valientes los que alii estan presen-
tes. 10. Mi amigo es casado ; mi sobrino esta (lives)
casado en Portugal. 11. Sucediole lo que queda re-
ferido, pero estaba prevenido. 12. Estando el en
alta mar, un rayo incendio el buque. 13. Donde ha
estado V. ? He estado escribiendo en casa. 14. La
ambicion desordenada es la que tantas revoluciones
produce. 15. Fue pequefio espacio el en que estuvo
Transila desmayada (Cervantes). 16. Quiera Dios,
que sus anos de V. sean colmados de toda prosperidad.
17. Es temprano, pero mi criado esta por (in favor
of) (or para, is ready) salir.
THEME XVI.
1. My friend has been elected deputy of his city.
2. The estate has been sold since the death of the
owner. 3. These things were (have been) selected by
my brother when he was (estaba) in Paris. 4. This
comedy has been played twice in the large theatre.
5. The beautiful house of the banker will be sold this
week. 6. This fruit is sour (by nature), is sour (by
accident) ; the tree is tall, the fruit is high. 7. He
was much agitated, but he is much more quiet now.
8. He is very teachable, and is satisfied with his
situation. 9. I am not reading the newspaper; I
REFLEXIVE VERBS AtfD tend. 77
am mending my coat. 10. "Whom are you seeking?
I am looking for my brother. 11. This old house is
that which sheltered our childhood. 12. " These are
not days of faith in which we live/' said Alcala Ga-
liano. 13. The fortresses of the whole kingdom are
conquered. 14. Granted the equality of rights, the
inequality of conditions has salutary effects. 15. If
I had not been so unfortunate, I would already have
abandoned commerce. 16. If you were not so prodi-
gal, you would be richer.
LESSON XVII.
REFLEXIVE VERBS AND teller.
168. While many Spanish verbs are used only re-
flexively, all transitive verbs (having direct or indirect
object) and many intransitive ones (indirect object)
may be used reflexively : as, maravillar, maravillarse,
alabar and alabarse, atribuir and atribuirse (to attrib-
ute to him-, her-, itself or themselves), dormir (to
sleep), dormirse (to fall asleep). Yo me corner^ dos
panes ; yo me olvido de la leccion, or better, yo olvido
la leccion ; te apropiaste £ ti 6 para ti la capa, you
appropriated the cloak to or for yourself.
169. (a) For the position of subject pronoun see § 155 (d ).
(b) For the form and position of the object pronoun see Les-
son VII, and note the following phrases yo me alegro, V se
ha alegrado, or se ha alegrado V.; j, se ha alegrado V.? ; noso-
tros no nos hemos alegrado ; j no nos hemos alegrado nosotros l.
170. The reflexive1 verb, whether personal or im-
1 Se followed by other conjunctive pronouns, and third per-
son singular of the verb, sometimes takes the place of reflexive
78 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
personal, is often used for the passive voice : as, eso
no se puede hacer, or eso no puede hacerse, se dice.
171. The reflexive verb is often used reciprocally ;
as, salud£ronse cortesmente, they greeted each other
politely.
172. (a) For uses of tener, see § 155 (a) and (b). (b) When
in English the verb to be precedes adjectives denoting one's
feelings, physical or moral, as hungry, cold, afraid, ashamed,
etc., tener is to be used: as, tengo sueiio, frio, calor, hambre,
sed, razon, miedo y vergiienza. (c) The same verb is used in
reference to one's age : as, i Que edad tiene ? Tengo cincuenta
anos de edad. (d) If a noun expressing sentiment or duty
comes between tengo and the following infinitive, de precedes
the infinitive • as, tuvo la satisfaccion de verla. (e) What is the
matter with you?, etc., { que tiene V,1?, etc Nothing is the
matter with me, etc , no tengo nada, etc.
173. SYNOPSIS OF REFLEXIVE VERB alegrarse, to
rejoice :
alegrarse alegrandose alegrado (se) me alegr-o me alegr e
me alegr-aba me he alegrado me alegr-e me alegr-ara
me alegrar e etc. alegrate me alegr ase
me alegrar ia me alegr are
173. (a) CONJUGATION OF REFLEXIVE VERB ale-
grarse, to rejoice :
me alegr-aba alegrandose alegrado(se) me alegro me alegr-e
te
-abas
me he alegrado te
•as te aste
se
-aba
te has alegrado se
-a se -6
(V. s
e -aba)
se ha alegrado etc.
etc.
nos
-abamos
etc.
OS
abais
me alegr-ara
se
-aban
te -aras
(VV.
se -aban)
se ara
etc. etc,
proper, and sometimes of the passive : parece que se te ha ido
de las mientes, it appears that it has gone out of your mind ; se
me dice, I am told.
REFLEXIVE VERBS AND tener.
79
174. SYNOPSIS OF tener (irregular verb), to hold,
to have :
ten-er
ten-ia
tendr-e
tendr-ia
ten-iendo
ten-ido
he ten-ido
etc.
tengo
teng-a
ten
tuv-e
tuv-iera
tuv-iese
tuv-iere
175. CONJUGATION OF tener, to hold, to have:
ten-er ten iendo
ten-ia
-ias
-ia
-iamos
-iais
-ian
tendr-e
etc.
tendr-ia
etc.
ten-ido tengo
he ten-ido tienes
tuv-e
-iste
etc, tiene
-0
tenemos
-imos
teneis
-isteis
tienen
-ieron
teng-a
etc.
tuv-iera, -iese
etc.
tuv-iere
ten
etc.
tenga V
tened
tengan VV.
VOCABULARY XVII.
el cuello, collar.
dedo, finger.
motive, reason.
la amistad, friendship.
confianza, confidence.
fortaleza, fortress.
(las) mientes, thoughts.
nariz, the nose.
ninerfa, puerility.
novedad, news.
perfidia, perfidy.
precaucion, precaution.
rabia, anger.
la razon, reason (right).
rodilla, knee.
sed, thirst.
vergiienza, shame.
acostar (-se), to go to bed.
acusar, to accuse.
anunciar, to announce.
apoderar ( se), to get possession.
arrepentir ( se), to repent.
azul, blue.
contar, to relate.
cortar (-se), to cut.
cortesmente, politely.
desmayar (-se), to faint.
80 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
divertir (-se), to amuse. maravillar (-se), to wonder.
equivocar, to mistake. poner (-se), to put on.
guardar, to keep. quitar (-se), to take off.
jugar, to play. ridicule, ridiculous.
lavar, to wash. saludar, to greet.
limpio, clean. sentir (-se), to feel.
maravillar, to admire.
EXERCISE XVII.
1. <; No se equivoca V. cuando (V.) dice eso? No
me equivoco. 2. <i Como se llama su amigo de V.? Mi
amigo se llama Juan. 3. <; Se pasea V. todos los dias ?
Me paseo cuando el tiempo esta bueno. 4. No se lo
que tenemos, pero no podemos dormir cuando nos
acostamos. 5. No puedo acordarme de lo que dijo
(said) este hombre. 6. <j Se ban hablado estas sefio-
ras? Oreo que no se ban hablado. 7. El hijo de
Juan se esta muriendo (morir); su madre se desmayo.
8. Pongase V. otro cuello ; el que V. tiene no esta
limpio. 9. Cuantos reales tiene (hay en) un peso ?
Un peso tiene veinte reales. 10. No tengo tiempo
para jugar; tengo deseo de dormir. 11. Y teniendo yo
mas vida, tengo menos libertad (Calderon). 12. Que
se ha de hacer ? — mafiana se vendera la casa. 13. Se
ban tornado las precauciones (or) las precauciones ban
sido tomadas. 14. Nos guardabamos amistad; nos
contabamos cien mil ninerias. 15. Tengo escntas
vanas cartas a mi madre y a mi hermana. 16. Tie-
nen rabia y estan acusandose de perfidia. 17. Tengo
el ojo malo ; tenemos los pies malos ; tiene la rodilla
mala.
THEME XVII.
1. What is your name, my friend ? My name is
Edward. 2. Do you get up early ? I get up at half-
IRREGULAR VERBS— acertar. 81
past six. 3. I do not know how to amuse myself. I
am not well ; I shall feel better to-morrow. 4. The
enemy (-ies) took possession of one of our fortresses.
5. Why do you ridicule this man? Because he is
very ridiculous. 6. My brother will marry when he
has (subj.) a good situation. 7. Take off your hat
in the room. I always take mine off. 8. The boy has
cut his finger, and he is washing his hand. 9. Andrew
had no reason to (para) repent of his confidence.
10. I have the pleasure to announce the news to
you. 11. I am hungry ; he is ashamed ; we were
afraid ; they are sleepy. 12. Is anything the matter
with your brother ? ~No, nothing is the matter with
him. 13. He has a long nose, blue eyes, and large
hands and feet. 14. How old are you ? I am twenty,
and my brother is eighteen. 15. This house has a
hundred feet of height, and the street has fifty feet of
width. 16. This room is sixty feet long and (or by,
por) sixteen wide.
LESSON XVIII.
IRRREGULAR1 VEKBS: acertar AND OTHERS — 1ST CONJ.
176. SYNOPSIS OF acertar, to succeed in guessing,
to hit the mark :
acert-ar acert-ando acert-ado aciert-o acert-e
acert-aba he acert-ado aciert-e acert-ara
acertar-e etc. aciert-a acert-ase
acertar-ia acert-are
1 Plegar (to fold) and desplegar (to unfold) ate both regular
and irregular ; atentar, in the sense of to attempt a crime ;
aterrar, as meaning to frighten; atestar, in the sense of to wit-
ness, are regular ; so also profesar, to profess.
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
177. CONJUGATION
or acertar :
acert-ar acert-ando
acert-ado aciert-o1 acert-e
acert-aba
.as -aste
•abas
-a -6
•aba
-abamos
acert-amos -amos
-ais -asteis
-abais
aciert-an -aron
-aban
acertar-e
aciert-e
acert-ara, -ase
-as
.es
-aras, -ases
-a
-e
-ara, -ase
-emos
acert-emos
-aramos, -as emos
-eis
-eis
-arais, -aseis
-an
aciert-en
-aran, -asen
acertar-ia
acert-are
-ias
aciert-a
-ares
-ia
•eV.
-are
-iamos
-aremos
-iais
acert-ad
-areis
.fan
aciert-en VV
-aren
178. SYNOPSIS OF acordar, to agree:
acord-ar acord-audo acord-ado acuerd-o acord-e
acord-aba he acord-ado acuerd-e acord-ara
acordar-e etc. acuerd-a acord-ase
acordar-ia acord-are
179. CONJUGATION OF acordar2:
acord-ar acord-ando acord-ado
acuerd-o acord-e
acord-aba he "
-as -aste
-abas has "
-a -6
-aba ha "
acord-amos -amos
-abamos hemos "
-ais -asteis ^^
-abais habeis "
acuerd-an -aron
-aban han "
1 Where the stem -syllable is accented, it changes.
8 When meaning to tune, regular.
IRREGULAR VERBS— FIRST CONJUGATION. 83
acordar-e
-as
-a
emos
-eis
-an
acordar-ia
-ias
-ia
-iamos
-iais
-ian
acuerd-e
-es
-e
acord-emos
-eis
acuerd-en
acuerd-a
-eV.
acord-ara, -ase
-aras, -ases
-ara, -ase
-aramos, -asemos
-arais, -aseis
-aran, -asen
acord-are
etc.
acord-ad
acuerd-en VV.
180. SYNOPSIS OF andar, to walk:
and-ar and-ando and-ado and-o
and-aba lie and-ado and-e
andar- e etc. and-a
andar-ia
anduv-e
anduv-iera
anduv-iese
anduv-iere
181. CONJUGATION OF
andar
and-ar and-ando and-ado
and-o
anduv-e
and-aba he "
-as
-iste
-abas has "
-a
-0
-aba ha "
-amos -imos
-abamos hemos "
-ais
-isteis
-abais habeis "
-an
-ieron
-aban han "
andar-e
and-e
anduv-iera, -iese
-as
-es
-ieras, -ieses
-a
-e
-iera, -iese
•emos
-emos -ieramos, -iesemos
-eis
-eis
-ierais, -ieseis
an
-en
-ieran, -iesen
andar-ia
anduv-iere
-ias
and-a
-ieres
ia
-e V
-iere
-iamos
-ieremos
-iais
and-ad
-iereis
-ian
-en
VV. -ieren.
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
182. CONJUGATION OF dar,1 to give:
dar dando dado
doy
di
d-aba he "
d-as
-iste
-abas has "
-a
-io
-aba ha "
-amos
-imos
-abamos hemos "
-ais
-isteis
-abais habeis "
-an
•ieron
-aban han "
dar-e
d-e
d-iera,
-iese
-as
-es
-ieras,
-ieses
-a
-e
-iera,
-iese
-emos
-emos
-ieramos,
-iesemos
eis
-eis
-ierais,
-ieseis
-an
-en
-ieran,
-iesen
dar-ia
d-iere
-fas
da
-ieres
-ia
de V.
-iere
-iamos
-ieremos
-iais
dad
-iereis
ian
den VV.
-ieren
183. CONJUGATION OF jugar, to play :
jugar jug-ando jug-ado jueg-o'2 jugu-e
jug-aba
he
-as jug-aste
-abas
has "
•a
-6
-aba
-abamos
ha "
hemos "
jug-amos
•ais
-amos
-asteis
-abais
habeis
jueg-an
-aron
-aban
han *'
jugar-e
-as
juegu-e
-es
jug-ara,
-aras,
-ase
-ases
-a
-e
-ara,
-ase
-emos
-eis
jugu-emos
u-eis
-aramos,
-arais,
-asemos
-aseis
-an
juegu-en
-aran,
-asen
1 The synopsis may be readily taken from full conjugation,
and should be given orally for each verb.
2 See note 1, p. 82.
IRREGULAR VERBS — FIRST COKJUGATIOtf. 85
jugar-ia jug-are
-ias juega -ares
-la juegu-e V. -are
famos -aremos
-lais jugad -areis
-lan juegu-en VV. -aren
164. (a) Errar, to err, takes y1 before it in the pres. indie,
and parts derived from it, except first and second person
plur.
PRINCIPAL PARTS ; errar err-ando err-ado yerr-o err-e
PRES. INDIC. PRES. SUBJ. IMPERATIVE.
yerr-o yerr-e
yerr-as yerr-es yerr-a
yerr-a yerr-e yerr-e V.
err-amos err-emos
err-ais err-eis err-ad
yerr-an yerr-en yerr-en VV.
(b) Constar, to be evident ; antojarse, to long, are used only
in the third person sing, and plur. ; pesar in the sense of to
regret is impersonal (third person sing.).
VOCABULARY XVIII.
el fuego, fire. las de Villadiego, French
guante, glove. acertar, to hit the mark.
puiietazo, blow with the fist, almorzar, to breakfast.
respeto, respect. cegar, to blind.
la bofetada, slap. cerrar, to sJiut.
culpa, blame. confesar, to confess.
escopeta, gun. costar, to cost.
falta, fault. desaprobar, to disapprove.
intencion, intention. descontar, to discount.
justicia, justice. despertar, to awake.
nacion, nation. despoblar, to depopulate.
pelota, ball (game). endeudado, in debt.
pieza, piece (play). entrar, to enter.
promesa, promise. gobernar, to govern.
1 This y is for i (instead of ierro we have yerro, etc.).
86 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
helar, to freeze. recomendar, to recommend.
junto, near. reprobar, to reprove.
manifestar, to manifest. sentar (-se), to sit down.
merendar, lunch. sin embargo, nevertheless.
negar, to deny. sorprender, to surprise.
nevar, to snow. temblar, to tremble.
obligar, to oblige. volar, to fly.
EXERCISE XVIIL
1. El principe gobierna sus estados con modera-
tion y justicia. 2. <; Que piensa V. de la pieza que se
represento ayer ? 3. Los vicios despueblan las nacio-
nes mas que las guerras. 4. "No me acuerdo de lo
que me ha dicho (said), pero me acordare (de ello).
5. Me dio un punetazo; le di a el una bofetada muy
f uerte. 6. Si V. me diera (or diese) su perro, le daria a
V. mi escopeta. 7. Si V. encuentra (or encontrare) a
un anciano saludele V. con respeto. 8. El hombre
manifiesta buenas intenciones y confiesa sus faltas.
9. Temo que V. desapruebe la action, sin embargo no
la niego. 10. Acuerdese V. de su promesa y reco-
miendeme V. a su amigo. 11. Hiela (it freezes) y
nieva mucho este afro en Ithaca. 12. j Acuestese V.
amigo mio ! Gracias ! No tengo gana de acostarme.
13. Cuentenos V. como paso el (su) tiempo ayer por
la manana. 14. Mi sobrino se echo a reir (laughed
aloud) al tiempo de retirarse. 15. <j Piensa V. ir al
baile esta noche ? Yo no pienso ir. 16. El pobre
pajaro tiembla y no vuela en la tempestad.
THEME XVIIL
1. At what hour do you breakfast ? We breakfast
at six in the morning. 2. When do you begin the
work that you wish to write ? 3. I breakfast at seven,
IRREGULAR VERBS— SECOND CONJUGATION. 87
do not lunch in the evening, and go to bed early.
4. We marched (pret.) all night in order to surprise
the enemy (-ies). 5. I always give you good advice(s),
but you forget it (them) often. 6. The boy plays at
ball this morning. We do not play. 7. Discount this
letter of exchange that I have received to-day.
8. Why do you begin your labor so late ? I do not
awaken. 9. If he gave less to the poor he would not
be so in debt. 10. Sit down, sir. I do not sit down,
because I have not time. 11. Shut the door of my
room. It is already shut, sir. 12. I am not to (have
not the) blame. Why do you reprove me ? 13. How
much do these gloves cost ? They cost two pesetas a
pair. 14. He reached for his sword, and they took
French leave. 15. It pleases me to sit somewhere
near the fire. 16. The dust blinds me, and forces me
to enter the house.
LESSON XIX.
IRREGULAR VERBS I atender AND OTHERS — SECOND
CONJUGATION.
185, CONJUGATION OF atender, to mind, to heed:
atend-er atend-iendo atend-ido attend1 -o atend-i
atend-ia
and atento -es
-iste
-fas
he atend-ido -e
-io
-ia
etc. atend-emos
-ixnos
lamos
-eis
-isteis
-iais
atiend-en
-ieron
-ian
See note 1, p. 82.
88
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
atender-e atiend-a atend-iera, -iese
-as -as etc.
-a -a
-emos atend-amos
-eis -ais
-an atiend-an
atender-ia atend-iere
-ias atiende etc.
-ia atiend-a V.
-iamos
-iais atended
-ian atiend-an VV.
186. CONJUGATION OF mover, to move:
mov-er
tnov-ia
etc.
mover-e
etc.
mover-ia
etc.
mov-iendo
. mov-ido
he mov-ido
etc.
muev-o
-es
-e
mov-emos
-eis
muev-en
muev-a
-as
mov-i
-iste
-io
-imos
-fsteis
-ieron
mov-iera, -iese
etc.
mov-amos
-ais
muev-an
mov-iere
etc.
mueve
mueva V.
moved
muevan VV.
187. CONJUGATION OF caer, to fall (idiomatic to
look into) :
ca-er ca-yendo ca-ido caigo cai
ca-ia he ca-ido caes ca-iste
etc. etc. cae cay-6
caer-e caemos caimos
etc. caeis caisteis
caen caen cayeron
IRREGULAR VERBS— SECOND CONJUGATION. 89
caer-ia caig-a ca-yera, -yese
etc. etc. etc.
ca-yere
ca-e etc.
caig-a V.
ca-ed
caigan VV.
188. CONJUGATION OF traer, to bring, to wear :
tra-er trayendo traido traig-o traj-e
tra-ia lie traido
etc. etc.
traer-e
etc.
traer-ia
etc.
traed
traigan VV.
189. CONJUGATION OF cocer, to cook (to boil or to
bake) :
tra-es
tra-e
etc.
traig-a
etc.
trae
traiga V.
-iste
-0
etc.
traj-era, -ese
etc.
traj-ere
etc.
co-cer
coc-ia
etc.
cocer-e
etc.
cocer-ia
etc.
cociendo
cocido
he cocido
etc.
cuez-o
cuec-es
cuec-e
coc-emos
-eis
cuec-en
cuez-a
-as
-a
coz-amos
-ais
cuez-an
coc-i
-iste
-io
-imos
-isteis
-ieron
coc-iera, -iese
etc.
coc-iere
etc.
cuece coced
cueza V. cuezan VV.
90
PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
190. CONJUGATION OF hacer, to do, to make:
hac-er
hac-iendo hecho
hago
hic-e
hac-ia
he hecho
haces
hic-iste
etc.
etc.
hace
hiz-o
etc.
hic-imos
har-e
hag-a
etc.
-as
-as
hic-iera, -iese
etc.
etc.
etc.
har-ia
hic-iere
-ias
haz
haced
etc.
etc. haga V. hagan VV.
191. CONJUGATION OF satisfacer, to satisfy :
satisfac-er
satisfac-ia
etc.
satisfar-e
etc.
satisfar-ia
etc.
(-fac-iendo) (-fecho)
he satisfecho
etc.
(-fag-o) (-fic-e)
(-fac-es) ( -iste)
( -ce) (-fiz-o)
etc. (-fic-imos)
(-fag-a) etc.
( -as) (-fic-iera, -iese)
etc. etc.
(-fic-iere)
(-face or -faz) (-faced) etc.
(-fagaV.) (-faganVV.)
192. CONJUGATION OF querer, to want, to will, to
wish ; also to like, to love :
quer-iendo quer-ido
he quer-ido
etc.
quer-er
quer-ia
etc.
querr-e
-as
etc.
querr-ia
-fas
etc.
quier-o
-es
-e
quer-emos
-eis
quier-en
quier-a
-as
-a
quer-amos
-ais
quier-an
quis-e
-iste
-o
-imos '
-fsteis
-ieron
quis-iera, -iese
etc.
quis-iere
etc.
quiere quered
quiera V. quieran VV.
IRREGULAR VERBS— SECOND CONJUGATION. 91
VOCABULARY XIX.
el cirujano, surgeon.
concierto, concert.
corriente, present (month).
costumbre, custom.
embarazo, perplexity.
estudiante, student.
hornillo, (kitchen) stove.
homo, oven.
huevo, egg.
instante, instant.
pantalon, pantaloon.
postre, dessert.
reformador, reformer.
sastre, tailor.
socorro, help.
la libreria, bookstore.
mercaderia, goods.
pregunta, question.
aborrecer, to hate.
atender, to mind, heed.
caer, to fall.
cocer, to cook, to boil.
cocer (-se), cook, boil.
desde, since.
despacio, slowly.
ento*nces, then.
morder, to bite.
mover, to move.
ofrecer, to offer. [sure).
pasear (-se), to walk (for plea-
pretender, to pretend.
( to want, will, wish;
1uerer> \ to like, to love.
satisfacer, to satisfy.
sonar, to dream.
trabajar, to work.
traer, to bring, to wear.
valuar, to appreciate.
volver, to return.
EXERCISE XIX.
1. Pedro quiere a ese hombre, pero yo le aborrezco.
2. i Que pretenden los nuevos reform adores con su
sofiada igualdad? 3. <iQue esta mi hrjo haciendo?
Esta escribiendo una carta. 4. Mi hijo acaba de
(has just) llegar ; se ha paseado (una) hora y media.
5. <; Tiene el tiempo para (de) trabajar ? Si, pero no
tiene gana de bacerlo. 6. <j Ha hecho mis pantalones
el sastre ? Los tiene hechos. 7. Se man da V. hacer
un vestido ; <; por quien le ha hecho hacer V.? <; a
quien le ha dado V. a hacer? 8. Tenia costumbre
el rey de hacer esta pregunta : <; estais satisf echo ?
9. Dire al criado que traiga los postres al instante.
10. <; Conoce V. a este caballero ? Le conozco desde
92 PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
muchos anos. 11. £ Cuando quiere V. que hagamos
este negocio para V.? 12. Su perro de V. muerde a
todos los que quieren entrar en su casa. 13. Es pre-
cise que V. caiga en la pobreza para valuar el socorro.
14. Hizo mucho frio en mi cuarto ent6nces, mas
ahora hace calof. 15. El tren se mueve muy despa-
cio, y llegarernos tarde. 16. Cuando vuelva V. a es-
cribirle, dele V. muchas memorias de mi parte.
THEME XIX.
1. I have just heard (to say} that the countess de
Villegas has lost a son ; it is the queen's surgeon who
has killed him. 2. I should like to read some of the
romances of Valdes. 3. I do not believe that you
will find them in a small bookstore. 4. He has of-
fered to carry to his mother the letter I have written.
5. What has been done with your brother ? He be-
came (made himself) doctor. 6. How long has it
been since (that) you have breakfasted ? A little time
since. 7. I shall set sail for Spain the twelfth of the
present month. 8. How shall I do to have goods
without money ? 9. Do you not wear your coat any
more? I do not wear it ; it is worn out. 10. What
do you wish ? We wish money to go to the concert.
11. What do you do on Sundays in the afternoon?
We take a walk. 12. He fell into a great perplex-
ity when he learned this news. 13. What kind of
weather is it to-day ? It is clear and quiet weather.
14. The students pay attention to the words of the
philosopher. 15. The eggs are cooked on the stove,
and the bread in the oven. 16. I have not again seen
(returned to see) him, but they have "just seen him.
IRREGULAR VERBS OF SECOND CONJUGATION. 93
LESSON XX.
IRREGULAR YERBS OF SECOND CONJUGATION
(CONCLUDED).
193. Caber,1 to hold, to le contained in (en):
caber cab-iendo cab-ido quep-o cup-e
cab-ia
etc.
cabr-e
etc.
cabr-ia
etc.
cabe cab-ed
quepa V. quep-an W.
194. Oler, to smell, to scent :
he cab-ido
cab-es
-lite
etc.
cab-e
-0
etc.
etc.
quep-a
cup-iera, -iese
-as
etc.
-a
cup-iere
etc.
etc.
ol-er
ol-ia
etc.
oler-e
etc.
oler-ia
etc.
ol-iendo ol-ido
huel-o
-es
-e
ol-emos
-eis
huel-en
huel-a
-as
-a
ol-amos
-ais
huel-an
Ol-l
-iste
-io
etc.
ol-iera, -iese
etc.
ol-iere
etc.
huel-e
-a V.
ol-ed
huel-an VV.
1 Subject generally follows this verb : as, en la catedral de
Burgos cabe mucha gente.
94 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
195. Placer,1 to please (impersonal):
placer placiendo placido place plug-o (plac-io)
plac-ia plazc-a (or plegue) plugu-iera, -iese
placer-a (or plega) (plac-iera, -iese)
placer -ia plegue (or plega) plugu-iere (plac-iere)
196. Poder, to be able (a model auxiliary meaning
can, may, could, might):
poder pud-iendo pod-ido pued-o pud-e
pod-ia -es -iste
etc. -e -o
podr-e pod-emos etc.
-as . -eis pud-iera, -iese
etc. pued-en etc.
podr-ia pued-a pud-iere
-fas -as etc.
etc. -a
pod-amos
-ais
Imperative wanting. pued-an
197. Poner, to place, to put:
poner pon-iendo puesto pong-o pus-e
pon-ia pon-es -iste
etc. etc. etc.
pondr-e pong-a pus-iera, -iese
etc. -as etc.
pondr-ia etc. pus-iere
etc. etc.
pon pon-ed
pong-a V. pong-an VV.
1 Placer may be (though it rarely is) used personally and
conjugated throughout (subject only to the regular euphonic
changes of verbs in cer). The compounds of placer are reg-
ular and not impersonal.
IRREGULAR VERBS OF SECOND CONJUGATION. 95
198. Saber, to Mow (things); also, to know how:
saber sab-iendo sabido
se sup-e
sab-ia
sab-es -iste
etc.
-e -o
sabr-e
etc. etc.
etc.
sep-a sup-iera, -iese
sabr-ia
-as etc.
etc.
etc. sup-iere
etc.
sabe
sabed
sep-a V.
sep-an VV.
199. Valer, to le worth :
val-er val-iendo val-ido
valg-o val-i
val-ia
val-es -iste
etc.
-e -io
valdr-e
etc. etc.
-as
valg a val iera, -iese
etc.
as etc.
valdr-ia
etc. val-iere
.fas
etc.
etc. val, vale
val-ed
valg-a V.
valg-an VV.
200. yer, to see :
ver viendo visto
veo vi
ve-ia
ves viste
ve-ias
ve vio
etc.
vemos vimos
ver-e
veis visteis
-as
ven vieron
etc.
ve-a viera, -iese
ver-ia
-as etc.
etc.
etc. viere
—
etc.
ve
ved
vea V.
vean VV.
96 PRACTICAL SPAXISH GRAMMAR.
201. Yacer, to lie (down) :
yac-er yac-iendo yac-ido yazc-o (yazg-o, yag-o) yac-i
yac-ia yac-es etc.
etc. yac-e yac-iera, -iese
yacer-e etc. etc.
etc. PRES. SORT. yac-iere
yacer-ia yazc-a, yazc-asetc. etc.
etc. yazg-a, yazg-as etc.
yag-a, yag-as etc. IMPERATIVE.
Rarely used, except in third per-
son of present and imperfect in- yace or yaz yaced
dicative. yazc-a V. yazc-an VV.
202. DEFECTIVE1 VERBS OF SECOND CONJUGATION.— (a)
Acaecer, acontecer, and suceder (each meaning to happen) are
used only in the third persons (sing, and plural), (b) Pacer, to
pasture, not (or rarely) used in pres. subj. or first person sing,
of pres. ind. (c) Raer, to erase. The forms in which the stem-
vowel comes before a or o are little used; but pres. ind.
raigo or rayo, raes, etc.; pres. subj. raiga or raya, raigas or
rayas, etc.; imp. ind. raia, etc.; pret. ind. rai, etc.; rayera,
etc.; rayese, etc.; rayere, etc. (d) Roer,2 to gnaw. Pres. ind.
roo (roigo or royo), roes, roe, etc.; pres. subj. roa, roiga or
roya, roas, roigas or royas, etc. — Corroer, corroe, corroen, co-
rroa, cor roan, are the most common forms of corroer. (e) Re-
poner (in the sense of) to reply, used only in pret. ind.: repuse,
etc. (/) Salve,3 God bless you, has no other form than this
(second singular imperative), (g) Soler, to be accustomed to,
has in general use only the following forms :
soler
soliendo solido suelo
solia
sueles
etc.
etc.
1 Some, as will be noted, are simply impersonal.
2 Generally marked defective in pres. subj. and first person
of pres. ind.
3 Salve (and vale, see [i]) not in general use
IRREGULAR VERBS OF SECOND CONJUGATION. 97
(h) Taner, to play (music), obsolete in first person sing. pres.
ind., which was formerly tango. — Ataiier, to appertain, used
only in third person sing, and plur. (i) Vale, farewell (see
salve). Vale is generally treated as a noun or interjection.
VOCABULARY XX.
el alto, halt. la silla, chair.
arroyo, brook. vaca, cow.
banco, bank. a todo lo largo de, all along.
carnero, sheep. ausente, absent.
los caudales, funds. caber, to be contained.
el circo, circus. defender, to defend.
cofre, trunk. doler, to pain.
florero, flowerpot. inmediatamente, immediately.
juez, judge. luego que, as soon as.
porvenir, future. obedecer, to obey.
sepulcro, sepulchre. oler, to smell, scent.
la bolsa, purse. (en) otra parte, elsewhere.
cabra, goat. pacer, to pasture.
calidad, quality. placer, to please.
cama, bed. poner, to place.
legumbre, vegetable. proximo, next. .
lista, list (menu). soler, to be accustomed.
opinion, opinion. valer, to be worth.
sabana, sheet. yacer, to lie.
EXERCISE XX.
1. Podra V. comenzar sus lecciones de nadar ma-
fiana. 2. Me parece que todavia no puedo comen-
zar ; no tengo tiempo. 3. Hay mucha gente que
pierden mucho en darse a conocer. 4. La cabeza
me duele y quiero acostarme ahora mismo. 5. Puede
ser que yo le vea la primavera prfJxima en su casa.
6. jPluguiera a Dios que yo pudiera ir a Europa con
VV.I 7. Nos pusimos en camino a las cinco e1 hici-
mos alto a las doce. 8. En el teatro de Burdeos
1 y before initial i or hi is e.
98 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
caben dos mil personas. 9. <; Piensa V. que el pano de
Sedan valga mas que el de Louviers ? 10. Estas le-
gumbres son de una buena calidad, huelen bien y se
cuecen bien. 11. Luego que supe que su mujer habia
llegado f ui (/ went} a visitarle. 12. <; Que ve V.?
Nada, pero veremos el sol en algunos *ninutos.
13. Las vacas pacen en el campo junto al arroyo.
14. No he visto a mi amigo. ^ Sabe V. lo que le ha
sucedido ? 15. Defiendo a mis amigos cuando estan
ausentes. 16. Cuando veamos a este hombre le dire-
mos nuestra opinion.
THEME XX.
1. Who put the flowerpot here ? The servant put
it on the chair. 2. Now let us read the menu (list)
and know what we are (have) to eat. 3. I know that
he can be useful to you if he wishes. 4. I know your
judges ; they will do for you all that they can. 5. He
is accustomed to write to his father every (all .the)
week(s). 6. Put your funds in the bank; they will
be more safe there than elsewhere. 7. Know that 1
wish that they obey me immediately. 8. Many more
garments would go in this trunk if you would arrange
them well. 9. This horse will be worth three hun-
dred dollars in the spring, 10. Let them prepare
me a good bed and let them put on a clean sheet.
11. If we knew (subj.) the future we should be very
unhappy. 12. He has just arrived, and his friend
lies in the sepulchre. 13. The sheep and the goats
pasture all along the road. 14. This theatre holds
two hundred more persons than the circus. 15. He
knows that I can be useful to him if I wish to be so.
16. This purse contains more gold but less silver than
mine.
IRREGULAR VERBS OF THIRD CONJUGATION. 99
LESSON XXI.
SOME IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE THIRD CONJUGA-
TION.
203. CONJUGATION OF sentir, to feel, to perceive :
sentir sint-iendo sent-ido sient-o sent i
sent-ia
etc.
sentir e
etc.
sentir-ia
etc.
he sent-ido
-es
-iste
etc.
-e
sint-io
sent imos
sent-imos
-is
-isteis
sient en
sint ieron
sient a
sint iera, -iese
•as
etc.
-a
sint-iere
IMPERATIVE.
sint amos
etc.
-ais
sient e
sentid
sient an
sient-a V.
sient-an VV.
204. Pedir, to ask :
pedir
ped-ia
etc.
pedir-e
etc.
pedir ia
etc.
pidiendo ped-ido
he ped-ido
etc.
IMPERATIVE.
pide ped-id
pid-a V. pid-an VV.
205. Conducir, to conduct:
conduc-ir conduc-iendo conduc ido
conduc-ia he conduc ido
etc. etc.
pid-o ped-i
-es -iste
-e pid io
ped imos ped imos
-is -isteis
pid- en pid-ieron
pid-a pid iera, -iese
-as etc.
etc. pid-iere
etc.
conduzc-o
conduc-es
etc.
conduj-e
-iste
etc.
100
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
conducir e IMPERATIVE.
conducir-ia conduc-e conduc id
etc. conduzc-a V. conduzc an VV.
206. Decir, to say, to tell :
conduzc a conduj-era, -ese
conduzc-as etc.
etc. conduj-ere
etc.
decir
die iendo
dich-o
digo
dij-e
dec-ia
he dich-o
dic-es
-iste
etc.
etc.
dic-e
-0
dir-e
dec-imos
-imos
dir-as
dec-is
-isteis
etc.
IMPERATIVE.
die en
-eron
diria
dig-a
dij-era, -ese
dir-ias
di
decid
-as
etc.
etc.
dig-a V.
dig an VV.
etc.
dij-ere
etc.
207. Heir, to laugh :
reir ri endo (riyendo)1 re ido
re-ia he re-ido
etc. etc.
reir-e
etc.
reir-ia
etc. IMPERATIVE.
ri-e re-id
ri-a V. ri-an VV.
208. Instruir, to instruct :
instruir instru-yendo instru-ido instruy-o
ri-o
-es
-e
re -imos
-is
ri-en
ri-a
-as
etc.
re-i
-iste
rio
re -imos
-isteis
ri-eron
ri-era, -ese
etc.
ri-ere
etc.
instru-ia
etc.
instruir-e
etc.
instruir-ia
etc.
he instru-ido
etc.
IMPERATIVE.
instruy-e instru-id
-a V. instruy-an VV.
-e
instru-imos
-is
instruy-en
instruy-a
-as
etc.
instru-i
-iste
-yo
-imos
-isteis
-yeron
instru-yera, -yese
etc.
instru-yere
etc.
1 Old form.
IRREGULAR VERBS OF THIRD CONJUGATION. 101
209. Venir, to come:
venir vin-iendo ven-ido veng-o vin-e
ven ia he ven-ido vien-es -iste
etc. etc. -e -o
vendr-e ven-imos -imos
etc. -Is -isteis
vendr-ia vien-en -ieron
etc. IMPERATIVE. veng-a vin-iera, -iese
-as etc.
ven ven-id etc. vin-iere
veng-a V. veng-an VV. etc.
VOCABULARY XXL
el abogado, lawyer. conducir, to conduct.
peligro, peril. conseguir, to obtain.
la cocina, kitchen. durante, during.
comida, (repast) meal. generalmente, generally.
conducta, conduct. maldecir, curse.
leccion, lesson. obtenir, obtain.
opera, opera. pedir, to ask.
peninsula, peninsula. preferir, to prefer.
acaso, perhaps. provenir, to arise.
aguardar, to wait. traducir, to translate.
amparar, to protect. vulgarmente, commonly.
EXERCISE XXL
1. <: V. dijo que yo no habia hecho mi deber, es ver-
dad ? 2. El no ha venido, porque V. no le ha convi-
dado. 3. (i Puede V. decirme cual es el asunto de
esta opera? 4. <; Que se dice vulgarmente de las ig-
lesias de Castilla? 5. <iQue libro traducen VV. del
frances al espafiol ? Gil Bias. 6. Dice que no tiene
dinero ahora, y es precise aguardar hasta el mes proc-
simo. 7. <; Porque no le dice V. a su sastre que V.
no puede pagarle ahora ? 8. <;De donde viene eso?
Viene de la casa vieja del valle. 9. Mi padre vino a
este pais cuando tenia veinte anos. 10. Yo no siento
102 PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
nada ahora ; acaso lo sentire mas tarde. 11. El no
le pedira a V. mas dinero durante esta semana.
12. ^1 es quien sirve a la mesa ; no servimos mas que
el cafe. 13. Me rio porque con tantas lecciones V. ha
hecho tan (poco progreso) pocos adelantos. 14. El
prefirio el empleo de juez al de presidente y se arre-
piente ahora. 15.. Los malos maldicen aim a los que
los amparan. 16. El abogado instruye a su hijo en
las leyes del pais.
THEME XXL
1. What do you wish that I say (subj.) except that
it is bad weather ? 2. What are you doing in the
kitchen ? I am cooking the meat for dinner. 3. Come :
I wish to present you to my cousin who has just ar-
rived. 4. In what year did the Komans come to the
Spanish peninsula? 5. Where are you conducting
this child ? I am conducting him home. 6. What do
you ask for this horse? I do not ask except what it is
worth. 7. Can you translate this ? I don't translate
very well. 8. I asked a hundred dollars from (£) my
father and they came to me to-day. 9. We are sorry
(feel it) that you do not come with us to the concert.
10. How do you feel ? I feel very well to-day, (many)
thanks. 11. I do not think he will obtain (subj.) the
employment that he asks. 12. The misfortunes of
men arise generally from their bad conduct. 13. You
do not merit that I give you the news from your friend.
14. The stranger began to laugh at the time of retir-
ing (himself). 15. I compete for this employment
with him, but I doubt that I obtain it. 16. I fear
my friend does not inform (subj.) himself of the
dangers of the place.
DEFECTIVE VERBS OF THIRD CONJUGATION. 103
LESSON XXII.
CONCLUSION OF IRREGULAR VERBS OF THIRD CON-
JUGATION.— DEFECTIVE VERBS OF THIRD
CONJUGATION.
210. Adquirir, to get, to acquire:
adquir ir adquir-iendo adquir-ido adquier-o adquir i
adquir-ia
etc.
adquirir-e
etc.
adquirir-ia
etc.
adquier-e
adquier-a V. adquier-an VV. adquier-an
211. Asir (used figuratively), to seize:
as-ir as-iendo as-ido
as ia he as-ido
etc. etc.
asir-e
etc.
asir ia
etc.
Rarely used in first
person singular of
pres. ind., or in any as e
person of pres. subj. asg-a V.
lie adquir-ido
etc.
LTIVE.
adquir -id
-es -iste
-e -id
adquir- imos -imos
-is -isteis
adquier en -ieron
adquier a adquir-iera, -iese
-as etc.
-a adquir-iere
adquir- amos etc.
-ais
as go
as-i
es
-iste
e
-16
-imos
•imos
-is
isteis
-en
-ieron
asg-a
as iera, -iese
-as
etc.
etc.
as-iere
etc.
as-id
asg-an
VV.
104
PRACTICAL SPAH1SH GRAMMAR.
212. Dormir, to sleep:
dormir
dorm fa
etc.
dormir e
etc.
dormir ia
etc.
durm iendo dorm ido
k he dorm ido
etc.
e
ia
IMPERATIVE.
duerm e dorm-id
duerm-a V. duerm-an W.
duerm-o
-es
-e
dorm imos
-is
duerm-en
duerm-a
-as
-a
durm-amos
-ais
duerm-an
dorm-i
iste
durm-io
dorm imos
-is
durm-ieron
durm-iera, -iese
etc.
durm-iere
etc.
213. Erguir,1 to hold up (the head, etc.):
erguir
ergu-ia
etc.
erguir-e
etc.
erguir-ia
etc.
PRET., etc.
ergu-i
-iste
irgu-io
ergu-imos
-isteis
irgu-ieron
irgu-iera, -iesa
etc.
irgu-iere
etc.
irgu iendo ergu ido
he ergu-ido
etc.
irgo or
irgues
irgue
erguimos
erguis
irguen
irg-a or
-as
yergo
yergues
yergue
erguimos
erguis
yerguen
yerg-a
-as
irgamos
irgais
irg-an yerg-an
irgue or yergue
irga V. yerga V.
erguid
irgan VV. yergan VV.
1 Little used in pres. ind. and pres. subj.
DEFECTIVE VERBS 0£ THIRD CONJUGATION. 105
214. Ir, to go :
ir
yendo ido
voy
fui
iba
he ido
vas
-iste
ibas
etc.
va
-e
iba
vamos
-imos
ibamos
vais
-isteis
ibais
van
-eron
iban
vay-a
fu-era, -ese
ire
IMPERATIVE.
-as
etc.
etc.
etc.
fu-ere
ir-ia
ve id
etc.
etc. vaya V. vayan VV.
215. Morir, to die :
morir mur-iendo muerto
mor-ia lie muerto
etc. etc.
morir-e
etc.
morir-ia
etc.
IMPERATIVE.
muer-e mor-id
muer o
-es
-e
mor-imos
-is
muer-en
muer-a
-as
-a
mur-amos
-ais
mor-i
-iste
mur-io
mor imos
-isteis
mur-ieron
mur-iera, -iese
etc.
mur-iere
etc.
muer-a V. muer -an VV. muer-an
216. Oir, to hear:
oir oyendo oido
oigo
01
o-ia he oido
oy-es
o-iste
etc. etc.
-e
-y6
oir-e
o imos
-imos
etc.
o-is
-isteis
oir-ia
oy-en
-yeron
etc. IMPERATIVE.
oig-a
o-yera, -yese
-as
etc.
oy-e oid
etc.
o-yere
oig-a V. oig-an VV.
etc.
106
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
217. Podrir or pudrir, to decay, to rot :
podrir or
(podr-ia) "
etc.
(podrir-e) "
etc.
(podrir ia) "
etc.
PRES.IND. pudr-o
-es
-e
pudr (podr)-imos
-is
pudr-en
pudr-a
-as
etc.
pudrir pudr iendo
pudr-ia
etc.
pudrir-e
etc.
pudrir- ia
etc.
PRET. IND. etc. pudr-i
-iste
podr-ido
he podr-ido
etc.
or podr-i
-iste
pudr-io
-imos or -imos
-isteis " -isteis
pudr-ieron
pudr-iera, -iese
etc.
pudr-iere
etc.
pudr e pudr-id (podr-id)
pudr-a V. pudr-an VV.
(Forms beginning pu preferred by Sp. Ac. Grammar to those
beginning po, except in pres. inf. and past part.)
218. Salir, to go out:
sal-i
-iste
-io
-imos
-isteis
-ieron
sal-iera, -iese
etc.
sal-iere
salg-a V. salg-an VV. etc.
219. DEFECTIVE VERBS OF THIRD CONJUGATION. — (a)
Several verbs are used only in those forms whose personal
endings begin with i (but the future is used, however) ; they
are then defective in the present indicative (first and second per-
sal-ir
sal -iendo sal-ido
salg-o
sal-ia
he sal-ido
-es
etc.
etc.
-e
saldr-e
-imos
-as
-is
etc.
-en
saldr-ia
IMPERATIVE.
salg-a
-ias
-as
etc.
sal sal-id
etc.
DEFECTIVE VERBS OF THIRD CONJUGATION. 10?
sons plural only being used) ; in the imperative (the second
plural only being found), and are without the pres. subj.
Other forms are regular ; they are : abolir, aguerrir,1 arrecirse,
aterirse,1 colorir, desmarrirse, despavorir, embair, empedernir,2
garantir, manir. (b) Concernir, conjugated like sentir, § 203,
is practically defective in future ind. and in cond. and imp.
moods, and used elsewhere only in third person sing, and plur.
VOCABULARY XXII.
el anciano, old man. asir, to seize.
arzobispo, archbishop. bendecir, to bless.
calor, heat. concernir, to concern.
congreso, congress. desconocido, unknown.
ministro, minister. erguir, to hold up.
la carcel, prison. evitar, to avoid.
decision, decision. ir, to go.
diligencia, diligence. morir, to die.
libra, pound (money). oir, to hear.
manera, manner. podrir, ) . .
abolir, to abolish. pudrir, )
adquirir, to acquire.
EXERCISE XXII.
1. Esta casa me sale (stands me) en mas de mil
libras. 2. Se quedo dormido y su hermano no le ha
despertado. 3. <? De cuantos anos murio su tia de V.?
Murio de treinta y tres anos. 4. No puedo salir hoy;
tengo un fuerte dolor de cabeza. 5. V. adquiere
conocimientos estudiando con atencion y diligencia.
6. El arzobispo de Toledo estuvo (was on the point)
para morir anoche. 7. Lo siento mucho ; ire a verle
mafiana por la mafiana. 8. <i Va V. al concierto esta
noche? No senor, voy a casa. 9. Mi amigo fue una
vez a la catedral y una vez al museo. 10. Deseo que
1 In parts used like sentir, § 203.
2 In parts used like pedir, § 204.
108 PRACTICAL SPAXISH GRAMMAR.
V. vaya a su casa, porque puede ser que el vaya a
Paris. 11. <i Oyo V. lo que dijo este hombre ? Oi
todo lo que dijo. 12. Aqui yace un hombre que
murio pobre y desconocido. 13. Cuando V. venga a
Paris vaya V. a ver al ministro. 14. ^Donde iba V.
ayer cuando le encontre a V. en la plaza ? 15. Muchos
han dejado podrirse a sus parientes en la carcel.
16. Esta decision del juez concierne a los intereses de
V.
THEME XXII.
1 . The books he has bought stand him in a thou-
sand pesetas. 2. Are you asleep ? I am not asleep
now. What have you to say to me? 3. In (de)
what manner do we acquire useful knowledge(s) ?
4. Whom has the old man blessed ? He blessed his
sons. 5. Your father has just gone out ; he will
return in two hours. 6. At what hour do you go out
every day ? I go out at ten o'clock. 7. Do you hear
what I say ? I hear very well, but I have to go out.
8. At what hour did you go (repeatedly) to the house
of the doctor? At eleven. 9. Our father does not
wish that we sleep so late. 10. The general has died ;
he died a year since in a battle. 11. He was born in
eighteen hundred and died in eighteen hundred and
thirty-six. 12. We have gone out early this morning
to avoid the heat. 13. I shall go out to-morrow at
six o'clock ; I shall go to see some friends. 14. Do
you wish that we go (subj.) to hunt ? Yes, we shall
go to-morrow. 15. Congress has abolished the laws
against the blacks. 16. My sister is dead ; it was
yesterday that I went to see her.
IMPERSONAL VERBS. 109
LESSON XXIII.
IMPERSONAL VERBS1 — VERBS USED NEGATIVELY AND
INTERROGATIVELY.
220. The following impersonal verbs are used only
as such :
concierne, it concerns. deshiela, it thaws.
importa, it imports. llueve, it rains.
aborea, it becomes day, dawn, llovizna, it drizzles.
2 i it becomes morning, mollizna, it rains.
amanece, j- th& day breakSt nieva, it snows.
anocheee, it becomes night. obscurece, it becomes dark.
diluvia, it rains heavily. relampaguea, it lightens.
escarcha, it makes frost. truena, it thunders.
graniza, it hails. ventea, it blows.
hiela, it freezes. ventisca, it storms (with snow).
(a) God is sometimes placed as subject of these verbs. Llo-
ver, amanecer, and anochecer are occasionally used personally.
(b) Mela and nieva are used in Exercise XVIII, sentence 11.
221. Acaecer,2 to happen; acontecer, to happen; bastar, to
suffice ; suceder, to happen, are used both impersonally and
personally (third person sing, or plur.).
222. (a) Besides being used impersonally the fol-
lowing verbs are used personally and in all persons
and both numbers :
me admira, it surprises me. toca, to touch (concern).
conviene, it suits. es, it is.
me interesa, it interests me. esta, it is.
parece,3 it seems. hay,5 there is, there are.
me pesa, it grieves me. hace, it is, etc.
puede,4 it is possible.
1 Haber is conjugated impersonally, § 159. Other impersonal
verbs are conjugated analogously, the conjugation to which
they belong being taken into account. 8 See § 202 (a).
3 See Exercise XX, sent. 2. 4 See Exercise XX, sent. 5.
5 Though hay is not used personally, its verb, haber, is so
used.
110 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
(b) Here belong all impersonally used reflexive verbs : as, se
dice no se ve a las cinco. The third person plural is sometimes
used impersonally : as, nos escriben.
223. (a) The verb is made negative by placing no
before it (and before its auxiliary, and the conjunc-
tive object pronoun) : as, yo no he podido venir, no he
podido yo venir, no he podido venir yo (never no yo
he podido venir). (b) Two negatives do not generally
destroy each other in Spanish as they do in English,
but add strength each to the other : as, no lo he visto
jamas, / have never seen it ; no deseo verla nunca, I
never wish to see her. (c) When the other negative
is brought before the verb, the no is omitted: as, na-
die lo sabe. (d ) With some time-phrases : as, en mi
vida, en toda mi vida, en toda la noche, etc., when
placed before the verb, the no is omitted : as, en toda
mi vida me han sacado diente ni muela de la boca, in
all my life they have not taken a front toothy nor, etc.
(e) The no is occasionally pleonastic and should be
omitted when doubt would arise : as, 61 es m&s rico
que no ella ; temia no entrara, / feared he might
come in.
224. (a) The verb is often used interrogatively
with interrogative adverbs : such as, c6mo, cual,
cn£nto, eu£ndo, d6nde, por qu6, etc. (and, of course,
with interrogative pronouns: as, qui6n, etc.): as, qu.6
tal van los asuntos? how do affairs go? (b) No often
introduces questions ( j no tiene V. algo que darnos ?)
or is used elsewhere in interrogative phrases: as,
; cuan dulce no es la esperanza ! (c) While the sub-
ject generally follows the verb in interrogative sen-
tences, it does not always do so : as, j sabe 61 que estoy
aqui? £Este es el rostro que yo vi traspasado (nfflict-
ed)? ^Elhaidoalld?
IMPERSONAL VERBS.
Ill
VOCABULARY XXIII.
el aire, air, wind.
bledo, wild amaranth.
cielo, heaven.
descanso, rest.
lamento, lamentation.
partido, course.
remedio, resource, part.
requisite, requisite.
rostro, face.
la alegria, J0#.
enhoramala, ill-luck.
esperanza, hope.
luna, moon.
misericordia, mercy.
pretension, pretension.
sena, sign.
voluntad, will.
antiguo, old.
bastar, to be enough.
convencer, to convince.
degradar(-se), to degrade (oneself)
desanimar (-se), to be discour-
despreciable, despicable, [aged.
dictar, to dictate.
emborrachar (-se), to get drunk.
fuera (de), out (of).
importa, imports.
lastimar, to grieve.
Hover, to ram.
necesitar, to need.
nublado, cloudy.
oscuro, dark.
pesar (-se), to weigh, distress
que tal, how.
relampaguear, to lighten
repetir, to repeat.
sacar, to pull out.
seco, dry, meagre.
traspasado, afflicted.
tronar, to thunder.
EXERCISE XXIII.
1. El abogado me ha dicho lo que en este negocio
importa. 2. El cielo muchas veces suele Hover sus
misericordias en el tiempo que estan mas secas las es-
peranzas. 3. Si todas estas senasno bastan,nopuedo
convencerla. 4. "Me pesa de mis trabajos," me ha
dicho su padre. 5. No puede ser que jamas' hayan
servido para cosa alguna. 6. Con todos los requisi-
tes que son necesarios es menester no desanimarse.
7. Esta nublado y esta nevando y helando esta tarde.
8. Hara luna esta noche ; hace sol y hace mas aire
que hace un ano. 9. Ayer trono y relampagueo re-
petidas veces, y llovio un poco. 10. Acontecieron
esas desgracias sin esperarlas. 11. Se necesita des-
112 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
canso despues (no antes) del trabajo. 12. <; Conoce V.
a aquella buena anciana ? Conozco a aquella, no buena,
pero si anciana. 13. Hace tan oscuro que no se si
vengo 6 no fuera de camino. 14. A ninguno impor-
taba un bledo que la ciudad hubiese sido lo que ya
no era, ni habia de volver a ser nunca. 15. <; No te
lastiman mas, los lamentos de todos esos infelices?
16. Mi querido principe, donde se fueron vuestras ale-
grias antiguas ?
THEME XXIII.
1. It is necessary that you wait (suty.) for my
brother. 2. It is necessary to study much, to learn a
language well. 3. There is no other resource ; you
have to come soon to go to the store. 4. It has fro-
zen to-day ; but it was fine weather yesterday when I
came. 5. How long (much time) since you were in
Paris ? 6. How many years (are there) have you
been (are) in the city ? 7. Reason demands that man
(may) follow more the prudent counsels than his own
will. 8. If that happens, we shall take the resolution
that prudence dictates to us. 9. There is nothing so
despicable as a man who degrades himself [by] get-
ting drunk. 10. It is necessary that you desist from
your pretensions. 11. Formerly things pleased me
which at present disgust me. 12. It appears that men
forget that they have to die. 13. Do you not know
to whom to sell your horse ? 14. May ill luck be for
me if from to-day on (mas) I give advice to any one!
15. In my whole life I have not spoken to him ; I do
not know him. 16. Have you not been well ? The
whole night I have not been able to sleep.
LIST OF IKBEGULAK AKD DEFECTIVE VERBS. 113
ALPHABETICAL LIST OF ALL THE IR-
REGULAR AND THE PRINCIPAL
DEFECTIVE VERBS.
Except the irregular participles frito, preso, provisto, and
roto, all irregular participles are used as adjectives when there
is a regular participle for the same verb.
(References are to sections.)
abastecer, see 150 [and 149 acrecentar, see acertar, 176,1 77
abnegar, see acertar, 176, 177, acrecer, see 150
abolir, see 219 (a) adecentar, see acertar, 176,177
aborrecer, see 150 [reg. adestrar, see acertar, 176, 177
, (p.p.) abierto, otherwise adherir, see sentir, 203
absolver, (p. p.) absuelto, see adolecer, see 150
•^ mover, 186 adormecer, see 150
absonar, see acordar, 178, 179 adormir, see dormir, 212
absorver, absorvido, absorto adquirir, see 210
abstenerse, see tener, 174, 175 aducir, see conducir, 205
abstraer,1 see traer, 188 advertir, see sentir, 202
abuiiolar, see acordar, 178, 179 aficionarse, aficionado, afecto
acaecer, see 202 (a) and 150 ^afijar (obs.), afijado or afijo
-yaceptar, see aceptado and acep- afligir, afligido, or aflicto
acertar, see 176, 177 [to afollar, see acordar, 178, 179
aclocarse, see acordar, 178, 179 aforar,2 see acordar, 178, 179
and 149 agorar,3 see acordar, 178, 179
acollar, see acordar, 178, 179 ^agradecer, see 150
acontecer, see 202 (a), 150 aguerrir, see 219 (a)
acordar, see 178, 179 aguzar, see aguzado, agudo
acornar, see acordar, 178, 179 ahitarse, ahitado, ahito
-^acostar, see acordar, 178, 179 alebrarse, see acertar, 176,177
1 abstraer, abstraido, abstracto. 2 Reg. in sense of to gauge.
3 Takes diaeresis in irregular forms.
114
PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
alentar, see acertar, 176, 177
alertarse, alertado, alerto
aliquebrar, see acertar, 176, 177
almorzar, seeacordar, 178,179,
and 149 [.and 149
alongar, see acordar, 178,179,
amanecer, see 150, 220
amoblar, see acordar, 178, 179
amolar, see acordar, 178, 179
amollecer, see 150
amorecer, see 150
amortecer, see 150
amover, see mover, 186
-andar, see 180, 181
angostar, angostado, angosto
anochecer, see 150, 220
antedecir, see decir, 206
anteponer, see poner, 197
antever, see ver, 200
antojar, see 184 (b)
apacentar, see acertar, 176,177
aparecer, see 150
apercollar, see acordar, 178, 179
apernar, see acertar, 176, 177
apetecer, see 150
apostar,1 see acordar, 178, 179
apretar, see acertar, 176, 177
aprobar, see acordar, 178, 179
argiiir,2 see instruir, 208
arrecirse, see sentir, 203
arrendar, see acertar, 176, 177
arrepentirse, see sentir, 203
ascender, see atender, 185
asentar, see acertar, 176, 177
asentir, see sentir, 203
aserrar, see acertar, 176, 177
asir, see 211
asolar, see acordar, 178, 179
asoldar, see acordar, 178, 179
asonar, see acordar, 178, 179
asosegar, see acertar, 176, 177
astringir, (obs.) astringo, (obs.)
astricto
ataner, see 202 (h), 152
atender, see 185
atenerse, see tener, 174, 175
atentar,3 see acertar, 176, 177
aterirse, see sentir, 203, 219 (a)
aterrar,4 see acertar, 176, 177
atestar,5 see acertar, 176, 177
atraer, see traer, 188
atravesar, see acertar, 176, 177
atribuir, see instruir, 208, 153
atronar, see acordar, 178, 179
avalentar, see acertar, 176,177
avanecerse, see 150
avenir, see venir, 209
aventar, see acertar, 176, 177
avergonzar,* see 149
azolar, see acordar, 178, 179
bendecir, (p.p.)bendecido, ben-
dito, see decir, 206
bienquerer, see querer, 192
1 Regular when it means to post guards.
2 Loses diaeresis before y.
3 Regular when meaning to attempt crime.
4 Regular in sense of to terrify.
5 When meaning to cram ; otherwise regular.
6 Takes diaeresis in irregular forms.
LIST OF IRREGULAR A^D DEFECTIVE VERBS. 115
blanquecer, see 150
bregar, see acertar, 176, 177
bruiiir, see 152
bullir, see 152
caber, see 193
caer, see 187
calentar, see acertar, 176, 177
canecer, see 150
carecer, see 150
cegar, see acertar,176,177,149
cenir, see pedir, 204, 152
cerner, see atender, 185
cerrar, see acertar, 176, 177
cimentar, see acertar, 176, 177
circuir, see instruir, 208
circuncidar, circuncidado, cir-
cunciso
clarecer, see 150
clocar.see acordar,178,179,149
cocer, see 189
colar, see acordar, 178, 179
colegir, see pedir, 204, 151
colgar,see acordar, 178, 179, 149
colorir, see 219 (a)
combarse, combado, combo
comedir, see pedir, 204
^comenzar, see acertar, 176,177
compadecer, see 150 [and 149
comparecer, see 150
compeler, compelido, compulso
competir, see pedir, 204
complacer, see 150
complanir, see 152
completar,completado, completo
componer, see poner, 197
comprender, comprendido, com-
prenso [preso
comprimir, comprimido, com-
comprobar, see acordar, 178,179
concebir, see pedir, 204
concernir, see 219 (b)
concertar, see acertar, 176,177
concluir, (p.p.) concluido, con-
cluso, see instruir, 208
concordar, see acordar, 178,179
concretar, concretado, concrete
condescender, see atender, 185
condolerse, see mover, 186
conducir, see 205
conferir, see sentir, 203
confesar, (p.p.) confesado, con-
feso, see acertar, 176, 177
confluir, see instruir, 208
confundir, confundido, confuso
-rconmover, see mover, 186
conocer, see 150
conseguir, see pedir, 204, 151
yconsentir, see sentir, 203
consolar, see acordar, 178, 179
consonar, see acordar, 178, 179
constar, see 184 (b)
constituir, see instruir, 208
constrenir, see pedir, 204, 152
construir, see instruir, 208
consumir (-se), consumido, con-
sunto
contar, see acordar, 178, 179
contender, see atender, 185
contener, see tener, 174, 175
contentar (-se), contendado,
contento
contorcerse, see cocer, 189
contracordar, see acordar, 178
179
contradecir, see decir, 206
contraer, contraido, contracto,
see traer, 188
116
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
contrahecer, see hacer, 190
contraponer, see poner, 197
contravenir, see venir, 209
contribuir, see instruir, 208
controvertir, see sentir, 203
contundir, contunclido, contuso
convalecer, see 150
convencer, convencido,convicto
convenir, see venir, 209
convertir, (p. p.) convertido,
converse, see sentir, 203
corregir, (p.p.) corregido, cor-
recto, see pedir, 204, 151
corroer, see 202 (d)
corromper, corrompido, cor-
rupto
corvar, corvado, corvo
costar, see acordar, 178, 179
-crecer, see 150
oreer, see 153
crespar, crespado, crespo
cruentar,(obs.) cruentado,(obs.)
cruento
cuadrar, cuadrado, cuadro
cubrir,cubierto(other\vise reg.)
cultivar, cultivado, culto
dar, see 182
decaer, see caer, 187
decentar, see acertar, 176, 177
decir, see 206
decrecer, see 150
deducir, see conducir, 205
defender, see atender, 185
defenecer, see 150
deferir, see sentir, 203
degollar, see agorar,113 (page)
demoler, see mover, 186
demostrar, see acordar, 178,179
denegar, see acertar, 176, 177,
denegrecer, see 150 [and 149
denostar, see acordar, 178, 179
densar, densado, denso
dentar, see acertar, 176, 177
deponer, see poner, 197
derrenegar, see acertar, 176,
177, 149 [177, 149
derrengar, see acertar, 176,
derretir, see pedir, 204
derrocar, see acordar, 178, 179
derruir, see instruir, 208
desabastecer, see 150
desacertar, see acertar, 176, 177
desacollar, see acordar, 178, 179
desacordar, see acordar, 178, 179
desadormecer, see 150
desadvertir, see sentir, 203
desaferrar, see acertar, 176, 177
desaforar,1 see acordar, 178, 179
desagradecer, see 150
desalentar, see acertar, 176, 177
desamoblar, see acordar, 178,179
desandar, see andar, 180, 181
desaparecer, see 150
desapretar, see acertar, 176, 177
desaprobar, see acordar,178, 179
desarrendar, see acertar, 176, 177
desasentar, see acertar, 176, 177
desasir, see asir, 211
desasosegar, see acertar, 176,177
desatender, see atender, 185
desatentar, see acertar, 176,177
desaterrar, see acertar, 176, 177
desatraer, see traer, 188
1 Regular when meaning to redeem a heritage.
LIST OF IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE VERBS. 117
desatravesar, see acertar, 1 76,
desavenir, see venir, 209 [177
desaventar, see acertar, 176,
desbastecer, see 150 [177
desbravecer, see 150
descabullirse, see 152
descaecer, see 150
descalzar, descalzado, descalzo
descender, see atender, 185
descenir, see pedir, 204, 152
descolgar, see acordar, 178,
179, 149 [152
descollar,see acordar, 178,179,
descomedirse, see pedir, 204
descomponer, see poner, 197
desconcertar, see acertar, 176,
desconocer, see 150 [177
desconsentir, see sentir, 203
desconsolar,see acordar, 178, 179
descontar, see acordar, 178, 179
desconvenir, see venir, 209
descordar, see acordar, 178, 179
descornar, see acordar, 178, 179
descrecer, see 150
desdar, see dar, 182
desdecir, see decir, 206
desdentar, see acertar, 176, 177
desembebecerse, see 150
desembellecer, see 150
desembravecer, see 150
desempedrar, see acertar, 176,
desempobrecer, see 150 [177
desencarecer, see 150
desencerrar, see acertar, 176,
177 [179
desencordar, see acordar, 178,
desencrudecer, see 150
desencruelecer, see 150
desenfurecerse, see 150
desengrosar, see acordar, 178,
desenmohecer, see 150 [179
desenmudecer, see 150
desensoberbecer, see 150
desentenderse, see atender, 185
desenterrar, see acertar, 176, 177
desentorpecer, see 150
desentristecer, see 150
desentumecer, see 150
desenvolver, see 186
desertar, desertado, desierto
deservir, see pedir, 204
desfallecer, see 150
desfavorecer, see 150
desferrar, see acertar, 176, 177
desflaquecerse, see 150
desflocar, see acordar, 178, 179,
desflorecer, see 150 [149
desfortalecer, see 150
desgobernar, see acertar, 176,177
desguarnecer, see 150
deshacer, see hacer, 190
deshelar, see acertar, 176, 177
desherbar, see acertar, 176, 177
desherrar, see acertar, 176,177
deshombrecerse, see 150
deshumedecer, see 150
desimponer, see poner, 197
desinvernar, see acertar, 176,177
desleir, see reir, 207
deslendrar, see acertar, 176, 177
deslucir, see 150
desmajolar, see acordar, 178,179
desmarrirse, see 219 (a)
desmedirse, see pedir, 204
desmelar, see acertar, 176, 177
desmembrar, see acertar, 176,
desmentir, see sentir, 203 [177
desmerecer, see 150
118
PEACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
desmullir, see 152
desnegar, see acertar, 176,177
desnevar, see acertar (but im-
personal)
desnudar, desnudado, desnudo
desobedecer, see 150
desobstruir, see instruir, 208
desoir, see oir, 216
desolar, see acordar, 178, 179
desoldar, see acordar, 178, 179
desollar, see acordar, 178, 179
desosar,1 see acordar, 178, 179
desovar,2 see acordar, 178,179
desparecer, see 150
despavorir, see 219 (a)
despedir, see pedir, 204
despedrar, see acertar, 176,177
desperecer, see 150
despernar, see acertar, 176, 177
despertar, (p. p . )despertado, des-
pierto, see acertar, 176, 177
despezar,3 see acertar, 176, 177,
desplacer, see 150 [149
desplegar, see acertar, 176, 177,
and 149
despoblar,see acordar, 178,179
desproveer, (p.p.) desproveido,
desprovisto, see creer, 153
destenir, see pedir, 204, 152
destentar, see acertar, 176.177
desterrar, see acertar, 176,177
destituir, see instruir, 208
destorcer, see cocer, 189 [149
destrocar,see acordar, 178, 179,
destruir, see instruir, 208
desvanecer, see 150
desventar, see acertar, 176, 177
desverdecer, see 150
desvergonzarse,4 see 149
desvolver, (p.p.) desvuelto, see
mover, 186
detener, see tener, 174, 175
detraer, see traer, 188
devolver, (p.p.) devuelto, see
mover, 186
dezmar, see acertar, 176, 177
diferir, see sentir, 203
difluir, see instruir, 208
difundir, difundido. difuso
digerir, see sentir, 203
diluir, see instruir, 208
dirigir, dirigido, direct o
discerner, see atender, 185
discernir, see sentir, 203
disconvenir, see venir, 209
discordar, see acordar, 178,179
disentir, see sentir, 203
disminuir, see instruir, 208
disolver, (p.p.) disuelto, see
mover, 186
disonar, see acordar, 178, 179
dispersar, dispersado, disperso
dispertar, see acertar, 176,177
displacer, see 150
disponer, see poner, 197
distender, see atender, 185
distinguir, distinguido,distinto
distraer, see traer, 188
1 Takes h in irregular forms ; not to dare, regular.
* Takes h in irregular forms.
3 Regular when meaning to make the end thinner (smaller).
4 Takes diaeresis in irregular forms.
LIST OF IRREGULAR AKD DEFECTIVE VERBS. 119
distribuir, see instruir, 208
divertir, see sentir, 203
dividir, dividido, diviso
doler, see mover, 186
-^dormir, see 212
educir, see conducir, 205
elegir, elegido, electo, see pe-
dir, 204, 151
embair, see 219 (a)
embarbecer, see 150
embastecer, see 150
embebecer, see 150
embellecer, see 150
embermejecer, see 150
embestir, see pedir, 204
emblandecer, see 150
emblanquecer, see 150
embobecer, see 150
embosquecer, see 150
embravecer, see 150
embrutecer, see 150 [177
emparentar, see acertar, 176,
empedernir, see pedir, 204, also
219 (a)
empedrar, see acertar, 176, 177
empellar, see acertar, 176, 177
empequenecer, see 150
empezar, see acertar, 176, 177
emplastecer, see 150
emplumecer, see 150
empobrecer, see 150
empodrecer, see 150
empoltronecerse, see 150
emporcar, see acordar,178,179,
enaltecer, see 150 [149
enardecer, see 150
encabellecerse, see 150
encallecer, see 150
encalvecer, see 150
encandecer, see 150
encanecer, see 150
encarecer, see 150
encarnecer, see 150
encender, see atender, 1*85
encentar, see acertar, 176, 177
encerrar, see acertar, 176, 177
enclocar, see acordar, 178, 179,
encloquecer, see 150 [149
encomendar, see acertar, 176,
177
encontrar, see acordar, 178, 179
encorar, see acordar, 178, 179
encordar, see acordar, 178, 179
encorecer, see 150
encornar, see acordar, 178, 179
encovar, see acordar, 178, 179
encrudecer, see 150
encruelecer, see 150 [177
encubertar, see acertar, 176,
endentar, see acertar, 176, 177
endentecer, see 150
endurecer, see 150
fenfierecerse, see 150
inflaquecer, see 150
aafranquecer, see 150
enfurecer, see 150
engorar, see agorar
engrandecer, see 150
engreirse, see reir, 207
e^grosar, see acordar, 178, 179
engrumecerse, see 150
engullir, see 152
enhambrecer, see 150 [177
enhambr entar , see acertar, 1 76,
enhestar, see acertar, 176, 177
enjugar,enjugado,enjuto [149
enlenzar, see acertar, 176,177,
120
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
enllentecer, see 150
enloquecer, see 150
enlucir, see 150
enmagrecer, see 150
enmalecer, see 150
enmarillacerse, see 150
enmelar, see acertar, 176, 177
enmendar, see acertar, 176, 177
enmerdar. see acertar, 176,177
enmohecer, see 150
enmollecer, see 150
enmudecer, see 150
ennegrecer, see 150
ennoblecer, see 150
ennudecer, see 150
enorgullecer, see 150
enrarecer, see 150
enriquecer, see 150
enrobustecer, see 150
enrodar, see acordar, 178, 179
enrojecer, see 150
enronecer, see 150
enronquecer, see 150
enruinecerse, see 150
ensalmorar, see acordar, 178,
ensandecer, see 150 [179
ensangrentar, see acertar, 176,
ensoberbecer, see 150 [177
ensonar, see acordar, 178, 179
ensordecer, see 150 •
entallecer, see 150
entender, see atender, 185
entenebrecer, see 150
enternecer, see 150
enterrar, see acertar, 176, 177
entigrecerse, see 150
entontecer, see 150
entorpecer, see 150
entortar, see acordar, 178, 179
entredecir, see decir, 206
entregerir, see sentir, 203
entrelucir, see 150
entremorir, see morir, 215
entreoir, see oir, 216
entreparecerse, see 150 [177
entrepernar, see acertar, 176,
entreponer, see poner, 197
entretener, see tener, 174, 175
entrever, see 200
entristecer, see 150
entullecer, see 150
entumecer, see 150
envanecer, see 150
envejecer, see 150
enverdecer, see 150
envestir, see pedir, 204
envilecer, see 150
envolver,1 see mover, 186
enzurdecer, see 150
equivaler, see valer, 199
erigir, erigido, erecto
erguir, see 213
errar, see 184 (a)
escabullirse, see 152
escandecer, see 150 [177
escarmentar, see acertar, 176,
escarnecer, see 150
esclarecer, see 150
escocer, see cocer, 189
escolar, see acordar, 178, 179
^escribir, (p.p.) escrito, other-
' wise regular [149
esforzar, see acordar, 178,179,
espesar, espesado, espeso
volver and its compounds have part, vuelto.
LIST OF IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE VERBS. 121
stablecer, see 150
, see 166, 167
estatuir, see instruir, 208
estrechar, estrechado, estrecho
estregar, see acertar, 176,177,
estremecer, see 150 [149
estrenir, (p.p.) estrenido, es-
tricto, see pedir, 204, 152
exceptuar, exceptuado, excepto
excluir, (p.p.) excluido, exclu-
so, see instruir, 208
excretar, excretado, excreto
exentar, exentado, exento
eximir, eximido, exento
expedir, see pedir, 204
expeler, expelido, expulso
exponer, see poner, 197
expresar, expresado, expreso
extender, (p.p.) extendido, ex
tenso, see atender, 185
extinguir, (p,p.) extinguido,
extinto, see 157
extraer, (p.p.) extraido, ex-
tract o, see traer, 188
extrenir, see pedir, 204, 152
fallecer, see 150
faltar, faltado, falto
favorecer, see 150
fechar, fechado, fecho
fenecer, see 150
ferrar, see acertar, 176, 177
fijar, fijado, fijo
fingir, fingido, ficto
florecer, see 150
fluir, see instruir, 208
foliar, see acordar, 178, 179
fortalecer, see 150 [149
forzar, see acordar, 178, 179,
fregar, see acertar, 176, 177
freir, (p.p.) freido and frito,
see reir, 207
ganir, see 152
garantir, see 219 (a)
gemecer, see 150
gemir, see pedir, 204
gobernar, see acertar, 176,177
gruir, see instruir, 208
grunir, see 152
guaiiir, see 152
guarecer, see 150
guarnecer, see 150
haber, see 157, 158, 159
hacendar, see acertar, 176,177
nacer, see 190
liartar, hart ado, harto
heder, see atender, 185
helar, see acertar, 176, 177
henchir, see pedir, 204, 152
bender, see atender, 185
henir, see pedir, 204, 152
herbar, see acertar, 176, 177
herbecer, see 150
herir, see sentir, 203
herrar, see acertar, 176, 177
hervir, see sentir, 203 [149
holgar, see acordar, 178, 179,
hollar, see acordar, 178, 178,
huir, see instruir, 208 [149
humedecer, see 150
iludir, (obs.) iludido,(obs.) iln-
imbuir, see instruir, 208 [so
impedir, see pedir, 204
imponer, see poner, 197
imprimir, imprimido, impreso
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
improbar, see acordar, 178, 179
improvisar, improvisado, im-
provise
incensar, see acertar, 176, 177
incluir, incluido, incluso, see
instruir, 208
incurrir, incurrido, incurso
indisponer, see poner, 197
inducir, see conducir, 205
infartar, infartado, infarto
infectar, infectado, infecto
inferir, see sentir, 203
infernar, see acertar, 176, 177
inficionar, inficionado, infecto
influir, see instruir, 208
infundir, infundido, infuso
ingerir, (p.p.) ingerto, see sen-
tir, 203
inhestar, see acertar, 176,- 177
injerir, (p.p.) injerido, injerto,
see sentir, 203
injertar, injertado, injerto
inquirir, see adquirir, 210
inscribir, inscribido, inscrito
inseguir, see pedir, 204, 151
insertar, insertado, inserto
instituir, see instruir, 208
instruir, see 208
interdecir, see decir, 206
interponer, see poner, 197
interrumpir, interrumpido, in-
terroto
intervenir, see venir, 209
introducir, see conducir, 205
intrusarse, intrusado, intruso
invernar, see acertar, 176, 177
invertir, invertido, inverse, see
sentir, 203
investir, see pedir, 204
ir, see 214
[149
jamerdar, see acertar, 176, 177,
jimenzar, see acertar, 176, 177.
jugar, see 183 [149
juntar, juntado, junto
languidecer, see 150
-leer, see creer, 153
limpiar, limpiado, limpio
liquefacer, see satisfacer, 191
Hover, see mover, 186, 220
lobreguecer, see 150
lucir, see 150
luir, see instruir, 208
maldecir, (p.p.) maldecido, mal-
dito, see decir, 206
malherir, see sentir, 203
malquerer, see querer, 192
malquistar, malquistado, mal-
quisto
malsonar, see acordar, 178, 179
maltraer, see traer, 188
mancornar, see acordar, 178, 179
manifestar, (p.p.) manifestado,
manifiesto,see acertar, 176, 177
manir, see 219 (a)
mantener, see tener, 174, 175
marchitar, marchitado, mar-
chito
mecer, see 150, exception
medir, see pedir, 204
melar, see acertar, 176, 177
mentar, see acertar, 176, 177
mentir, see sentir, 203
merecer, see 150
merendar, see acertar, 176, 177
moblar, see acordar, 178, 179
LIST OF IRREGULAR AKD DEFECTIVE VERBS.
mohecer, see 150
moler, see mover, 186
morder, see mover, 186
^morir, see 215
^mostrar, see acordar, 178, 179
x^mover, see 186
muir, see instruir, 208
mullir, see 152
munir, see 152
nacer,(p.p.)nacido,nato,see 150
negar, see acertar, 176, 177,149
negrecer, see 150
nevar, see acertar, 176, 177, 220
obedecer, see 150
obscurecer, see 150
*)bstruir, see instruir, 208
-obtener, see tener, 174, 175
ocultar, ocultado, oculto
ofrecer, see 150
oir, see 216
oler, see 194
omitir, omitido, omiso
oponer, see poner, 197
oprimir, oprimido, opreso
orinecerse, see 150
oscurecer, (p. p.) oscurecido,
oscuro, see 150
pacer, see 150, 202 (6)
padecer, see 150
palidecer, see 150
parecer, see 150, 222 (a)
pasar, pasado, paso
pedir, see 204
pensar, see acertar, 176, 177
perder, see atender, 185
perecer, see 150
perfeccionar, perfeccionado, per-
fecto
permanecer, see 150 [(obs.)
permitir, permitido, permiso
perniquebrar , see acertar, 176,
177
perseguir, see pedir, 204, 151
pertenecer, see 150
pervertir, (p.p.)pervertido, per-
verso, see sentir, 203
pesar, see 184 (b)
pimpollecer, see 150
placer, see 195
planir, see 152
plastecer, see 150
plegar, see acertar, 176,177,149
poblar, see acordar, 178, 179
poder, see 196
podrecer, see 150
podrir, see 217
polucionar, polucionado, poluto
,poner, see 197
poseer, (p.p.) poseido, poseso.
see creer, 153
posponer, see poner, 197
preconocer, see 150
predecir, see decir, 206
predisponer, see poner, 197
preferir, see sentir, 203
prelucir, see 150
premorir, see morir, 215
prender, prendido, preso
preponer, see poner, 197
prescribir, prescribido, pre-
scrito
presentir, see sentir, 203
presumir, presumido, presunto
presuponer, see poner, 197
pretender, preten^o, pretenso
124
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
preterir l
prevalecer, see 150
prevaler, see valer, 199
prevenir, see vinir, 209
prever, see ver, 200
probar, see acordar, 178, 179
producir, see conducir, 205
proferir, (p.p.) proferido, pro-
ferto (obs.), see sentir, 203
profesar, profesado, profeso
(obs.)
promover, see mover, 186
propender, propendido, propenso
proponer, see poner, 197
proscribir, proscribido, proscrito
proseguir, see pedir, 204, 151
prostituirse, (p.p.) prostituido,
prostitute, see instruir, 208
proveer, (p.p.) proveido, pro-
visto, see creer, 153
provenir, see venir, 209
pudrir, see 217
quebrar, see acertar, 176, 177
querer, see 192
raer, (p.p.)raido, raso, see 202 (c)
ranciarse, ranciado, rancio
r ar ef acer , (p.p.) r ar ef acido, r ar e-
facto, see satisfacer, 191
reagradecer, see 150
reaparecer, see 150
reapretar, see acertar, 176, 177
reaventar, see acertar, 176,177
rebendecir,2 see decir, 206
reblandecer, see 150
rebullirse, see 152
recaer, see caer, 187
recalentar, see acertar, 176,177
recenir, see 152
recentar, see acertar, 176, 177
recluir, (p.p.)recluido, recluso,
see instruir, 208
recocer, see cocer, 189
recolar, see acordar, 178, 179
recolegir, see pedir, 204, 151
recomendar, see acertar, 176, 177
recomponer, see poner, 197
reconducir, see conducir, 205
reconocer, see 150
reconstruir, see instruir, 208
recontar, see acordar, 178, 179
reconvalecer, see 150
reconvenir, see venir, 209
recordar, see acordar, 178, 179
recostar, see acordar, 178, 179
recrecer, see 150
recrudecer, see 150
redarguir,3 see instruir, 208
redoler, see mover, 186
reducir, see conducir, 205
reelegir, see pedir, 204, 151
reencomendar, see acertar, 176,
referir, see sentir, 203 [177
reflejar, reflejado, reflejo
reflorecer, see 150
refluir, see instruir, 208 [149
reforzar, see acordar, 178, 179,
refregar, see acertar, 176, 177
refreir, (p.p.) refreido, refrito,
see reir, 207
refringir, refringido, refracto
1 Law-term aod defective verb.
3 Loses diaeresis before y.
5 See also bendecir of this list.
LIST OF IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE VERBS. 125
reganir, see 152
regar, see acertar, 176, 177
regimentar, see acertar, 176, 177
regir, see pedir, 204, 151
rigoldar,1 see acordar, 178, 179
regrunir, see 152
rehacer, see hacer, 190 *
rehenchir, see pedir, 204, 152
reherir, see sentir, 203
reherrar, see acertar, 176, 177
rehervir, see sentir, 203
rehollar, see acordar, 178, 179
rehuir, see instruir, 208
rehumedecer, see 150
^reir, see 207
rejuvenecer, see 150
relentecer, see 150 [150
rellentecer, see relentecer, also
relucir, see 150
remaldecir, see decir, 206
remanecer, see 150 [204
remedir, see medir, also pedir,
remendar, see acertar, 176, 177
rementir, see sentir, 203
remolar, see acordar, 178, 179
remoler, see mover, 186
remorder, see mover, 186
remover, see mover, 186
remullir, see 152
renacer, see 150
rendir, see pedir, 204
renegar, see acertar, 176, 177
reiiir, see 152, 204
renovar, see acordar, 178, 179
repacer, see 150, 202 (b)
repadecer, see 150
repedir, see pedir, 204
repensar, see acertar, 176, 177
repetir, see pedir, 204
replegar, see acertar, 176, 177
repletar, repletado, repleto
repoblar, see acordar, 178, 179
repodrir, see podrir, 217
reponer, see poner, 197, 202 (e)
reprobar, see acordar, 178, 179
reproducir, see conducir, 205
repudrir, see pudrir, 217
requebrar, see acertar, 176,177
requerer, see querer, 192
requerir, see sentir, 203
resaber, see saber, 198
resalir, see salir, 218
resegar, see acertar, 176, 177
resembrar, see acertar, 176, 177
resentirse, see sentir, 203
resolver, (p.p.) resuelto, see
mover, 186
resollar, see acordar, 178, 179
resonar, see acordar, 178, 179
resplandecer, see 150
resquebrar, see acertar, 176,177
restablecer, see 150
restituir, see instruir, 208 [149
restregar, see acertar, 176,177,
restringir, restringido, restricto
restrinir, see 152
retallecer, see 150
retemblar, see acertar, 176,177
retener, see tener, 174, 175
retentar, see acertar, 176, 177
retenir, see 152, 204
retiiiir, see 152
retonecer, see 150
retorcer, see cocer, 189
1 Takes diaeresis in irregular forms.
126
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
retostar, see acordar, 178, 179
retraer, see traer, 188
retribuir, see instruir, 208
retronar, see acordar, 178, 179
retrotraer, see traer, 188
revejecer, see 150
revenirse, see venir, 209
reventar, see acertar, 176, 177
rever, see ver, 200
reverdecer, see 150
reverter, see atender, 185
revestir, see pedir, 204
*evolar, see acordar, 178, 179
revolcarse, see acordar, 178, 179,
149 [mover, 186
revolver, (p.p.) revuelto, see
rizar, rizado, rizo
robustecer, see 150
rodar, see acordar, 178, 179
roer, see 202 (d)
rogar, see acordar, 178,179,149
romper, rompido, roto
jaber, see 198
salir, see 218
salpimentar, see acertar, 178, 179
salpresar, salpresado, salpreso
salpullir, see 152
salvar, salvado, salvo
salve, see 202 (/)
sarmsntar, see acertar, 176, 177
sarpullir, see 152
satisfacer, see 191
secar, secado, seco
seducir, see conducir, 205
segar, see acertar, 176, 177
seguir, see pedir, 204, 151
selegir, selegido, selecto
sembrar, see acertar, 176, 177
sementar, see acertar, 176, 177
sentar, see acertar, 176, 177
sentir, see 203
sepultar, sepultado, sepulto
ser, see 164, 165
serrar, see acertar, 176, 177
servir, see pedir, 204 [149
simenzar, see acertar, 176, 177,
situar, situado, sito
sobrecrecer, see 150
sobreentender, see atender, 185
sobrentender, see atender, 185
sobreponer, see poner, 197
sobresalir, see salir, 218 [177
sobresembrar, see acertar, 176,
sobresolar, see acordar, 178, 179
sobrevenir, see venir, 209
sobreventar, see acertar, 176, 177
sobreverterse, see atender, 185
sobrevestir, see sentir, 203
sofreir, (p.p.) sofreido, sofrito,
see reir, 207
solar, see acordar, 178, 179
soldar, see acordar, 178, 179
soler, see 202 (g)
sollar, see acordar, 178, 179
soltar, (p.p.) soltado, suelto,
see acordar, 178, 179 [186
solver, (p.p.) suelto, see mover,
somover, see mover, 186
sonar, see acordar, 178, 179
sonar, see acordar, 178, 179
sonreir, see reir, 207
sonrodarse, see acordar, 178, 179
sorregar, see acertar, 176, 177.
149 [149
sosegar, see acertar, 176, 177,
sostener, see tener, 174, 175
soterrar, see acertar, 176, 177
subarrendar, see acertar, 176,
177
LIST OF IRREGULAR AKD DEFECTIVE VERBS. 127
subentender, see atender, 185
subseguir, see pedir, 204, 151
substituir, see instruir, 208
substraer, see traer, 188
subtender, see atender, 185
subvenir, see venir, 209
subvertir, see sentir, 203
suceder, see 202 (a)
sugerir, see sentir, 203
sujetar, sujetado, sujeto
superponer, see poner, 197
supervenir, see venir, 209
suponer, see poner, 197
suprimir, suprimido, supreso
surgir, surgido, surto
suspender, suspendido, suspense
sustituir, (p.p.) sustituido, sus-
tituto, see instruir, 208
sustraer, see traer, 188
tallecer, see 150
taner, see 202 (h)
temblar, see acertar, 176, 177
tender, (p.p.) tendido, tenso,
see atender, 185
tener, see 174, 175
teiiir, (p.p.) tenido, tinto, see
pedir, 204, 152
tentar, see acertar, 176, 177
torcer, (p.p.) torcido, tuerto,
see cocer, 189, 150
tostar, see acordar, 178, 179
traducir, see conducir, 205
traer, see 188
transcender, see atender, 185
transfregar, see acertar, 176,
translucirse, see 150 [177, 149
transponer, see poner, 197
trascender, see atender, 185
trascolar, see acordar, 178, 179
trascordarse, see acordar, 178,
179 [149
trasegar, see acertar, 176, 177,
trasferir, see sentir, 203
trasfregar, see acertar, 178,
traslucir, see 150 [179, 149
trasoir, see oir, 216
trasonar, see acordar, 178, 179
trasponer, see poner, 197 [149
trastrocar, see acordar, 178,179,
trasverter, see atender, 185
trasvolar, see acordar, 178, 179
travesar, see acertar, 176, 177
trocar, see acordar, 178,179,149
tronar, see acordar, 178,179,220
tropezar, see acertar, 176, 177,
tullir, see 152 [149
tumefacerse, see satisfacer, 191
vaciar, vaciado, vacio
valer, see 199
yenir, see 209
ventar, see acertar, 176, 177
ver, see 200
verdecer, see 150
verter, see atender, 185
vestir, see pedir, 204
volar, see acordar, 178, 179
volcar, see acordar, 178, 179,
149 [186
volver, (p.p.)vuelto,seemover,
yacer, see 201
yuxtaponer, see poner, 197
zabullir, see 152
zafarse, zafado, zafo
zaherir, see sentir, 203
zambullirse, see 152
128 PRACTICAL SPANISH GKAMMAR.
LESSON XXIV.
USE OF THE TENSES. SIMPLE TENSES.
225. The simple tenses are preferred to the com-
pound in many cases where the latter would be used
in English: as, / have read, I do not know where;
yo lei no s6 donde. / have met him this morning,
and have come to an agreement with him about the
affair ; le encontr6 esta manana, y trat6 con 61 del
asunto. It has been five years since I was in Madrid ;
hace cinco anos que estuve en Madrid.
226. (a) The present tense of the indicative ex-
presses in Spanish, as in English, what exists, hap-
pens, or is being done: as, el es coronel; ella se
levanta tarde ; la luna acompana 4 la tierra. (b) The
progressive present (am writing, etc.) is rendered
in Spanish by estar with present participle : as, estoy
escribiendo ; est£n leyendo.
227. The English emphatic present (do write, etc.)
does not admit of a literal translation into Spanish ;
but instead, the verb is sometimes modified by an
adverb: as, canta nmy Men, de v6ras (realty); she
does sing very well. Si lo creo, / do believe it.
228. (a) When the auxiliary do is used for a verb
previously expressed, the affirmative si or the negative
no is used for do in Spanish, provided do and its pre-
ceding verb are of the same number and person : as,
61 no se queja, pero ella si ; he does not complain, but
she does. V. no le conoce, pero nosotros le conocemos:
you do not know him, but we do.
USE OF THE TEKSES. SIMPLE TENSES- 129
(&) Do, not as an auxiliary but a principal verb, is hacer.
as, Harelo que V. me manda, I will do what you order me to do.
229. The present is sometimes (not frequently) used for a
near future : as, viene al instante ; partimos manana.
230. The present (historical) is sometimes used for the pre-
terite : as, llega Cortes y habla a los suyos.
231. (a) The imperfect tense denotes a progressive
(continuing) or repeated past action or state : as, iba
muy d menudo al concierto, cuando estaba en Paris.
(b) This tense often denotes a state continuing, or an
action going on, when something else happened to
interrupt it; and estar, with present participle, is
often used for the simple imperfect tense : as, Andres
leia (or estaba leyendo) cuando entr6, Andrew ivas
reading when I entered, (c) The imperfect tense is
used in describing the permanent qualities of persons
and things; hence is called the descriptive tense:
as, los Romanes eran grandes guerreros. (d) Paren-
thetical or explanatory remarks in a narrative are
expressed by the imperfect: as, sent6se bajo un sauce
6 imit6 su ejemplo otro moro que le acompanaba, etc.
(e) The imperfect sometimes takes the place of the condi-
tional : as, si le hubiera dicho la verdad, me exponia a un re-
gano, if I had told him the truth 1 should have exposed myself
to a scolding, (f) For the emphatic form did, see do, 227 and
228. VV. no le vieron, pero yo le vi, you did not, etc. ; VV. no
le vieron, pero ellos si (they did).
232. (a) The preterite tense refers to an entirely
past action or state, and hence is called the historical
tense: as, fui (/ went) al concierto anoche ; los Ro-
manes conquistaron & la Bretaiia. (b) When an action
or state is broken in upon by something else, that
which interrupts is put in the preterite tense: as,
mientras yo revolvia el asador (spit), 61 dispuso la
mesa. $, D6nde estabas, cuando preguntS por ti ?
130
PEACTICAL SPANISH GKAMMAE.
VOCABULAKY XXIV.
el asador, spit (stick).
asalto, assault.
bosque, woods.
cateto, side of right angle.
clasico, classic.
coronel, colonel.
cuadrado, square.
ejemplo, example.
estrago, ravage.
exponer, to expose.
guerrero, warrior.
indicio, indication.
lecho, bed.
moro, moor.
regano, scolding.
sauce, willow.
viento, wind.
la abuela, grandmother.
cnesta, hill.
epidemia, epidemic.
hipotenusa, hypotenuse.
mirada, glance.
mocedad, youth.
salida, exit.
suavidad, gentleness.
suma, sum (amount).
la vista,, prospect.
atrever (-se), to venture.
componer, to compose.
correr, to run.
democratic©, democratic.
erudito, learned.
girar, to turn.
herir, to wound.
igual, equal.
imitar, to imitate.
intentar, to attempt.
magnifico, magnificent.
a mediados, about the midst of,
percibir, to perceive.
pintar (-se), to paint.
a principios, early.
prorumpir, to break forth.
quejar (-se), to complain.
al rededor, about.
rondar, to go round.
solicito, solicitous.
soplar, to blow.
subir, to ascend, mount.
tender (-se), to stretch (one's self).
de veras, really.
viajar, to travel.
EXEKCISE XXIV.
1. El gobierno de los Estados Unidos es democra-
tico. 2. Hace echo dias que rondan la calle donde
vivo. 3. Yo estoy viajando y mi amigo est£ compo-
niendo una obra. 4. Corre a la puerta, se la hace abrir
y halla a su amigo lierido. 5. Xosotros nos vamos
mafiana y ellos salen el dia despues. 6. Ella ha es-
USE OF THE TENSES. SIMPLE TENSES. 131
crito y viene aqui, su hermana va alii. 7. <; Puedo yo
coiitar con (upon it) que V. vendra ? Voy al instante.
8. Cuando percibi a mi hermano corri al instante a
el. 9. En sus miradas pintabanse l la amistad ma's
solicita, y el interes mas vivo. 10. Iba todos los dias
a la libreria; fue a la libreria ayer. 11. Cervantes
nacio a mediados del siglo diez y seis; y murio a prin-
cipios del diez y siete. 12. Llegue a Londres en el
ano de 1838; <;no es verdad ? 13. No se atrevieron
los enemigos a subir la cuesta. 14. Copernico probo
que la tierra giraba al rededor del sol. 15. Cuando
tu recorrias la Francia, estaba yo en Italia. 16. Mi-
entras que referia sus desgracias, prorumpieron en
lagrimas. 17. A la salida de Viena aun seguia haci-
endo estragos la epidemia.
THEME XXIV.
1. Good-day, sir; how long have you been in Madrid ?
2. The square on (of) the hypotenuse is equal to the
sum of the squares on the other two sides. 3. They
were going when we were coming. 4. He is a man
that likes and does not like the same person. 5. They
write that they are selling everything that they have.
6. Some learned men are translating the Latin clas-
sics. 7. Men are speaking of war, and yet they desire
peace. 8. The general armed himself, mounted his
horse, and sallied forth. 9. When I was in Vienna, I
went to the concert every evening. 10. I called to
the servants, who were still in bed. 11. I used to
travel much when I was younger. 12. I knew Mr.
1 There were painted (descriptive), or used to be painted.
132 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
Benot, but they did not know him. 13. The enemy
(-ies) did not give any indication of attempting the
assault. 14. The wind blew gently (with gentleness),
and the heavens presented a magnificent prospect.
15. The ancients used to stretch themselves on couches
at the table. 16. His grandmother was very beautiful
in her youth. 17. The woods, says Galatea, were
formerly my companions.
LESSON XXV.
SIMPLE TENSES CONCLUDED AND COMPOUND
TENSES.
233. (a) The future tense indicates that something
will exist or take place in the future : as, el sera ele-
gido ; enviar6 la carta manana. (b) The future ex-
presses a mild command: as, no dirSs de esto nada £
nadie. (c) The future is sometimes used instead of
the present when doubt is implied: as, vendrd (he
comes) quiz£, para amenazarme. (d) The future is
sometimes used for the present or past in questions
where a contradictory reply is not expected: as,
jhabra disgracia mayor que la mia?
(e) When shall and will are not signs of the future they must
be translated by equivalent verbs : as, will you lend me your
penknife? i quiere V. prestarme su cortaplumas ? ; it shall be
as I say, ha de ser como digo. . (/) Shall and will used as sub-
stitutes for the verbs they represent must be treated as do (see
227, 228) : as, / shall not proceed, but he will; yo no procedere,
pero el procedera.
234. (a) The compound1 of the present (perfect
1 Very frequent in letters.
SIMPLE TEASES A^D COMPOUND TEKSES. 133
tense) represents a past action or state of being as
completed at the present time. / have written to
him three times this week, le he escrito tres veces
esta semana. Han anunciado para hoy una comedia
muy buena. (b) This tense often denotes an action,
or state in a period of time of which the present forms
a part, and so used; to-day, this week, etc., are often
added, see 234 (a).
(c) Note that tener is sometimes (with transitive verbs) used
as auxiliary instead of haber : as, las cartas que tiene escritas ;
como yo tengo dieho ; limpiaronle el rostro que cubierto de polvo
tenia. (d) The progressive form is used, but the time of the
state or action must be expressed or easily understood : as,
i donde ha estado V. escribiendo esta maiiana ?
235. The compound of the imperfect (or pluperfect
tense) represents a state or action as completed in
some indefinite period before another action or state
expressed or easily understood : as, ya habia oido la
noticia ; habia hablado V. al m6dico (at the time we
are speaking of).
236. The compound of the preterite (past anterior
tense) represents a state or action as completed in
some tolerably definite period before another state or
action expressed or easily understood (and words, as
cuando, despues de, etc., are always used with this
tense) : as, ap6nas me hubo visto, cuando me Ilam6.
237. The compound of the future (or future per-
fect tense) bears the same relation to the future that
the compounds of the imperfect and preterite do to
these tenses : as, habr6 acabado, esta noche ; ya habra
oido muchas veces decir, etc., you will often have heard
134 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
VOCABULARY XXV.
el capitan, captain. avisar, to inform.
hospital, hospital. cubrir, to cover.
hugrfano, orphan. desaparecer, to disappear.
julio, July. escapar (-se), to run off.
mensagero, messenger. exclamar, to exclaim.
merito, merit. franco, frank.
orden, order (m. & f.) horroroso, frightful.
reinado, reign. humilde, humble.
ruego, request. leal, loyal.
temporal, storm. limpiar, to clean.
la constancia, constancy. primoroso, fine.
fuerza, force. proceder, to proceed.
maravilla, wonder. quiza, perhaps.
suplica, petition. super ar, to surpass
tarea, task. terminal, to terminate.
amenazar, to threaten.
EXERCISE XXV.
1. Sefiores, hemos visto muchas maravillas en
siglo. 2. ; Que palabras hallaremos que no se hayan
ya usado! 3. ^ Serviremonos de ruegos y de humildes
suplicas? 4. <;Se habra visto cosa mas primorosa
en este mundo ? 5. (La) Espana produjo grandes
hombres en los r.einados de Carlos I, y Felipe II.
6. Cuando vuelva a mi pais habra cambiado sin duda
el orden de cosas que alii deje. 7. Habia acabado de
almorzar antes que el viniera. 8. No bien hube aca-
bado de escribir cuando entro ella. 9. Muchas obras
de merito han sido escritas durante el presente siglo.
10. No le he visto hoy, ni en todo este mes de julio.
11. Fingio creer que todo aquello era suyo y que yo
se lo habia quitado. 12. La mujer conocio que me
SIMPLE TEASES AND COMPOUND TENSES. 135
habia escapado del hospital de huerfanos. 13. Ya
habre terminado la tarea cuando llegue el verano.
14. A los capitanes tengo avisado lo que ban de hacer.
15. Hace cuatro anos que el esta aqui en el ejercito.
16. Habia (or haefa) dos boras que yo estaba escri-
biendo cuando llego mi padre.
THEME XXV.
1. Rome made herself mistress of the world; Eng-
land has made herself mistress of the sea. 2. He was
in the city yesterday, but he has returned to the coun-
try to-day. 3. Greece produced great orators and
poets, Spain has produced great men. 4. I had al-
most believed that his conduct was frank and loyal.
5. He encountered many and grave difficulties in his
undertaking, but by force of constancy he had over-
come them all. 6. She will wait for her father here,
but I shall not. 7. To-morrow at this hour we shall
have learned the news. 8. I had already received his
letter when I wrote mine. 9. This year the storms in
the Mediterranean have been frightful. 10. Thus is
named he whom I have (hold) mentioned in my let-
ter. 11. Oh, Heaven! I exclaimed, is there a condi-
tion more wretched 'than mine? 12. Next week we
shall have lived together six months. 13. He has been
in the United States for these five years. 14. His
father died two years ago, and I have not seen him
since. 15. The clouds had almost disappeared when
it began to rain, 16. I had been waiting an hour
when the messenger arrived.
136 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
LESSON XXVI.
THE IMPERATIVE MOOD. THE CONDITIONAL MOOD.
238. (a) The imperative mood is used to express
commanding, exhorting, entreating, or permitting 1 :
as, confieselo V. ; que ella vaya ; venga V. ; vamos.
(b) The imperative forms proper are the second per-
sons singular and plural (as, ama, amad ; come, corned ;
recibe, recibid, etc.), which cannot be used with a
negative. For all persons except the second singular
and plural, and for these when negative, the subjunc-
tive is used for the imperative : as, dice, decid ; no
digas, no digais ; diga V., digamos, que digan, digan
VV., no diga V., etc.
(c) Kote that let (as sign of imperative) with third person may
be translated by que : as, que digan, let them say. (d) The
future of the indicative is sometimes used for the imperative,
see 233 (b). (e) The infinitive with a sometimes has the force
of the imperative : as, a ver, let us see.
239. (a) When the conditional mood is used, a
condition is usually expressed or understood in the
sentence, the conditional mood being used in the con-
clusion and some conjunction (frequently si2) being
generally used in the condition : as, iria con V. si
1 Also a wish : as, sea su nombre bendito, may Jiis name be
blessed. Thus used even the first person singular is found :
as, viva el y viva yo, may Tie and I live.
2 Si, meaning whether, is followed by the conditional mood :
as, no se si me lo concederia 6 no.
THE IMPERATIVE MOOD. THE CONDITIONAL MOOD. 13?
tuviese (or tuviera) dinero; si tuviese (or tuviera)
dinero iria con V ; ; daria todo lo que tengo para
verle! (Z>) The conjunction that naturally intro-
duces a conditional sentence cannot be omitted
at will as in English : as, si tuviera papel, escribiria
una carta; we cannot say tuviera papel, etc.
(c) When the principal verb l of the sentence de-
notes supposition, hope, fear, promise or affirma-
tion, and precedes the conjunction que *, the condi-
tional may be used : as, pensaba que su criado acudiria
a la hora seiialada. (d) A modest request or wish is
often expressed by the conditional mood : as, desearia
ver los muebles en casa de V., but querer (in subj. ) is
more usual. If, however, an interjection is used, the
conditional cannot be : as, ojala no le hubiera (or
hubiese) yo conocido. (e) The conditional is often
used in modest, approximate, or uncertain statements:
as, serian las diez de la noche. (/) It is also used in
interrogative expressions of politeness (see d)] and
of doubt, concerning possibility or fitness : as, jme
atreveria yo a pedir? j,seria verdad? (g) In indirect
quotations after verbs in the past or conditional, the
conditional is used: as, dijo que vendria.
(h) Could, when a condition is expressed or implied, is ren-
dered by the conditional of poder : as, yo podria ir si quisiera.
{i) Might, expressing power or ability, is also rendered by the
conditional of poder : as, el podria venir, si quisiera. (j) Should,
meaning ought to, is rendered by the conditional of deber: as,
V. deberia venir conmigo. (k) The preposition a, followed by
an infinitive, is sometimes used to form a conditional sentence:
as, a ser cierta la noticia, me alegraria mucho ; si fuese cierta
la noticia, me alegraria mucho.
1 Not always expressed.
138 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
VOCABULARY XXVI.
el canto, singing. acudirl^ come
credito, credit. (to come(by appointment}.
delirante, raver. afirmar, to affirm.
delito, crime. avenir, to agree, to join.
extravio, frenzy. cometer, to commit.
favor, favor. contentar, to content.
idioma, language. hebreo, Hebrew.
individuo, individual, person, inevitable, inevitable.
marroqui, morocco leather. jurar, to swear.
mueble, furniture. navegar, to navigate.
plato, dish. ofrecer, to offer.
la aldea, hamlet. osar, to dare.
cadena, chain. permitir, to permit.
chinela, slipper. radical, radical.
nave, ship. vano, vain.
ocasion, occasion.
EXERCISE XXVL
1. Permita V. que diga lo que he oido sobre ego.
2. No vaya V. tarcje, es preciso que V. este alii tem-
prano. 3. Los individuos que deseen aprender el
idioma hebreo acudiran a la calle de D. 4. Ama a
tu projimo, como a ti mistfio. 5. Leeria los libros
que estan aqui, si tuviera el tiempo. 6. Aun cuando
me hubiera ofrecido otro tanto, yo no iria. 7. Si yo
tuviese una casa de campo, viviria siempre en ella.
8. Puesto (caso) que durmiese, y no despertase ; en
vano seria mi canto. 9. Si V. se hubiese levantado
mas temprano, habria almorzado con nosotros. 10. No
fui tan simple, que tomase el camino de Toledo; por-
que (by which) me expondria a encontrarme con el.
11. Desearia un par de chinelas y las quisiera en (de)
THE IMPERATIVE MOOD. THE CONDITIONAL MOOD. 139
marroqui. 12. Con todo eso, osaria afirmar y jurar que
son radicales. 13. Tendria en aquel tiempo la ciudad
sesenta mil vecinos. 14. <; Es posible que los extravios
de un delirante, cuya razon evidentemente descon-
certaria la proximidad de la muerte, hayan encon-
trado credito ? 15. ^Deberia yo dar ocasion a que
cometiese otros nuevos delitos ?
THEME XXVI.
1. The war is inevitable, and let it come ! I repeat
it, let it come ! 2. Do not suffer that they betray you
with promises. 3. Do me the favor to tell me where
the doctor lives. 4. Speak to this man; and ask him
what you wish. 5. He would certainly be [the] son
of a grandee, if this had been in his power. 6. I
would have given him the watch and the chain, if he
merited them. 7. If I had known that you were not
at home, I would not have come. 8. He would have
much more wealth (-s), if he had not spent it (them)
in voyages. 9. I would have invited him, if he under-
stood the German language. 10. It seems to me that
we would not agree badly living together. 11. I
would content myself with any (whatever) of these
dishes. 12. It was about two o'clock in the after-
noon, when they reached the village. 13. They might
have sailed two hours when they discovered a power-
ful ship. 14. Would you have the kindness to tell
me where the post [office] is ? 15. The gentleman
said that you might know the truth, if you wished.
16. Could you find your way in the city without me ?
140 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
i
LESSON XXVII.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
240. (a) The subjunctive mood in independent sen-
tences expresses command, exhortation, wish, con-
cession, uncertainty: as, pagueseme lo que se me debe;
hagame V. el favor ; sepamos caal es mas looo ; venga
esta dueiia y pida lo que quisiere ; viva 61 y viva yo ;
saiga lo que saliere (come what may}, (b) The sub-
junctive in independent sentences is really used as an
imperative, see 238 and Exercise XXVI.
241. The subjunctive mood is used in dependent
sentences whose meaning is represented rather as a
conception than a reality; and which are connected
(either as subject or object) with the principal sen-
tence1 by que2; or as object by an interrogative pro-
noun or conjunction.
Note the following: aunque estaba alii (ind.) ; aunque estu-
viese alii (subj.); though lie was there (sure); though he might be
there (doubtful); aunque viene hoy, no le vere (he surely comes)\
aunque viniese hoy, no le veria (coming not sure).
242. This dependent subjunctive is used: (a) After
expressions that deny or question the reality or possi-
bility of the statement in the dependent sentence :
as, no es verdad que lo haya dicho. j Es verdad que
lo haya dicho? Dudo que venga; dud6 que viniese
(but no dudo que vendra) ; no dudo que seas mi amigo.
(b) After expressions (that represent the statement in
the dependent sentence as a subject) of fear, hope, or
1 Sometimes understood or placed after the subjunctive.
2 Generally que or a compound of que, rarely others.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 141
expectation : as, temia descubriese la trampa ; espe-
rando se cumpla el numero del vapuleo ; but temo (/
fear = I am sure) no ha de llegar el dia. (c) After
expressions (that represent the statement in the
dependent sentence as a subject) of command, wish,
concession, etc.: as, guardaos de que no os enga-^
nen; conjiirote que me digas quien eres; concede
que todo lo que dices sea verdad. (d) After expres-
sions of feeling, emotion, etc. : as, le agradecer6 a Vr-
que me d6 un poco de papel; me alegraria de que 61
viniese (viniera). (e) After impersonal expressions,
representing what follows them as an idea or concep-
tion of the speaker or writer: as, lo mejor es que no
corran; es necesario que vaya. (/) Generally after
saber used negatively or interrogatively: as, no s6 qu6
diga. (g) Sometimes after decir l and in some other
constructions, where we might expect the conditional :
as,dijo que lo hiciera, si no fuera prohibido : but the sub-
junctive of indirect statement is not a regular Spanish
construction: as, dije,-pens6 (dijo, pens6) que era ver-
dad. (h) After verbs of causing, occasioning, accom-
plishing, etc.: as, consigues que seas respetado: but
after such followed by de manera que, de suerte que,
or tan made prominent, the result must be a future
one to be expressed by the subjunctive : as, se porta
de manera que es amado de todos; portate de manera
que seas amado de todos.
243. DISTINCTION IN USE BETWEEN FIRST (ending in ra)
AND SECOND (ending in se) IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE.— (a)
When the imperfect subjunctive is preceded by si, con tal que,
cuando, or by an interjection expressing desire, either the first
or the second subjunctive may be used : as, si tuviera, or tu-
1 See under conditional mood.
142 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
viese, dinero, comprarialibros; ojalafuera, or fuese cierto. (b) In
cases similar to these in (a), but without the conjunction, either
the first subjunctive or the conditional is used : as, de buena
gana saliera, or saldria. [NOTE.— From (a) and (5) it follows
that ra (1st subj.) may sometimes take the place of se (2d
subj ) or of ria (conditional), but that se and ria differ.] (c) Se
is generally used if a relative pronoun precedes: as, premiare a
todos los que hubiesen hecho su deber. (d) Ra is generally used
in exclamations : as, quien lo hubiera pensado ! or, habria pen-
sado ! (e) Partial list of impersonal expressions generally tak-
ing the subjunctive mood after them :
es necesario es malo conviene
es precise es justo es bien
es menester es injusto es hora
es fuerza es lastima lo mejor es
es bueno es verguenza menos mal es, etc.
VOCABULARY XXVII.
el destine, destiny. cumplir (-se), to complete, fulfil.
nfLmero, number. desterrar, to banish.
perro, dog. determinar, to determine.
puesto, place, position. dudar, to doubt.
sacrificio, sacrifice. espantar, to frighten.
uso, use. fiar (-se), to trust.
vapuleo, whipping. ladrar, to bark.
la burla, jest, sport. loco, foolish, simple.
duda, doubt. mantener, to keep.
duena, lady (married). ojala, would that.
las letras, learning. permanecer, to persist, remain.
la patria, native land. premiar, to reward.
trampa, trap, fraud. prohibir, to prohibit.
advertir, to inform. proseguir, to pursue.
agradecer, to thank. respetar, to respect.
alcanzar, to reach. separar, to separate.
apear (-se), to dismount. ya, now.
conjurar, to entreat.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 143
EXEKCISE XXVII.
1. Ojala la tierra se me abriera antes que me viese
puesto en esta condicion. 2. Sea el que fuere el uso
que V. hiciere de mi papel, no dudo que lo aprobare.
3. Aunque ladren los perros, no me despertaran en
este cuarto. 4. Que no se espante V. de verme, que
no se muera V. al (de) verme. 5. No puede ser que
mi destino se separe del tuyo 6 del suyo. 6. Tengo
determinado que vaya V. por una parte del monte y
yo por otra. 7. Mi amigo estaba contento con que
(ivlien) me hallase en casa. 8. Es hora que prosigamos
nuestro camino — sale el sol. 9. Entre tan alegre como
si supiera adonde habia de ir a comer. 10. Te juro
que si pudiera subir 6 apearme (que) yo te hubiera
vengado. 11. Aun cuando tratara (or tratase) de re-
mediar el mal, etc. 12. Le advirtio que a cuanto ella le
dijese, le respondiese (-ra). 13. Aunque me lo haya
dicho el otro dia, no me acuerdo ya de ello. 14. Le
hubiera ido a ver ayer, si hubiese sabido esta noticia.
15. Si permaneciere aqui algun tiempo se lo avisare
a V. 16. Si el hubiere dejado Granada antes que le
alcance mi carta, etc.
THEME XXVII.
1. Do not think that my destiny can ever be sepa-
rated from thine. 2. Either it was to gain my con-
fidence or to make fun of me. 3. That he may keep
the place, I have made many sacrifices. 4. There is
no doubt that you might be deceived by that letter.
5. Our destiny has not wished that we should die in
our native land. 6. I did not wish (imp.) that any
144 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
one should know-that I had money. 7. I am astonished
to see that a man so without letters (education) says
such things. 8. It is necessary that you know and do
your task and your duty. 9. I do not know what I
would do then; this I know, what I wish to do now.
10. It would be well that they should banish that old
criminal. 11. I called him that he might go out with
me. 12. There was no one in the city that trusted
them. 13. I shall not return until they have delivered
me the money. 14. He would have paid me, if he
had had money at home. 15. I will bring you what
(-ever) they may give me. 16. Even if he should have
written him before he (might) arrive, etc.
LESSON XXVIII.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD IN DEPENDENT SENTENCES
(CONTINUED). SEQUENCE OF TENSES.
244. The subjunctive mood is used after certain
conjunctions. The important ones used with the
subjunctive are l :
a fin de que, to the end that, como quiera que, notwithstanding.
a menos que, unless. como si, as if.
antes que, before. con tal que, provided that.
apenas, scarcely. cual si, as if.
asi que, so that. cuando, when.
aunque, although. dado que, granted that.
bien que, although. en caso de que, in case that.
como, as, when. en vez de que, instead of.
1 The same conjunction will be followed by the indicative
or subjunctive mood according to the sense in which it is used,
see 241.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 145
hasta qua, until para que, ) fe ^^ ^
hast a donde, as far as. porque, >
luego que, as soon as. por...que, however.
mientras, while. siempre que, whenever.
no sea que, lest. sin que, without.
ojala, would that. supuesto que, supposing that.
NOTE.— Other conjunctions are sometimes used with the
subjunctive.
245. (a) The subjunctive is used in relative senten-
ces, when the relative pronoun or adverb refers to a
negative idea: as, no habia quien les creyese. (Z>) When
the relative refers to an unknown or indefinite person
or thing : as, yo le dir6 cosas que le admiren. (c) Often
when the relative has a general force (as, any one
whatever, anywhere whatever, etc.): as, V. hara lo
que mejor le pareciere (or parezca). (d) The relative
referring to a superlative1 does not require the sub-
junctive : as, la ingratitud es uno de los mayores peca-
dos que se conoce. (e) When the relative expresses a
purpose, the subjunctive is used : as, quiso irse donde
sus ojos no la viesen jamas.
246. (a) The future of the subjunctive is but little
used, the present subjunctive generally taking its
place : as, todo lo que me den, all thai they may give
me; cuando vengan, when they should come, (b) But
when used it is only in sentences beginning with si,
cuando, mientras, or a relative adverb or pronoun : as,
saldr6 si no lloviere (or llueva). (c) The compound
of the present subjunctive is generally used for the
compound of the future subjunctive : as, cuando haya
acabado mi tarea, etc.
1 The superlative relative is found with the subjunctive, but
it is not the superlative as such that requires it.
146 PEACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
247. SEQUENCE OF TENSES, (a) Verbs in the pres-
ent or future indicative or the present subjunctive
are generally followed by the present subjunctive or
compound of the present : as, manda que se haga
luego; me alegro que lo haya vencido; desear6 que V. se
divierta. (b) Verbs in any of the past tenses, simple or
compound, of the indicative, conditional or subjunc-
tive, or in the compound future of the indicative, are
generally followed by the imperfects of the subjunc-
tive, simple or compound: as, he mandado' que lo
llevara (or llevase) V. ; me alegraba que lo hubiera
visto.
VOCABULARY XXVIII.
el caballero andante, knight- confundir, to confound.
cura, priest. [errant, consultar, to consult.
ganapan, porter. decidir, to decide.
ignorante, ignorant (one). devolver, to return. .
insensate, stupid (one). dispensar, to excuse.
oficio, office. disponer, to dispose.
pecado, sin. inducir, to lead (induce).
sello, seal. luego, presently, immediately.
vencedor, conqueror. morar, to dwell.
la accion, action. ofender, to offend.
ingratitud, ingratitude. para que, in order that.
insula (isla), island. procurar, to try.
mentira, lie. resolver (-se), to resolve.
profesion, profession. suplicar, to supplicate.
serial, sign.
EXERCISE XXVIII.
1. Los describio a fin de que los ignorantes no los
confundan con los verdaderos sabios. 2. Me escape
sin que me viesen. 3. V. habla como si la profesion de
las armas fuese oficio de ganapanes. 4. Lo digo para
THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 147
que (a fin que) V. lo sepa. 5. Me suplico que le
hablase de modo que se resolviese. 6. Buscaba a su
amo por largo tiempo, sin que le hallase. 7. <; Cuando
quiere el banquero que yo le devuelva el dinero?
8. Quien la oiga, creera que esta ya decidido que me
quedo. 9. Cualquiera palabra 6 accion que pueda
inducir a otros en error es mentira. 10. Haced bien
a los que os hayan ofendido. 11. Deme V., dijo el
estudiante un libro que pueda consultar. 12. En cual-
quiera figura que haya sido, he quedado vencedor de
mi enemigo. 13. Con la mas minima sefial que me
haga V. pondre un sello en mi boca. 14. <i Quien
le habia de dar a V. senor insulas que gobernase?
15. Me maravillo que hayan creido una noticia tan
improbable. 16. El general le habria ordenado que
volviera (or volviese).
THEME XXVIII.
1. He who responds before he hears shows that he
is a stupid [one]. 2. What a gentleman once prom-
ises, he tries to fulfil although it costs him his life.
3. If Heaven shall dispose of the king, I swear that I
will give you my hand. 4. I place the paper in your
hands, in order that you may make use of it. 5. I
shall keep it for [a] relic, as long as life shall last.
6. What will your master say when he sees what you
have done ? 7. He will give me money until I have
found a good situation. 8. An American who goes for
the first time to Boston will be [a] stranger. 9. My
mother needs a servant who knows how to cook well.
10. Work makes for men houses where they may
dwell. 11. I rejoice (I regret) to have been the first
148 PRACTICAL SPANISH GEAMMAR.
who said it. 12. Is there a hamlet priest that can
say what my master has said ? 13. He is the most
loyal squire that ever served l a knight-errant. 14. All
his friends said to him that he should say what he
wished. 15. I beg that you will (may) excuse me
from coming to-morrow. 16. I doubted that he would
convince him (or) that he would have convinced him.
LESSON XXIX.
THE INFINITIVE MOOD.
248. (a) The infinitive is sometimes used exactly as
a noun and may take an article (the masculine el) be-
fore it, may form a plural, be limited by an adjective
or possessive or by de with its noun, may be subject
or object of a verb, or governed by a preposition : as,
evitad el hablar demasiado ; los pesares de la vida;
el dulce murnmrar ; al romper (d)el dia ; el cantar
de las aves es nrny agradable; tu saber. (V) Some-
times its verbal force is kept when used as noun, and
it may be qualified by an adverb or take an object
after it : as, el hablar corrientemente, etc. ; el leer
buenos libros, etc.
249. (a) The infinitive as subject is generally used
with the article or other qualifiers, but sometimes
without: as, el cazar es buen ejercicio; hablar mucho
es un vicio. (b) The infinitive as subject sometimes
precedes, as in (a), and sometimes follows its verb :
as, no es mi tristeza haber caido en tu poder, / am
1 Use preterite indicative.
THE
MOOD.
149
not sad for, etc. (c) due with a personal form of the
verb (indicative or subjunctive) is used instead of
the infinitive when its subject cannot be inferred from
the rest of the sentence: as, basta que sepas, it is
enough that thou knowest; but, me basta saber, le
basta a V. saber, etc. (d) Sometimes, however, the
infinitive is retained and the personal pronoun or
other subject placed near it : as, el oirlo yo, me causa
lastima; el dar el si manana la hermosa Julia.
250. The infinitive without a preposition, generally
as direct object, is used after many verbs, of which
the principal are :
aconsejar
declarar
manifestar
procurar
acostumbrar
dejar
mas vale
prohibir
afirmar
desear
merecer 3
prometer
alegrar (-se)
determinar
mostrar
protestar
andar l
esperar
necesitar
querer
celebrar
fingir
negar
saber
concebir
gustar
oir
sentir
confesar
haber menester
osar
soler
conocer
hacer
parecer
temer
contar
holgar
pensar
tener
conviene
imaginar (-se)
poder
vedar
creer
impedir
preferir
venir 4
deber2
intentar
presumir
ver
decir
mandar
pretender
VOCABULARY XXIX.
el aliento, breath.
banquete, banquet.
euidado, care.
lacayo, servant.
el manjar, dish (food).
milagro, miracle.
muro, wall.
musico, musician.
1 Andar buscar, to go to seek. 2 De is sometimes used • as,
por aqui cerca debe de estar alguna fuente. 3 Merece ser alab«.&a.
4 Viene adorar — a omitted for euphony — lie comes to adore.
150
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
el punto, point.
termino, limit.
tesoro, treasure.
la admiracion, wonder.
lasartes, intrigues.
la cuestion, question.
dama, lady.
diferencia, difference.
doctrina, doctrine.
estrella, star.
fuente, spring.
labradora, working woman.
lastima, pity.
locura, folly.
naturaleza, nature.
ola, wave.
renta, income.
tristeza, grief, sadness.
la utilidad, profit.
aderezar, to prepare (victuals).
cansar, to weary.
causar, to cause.
comer, to eat.
comparar, to compare.
considerar, to consider.
corrientemente,. fluently.
curioso, curious.
demasiado, too much.
encantar, to delight.
entristecer, to sadden.
facilitar, to facilitate.
lugubre, gloom.
murmurar, to murmur.
perfecto, perfect.
por en cima, on topt over.
romper, to break.
EXERCISE XXIX.
1. Gastar en un banquete la renta de un afio es
locura. 2. El decir tu si y el acabarseme la vida, ha
de ser todo a un punto. 3. Le entristecia ver que
Altisidora no le habia cumplido la palabra. 4. Se te
ha ido de las mientes haber visto a Dulcinea conver-
tida en labradora. 5. Es decir; se me ha olvidado
decir. 6. El suceso que yo he tenido en ver a V.? es
imposible ser malo. 7. El hablar nosotros pasa de los
terminos de la naturaleza. 8. Es mas milagro darme
a mi un poeta un peso que yo recibirle. 9. La dife-
rencia que hay del animal bruto al hombre, es ser el
hombre animal racional y el bruto irracional. 10. Es-
perando 6 por mejor decir temiendo perder la vida,
fue, etc. 11. Pasabanle las olas por (en) cima, no solo
impidiendole ver el cielo sino (pero) negandole el
THE IKFIKITIVE MOOD. 151
poder pedirle ayuda. 13. Son artes que nuestros
mayores prohibieron aprenderse. 14. El reino de
Dios no es comer ni beber sino (inas) paz y justicia.
15. Quiero imitar al pueblo en el vestido, en las cos-
tumbres solo a los mejores. 16. La que (ella) decia
ser mi madre esta alia.
THEME XXIX.
1. It would be curious to compare this doctrine
with the other. 2. To take from a knight his lady
is to take from him his eyes. 3. Let it not weary
you to hear me relate what happened to me. 4. It
is not my sadness that (I am not sad because) my
friend has fallen in your power. 5. You shall con-
quer the stars ; for it is possible to conquer them.
6. I seem to see her enter (between) the gloomy walls
of this prison. 7. It will not be lost care to consider
this question. 8. Your saying this (el decirlo tu) and
my hearing it causes me new wonder. 9. Where is
that trembling [of] all before him and that speaking
to him on the knees? 10. The general determined to
put them at (in) liberty. 11. The doctor has no need to
go to seek help. 12. The horses need to take breath
in order not to fall on the way. 13. The perfect
playing of this musician delights one. 14. He knows
how to prepare and cook many good dishes. 15. The
profit of the kingdom counselled facilitating for both
cities the commerce with America. 16. If I should
get a servant like you, I should believe [myself] to
have found a treasure.
152 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
LESSON XXX.
THE INFINITIVE (CONCLUDED).
251. The infinitive (generally in independent con-
struction) is used after the prepositions, a, antes de,
con, despues de, en, en cuanto a, en vez de, hasta, para,
por, sin, sobre and many compounds of de : as, al
perder el cuerpo la vida ; a ser otra cosa ; le gan6 a
correr; junto con ser cruel era encantador; hasta
verte ; no se siguitf el alcance por ser noche ; sin yo
pensarlo ; a pesar de (or) sin embargo de (or) no ob-
stante de haberle yo pagado, no estuvo satisfecho.
252. (a) The infinitive in dependent constructions
is used after the prepositions a and de, also after con,
en, para, por, and so used, (b) A, with the infini-
tive, follows verbs of motion, and others with which
the idea of direction toward an end is united.
The principal verbs are : animar, aprender, aspirar, ayudar,
comenzar, condenar, consentir, convidar, conviene, dar, echar,
empezar, ensenar, enviar, habituar, inclinar, invitar, ir, mostrar,
obligar, pasar, salir, tender, venir, volver. El vino a visitarme ;
sail a ver los soldados ; el me ensena a cantar ; nos convido a
comer con el.
(b') A with the infinitive follows other verbs, parti-
ciples, or adjectives whose meaning naturally require
to (a) : such as, bastar, esforzarse, obligar, precisar, etc. :
as, se esfuerza a hacerlo ; no estas tu obligado a saber
latin. (#") Besides esforzarse, etc. (see b'), atreverse,
decidirse, negarse, ponerse, resistirse, are so used: as,
no me atrevo a hablarle. (c) De, with the following
THE lOTItflTIVE MOOD. 153
infinitive, may follow substantives or adjectives: as,
es tiempo de dormir; es bueno de coiner, (c') After
verbs of emotion, etc. ; after verbs denoting removal,
cessation, etc. ; after to be used impersonally, and
after haber (and often tener in the sense of is to,
or must) : as, me alegro de ver a V. bueno ; desisti6
de perseguir a sus contraries (opposers). Es de desear.
I due" me tengo de armar ? (d) Con (the manner how,
or means by which) with following infinitive: as,
le entretengo con contarle cuentos. (e) En with fol-
lowing infinitive : as, empleo mi tiempo en estudiar.
(/) Para with the following infinitive: as, tiene bas-
tante dinero para comprar la casa. (/') Para, in
order to, after estar, means to be about to : as, estoy
para marcharme. (g) Por (for the sake of): as,
trabaja por alcanzar premio. (g') Estar por means
to intend, is not yet : as, estuve por responderle; la
casa esta por acaber, the house is not yet finished.
(h) due is often followed by the infinitive, especially
when its subject is the same as that of the principal
verb: as, nada tiene que explicar; tengo que escribir
una carta; hoy hay (or maiiana habra) mucho que
hacer.
VOCABULARY XXX.
el alcance, pursuit. el homenaje, homage.
arrepentimiento, repentance. lenguaje, language.
barbaro, barbarian. oido, ear.
contrario, opposer. restante, rest.
cuento, story. tema, theme.
euerpo, body. teologo, theologian.
emperador, emperor. la bandera, flag.
encantador, enchanter. cena, supper.
enfermo, sick (man). conversacion, conversation.
154 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
las fiestas, holidays, entretener, to entertain.
la impresion, impression. esforzar (-se), to make efforts.
misantropia, misanthropy. marchar (-se), to go off.
muestra, sign. perseguir, to pursue.
salud, health. pescar, to fish.
abandonar, to abandon. privar, to- deprive.
abrazar, to embrace. provenir, to arise.
deleitar, to delight. reconocer, to recognize.
destruir, to destroy. rendir, to render.
dibujar, to draw, sketch, sobre. besides.
diferente, different. tardar, to tarry.
emplear, to employ. variar, to vary.
entender, to understand. visitar, to visit.
EXERCISE XXX.
1. Al oir esas palabras ya le reconocemos a V.
2. La vista se deleita con el nacer de la luz y con el
variar de las nubes. 3. Preguntare hasta saber la ver-
dad. 4. Ninguna de estas razones fue entendida de
los barbaros por ser dichas en diferente lenguaje que
el suyo. 5. Se come para vivir. 6. Mis hermanas
aprenden a dibujar con el sefior Kondel. 7. Preste
dos libros a su amigo de V., pero el no ha vuelto a
traermelos. 8. El juez se contento, con privar al reo
de la libertad. 9. Por la culpa, de no habermelo tu
acordado te sucedio eso. 10. Abrazome, diciendo que
habia esperado1 de hacer impresion sus razones.
11. No por eso ha dejado de ser ella la que antes era.
12. No deja de ser un enfermo, con todo eso trabaja
mucho. 13. Es de desear que haga buen tiempo du-
rante las fiestas (holidays). 14. Mas tardo en hablar
Don Quijote que en acabarse la cena. 15. Aunque
1 Rather antiquated.
THE INFINITIVE MOOD. 155
tiene oidos para oir, no tiene lengua para hablar.
16. Pocas palabras me quedan por decir, aunque mu-
chas lagrimas si que llorar. 17. Su misautropia pro-
viene de no haber nunca tenido un verdadero amigo.
THEME XXX.
1. Besides being king, he wishes to make himself
emperor. 2. Even the boys of this city, without ever
having seen me, know me. 3. (The) which histories,
for not being to my taste, I do not mention (them).
4. He must be [a] theologian, in order to know how
to give account of the Christian law. 5. I shall remain
at home instead of going out. 6. The banker has in-
vited us to dine, but we cannot go. 7. I am going
to visit some friends who have arrived from France.
8. This man has destroyed his health by (con) much
drinking. 9. The poor boy had (the) misfortune to
lose his watch. 10. It would weigh upon me to see
him give signs of any repentance. 11. Soon all will
love him without any one ceasing to fear him.
12. They accuse the soldier of having abandoned his
flag. 13. He is to work this morning, and can fish
this afternoon. 14. The rest of the conversation was
occupied in speaking of the king. 15. I come accom-
panied by my son to render you the first homage.
16. I had neither lessons to study nor themes to write
out.
156 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
LESSON XXXI.
PRESENT PARTICIPLE (OR GERUND).
PAST PARTICIPLE.
253. The present l participle is not used as an ad-
jective but as a verb, hence does not change its form
for gender and number, and is used : (a) For the in-
finitive with a preposition (especially in the sense of
by) : as, me divierto leyendo (or en leer) ; gana su
vida escribiendo (or en escribir). (b) The present
participle, when not referring to a verb (as, continud
escribiendo), is often placed at the beginning of the
sentence ; and when there, naturally refers to the
subject : as, estudiando se aprende ; viendole tomar la
espada le dijo, on seeing him take, etc. (c) The pres-
ent participle with en often implies a close relation
between what precedes and what follows : as, llega
otro, y dale de palos, y en dandoselos huye. (d) The
continuation of an action or state is often denoted by
estar with the present participle : as, j ftu6 estas ha-
ciendo? Estoy escribiendo una carta; estarse dur-
miendo, to befalling to sleep ; — but with verbs of mo-
tion ir, not estar, is used : as, va corriendo. (e) Ir,
with the present participle, generally means continua-
1 The name present participle is used instead of " gerund "
because the latter is little used in English, and the real present
participle forms (such as calmante, habitante, and doliente) are
not used as participles.
PRESENT PARTICIPLE. PAST PARTICIPLE. 157
tion or increase. Se va burlando de vosotros, lie keeps
making fun of you. El fuego se iba extendiendo.
254. (a) The past1 participle with the meaning of a
verb has the form of an adjective, and when formed
from transitive verbs it has a passive, and from intran-
sitive verbs an active meaning. Its chief use is to
form the compound tenses (generally with haber).
(b) The past participle is not varied with haber as the
auxiliary: as, ella ha escrito. With llevar and tener
it agrees in gender and number with the object: as,
llevo escrita una carta; also, ellos se hallan arruinados.
With andar, ir, and quedar it agrees with the subject:
as, 61 anda descuidado ; ellos van satisfechos. In the
passive voice the past participle agrees with the sub-
ject: as, nosotros nemos sido castigados. The past
participle of ser and estar (conjugated with auxiliary
haber) are never varied; hemos estado alii, (c) When
not used as a verb, but as an adjective, the past
participle, of course, agrees with the noun or pronoun
qualified: as, una carta bien escrita. (a) The past par-
ticiple is used absolutely (or independently) : as, aca-
bada la cena, nos fuimos a pasear. (e) The feminines
of many past participles are used as nouns: as, la be-
bida, the drink ; — sometimes other forms : as, los des-
graciados, the unfortunate. (/) Past participles may
be used with prepositions : as, despues de restablecida
la paz, floreceran las artes ; es un hombre despreci-
ado de todos. (g) For double forms of the past parti-
ciple, see List of Irregular Verbs (page 113, etc.).
1 The reflexive participle rarely takes the reflexive pronoun ;
but is the same in form as that of a non-reflexive verb : as, ale-
grado, instead of alegradose.
158
PEACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
VOCABULAKY XXXI.
el asno, ass.
dano, loss.
devoto, devout (man).
mantel, tablecloth.
nicho, niche.
paje, page.
palo, blow (with stick).
pensamiento, thought.
rebano, flock.
reconocimiento, gratitude.
rubor, blush.
templo, temple.
la cantidad, quantity.
cara, face.
conjuracion, conspiracy.
doncella, maiden.
idea, idea.
oveja, sheep.
partida, party (squad).
risa, laughter.
ventana, window.
victoria, victory.
la yerba, grass.
acribillailo, drubbed.
amontonar, to mass.
arruinar, to ruin.
asaltar, to assault.
callar, to keep silent.
calmante, narcotic.
descuidar, to neglect.
despreciar, to despise.
doliente, sorrowful.
edificar, to build.
florecer, to flourish.
lleno, full.
modificar (-se), to be modified.
mostrar, to show.
prendado, smitten (in love).
rebuznar, to bray.
respirar, to breathe.
sucesivamente, little by little.
velar, to watch.
vestir (-se), to dress.
EXERCISE XXXI.
1. El devoto mostro su reconocimiento, edificando
templos. 2. Y teniendo yo mas vida, tengo menos
libertad — Calderon. 3. Estaba para volver, quedando
muy ocupado (en) vistiendose (en vestirse). 4. Un re-
bano de ovejas andaba paciendo la yerba al rededor de
el. 5. Mas vale pajaro en la mano que buitre volando.
6. Hasta entonces el joven liabia ido callando y escn-
cliando. 7. Habiendolavistoun dia quedo prendado de
ella. 8. Levantados los manteles y tomando D. Antonio
PRESENT PARTICIPLE. PAST PARTICIPLE. 159
por la mano a D. Quijote, se entro. 9. ^Cuanto hay
que ha muerto este hombre ? 10. Escribio una carta
al emperador, refiriendole lo acaecido. 11. Abando-
nado enteramente y olvidado, solo respiraba venganza.
12. Ganada la Sierra y rotoa los Moros se vio obligado
a quedarse alia. 13. Tomo la carta, cubierta su bella
cara de un honestisimo rnbor. 14. Despues de bien
acribillado le echaron a la calle. 15. A pocas calles
andadas encontro con el paje — Cervantes. 16. Teni-
endo ya preparado mi viaje, hube de diferirlo por el
mal estado de los caminos.
THEME XXXI.
1. Trembling from head to foot, he went away from
the house. 2. The army lost the victory [after] having
lost its king. 3. While l passing, I saw the woman
looking out of the window. 4. These ideas kept on
being modified little by little. 5. Always gaining
and never spending, they amass the greatest quantity
of money. 6. The servant sleeps and the master is
watching. 7. The duchess was dying with laughter,
on hearing Sancho2 speak. 8. When I brayed, all
the asses of the town brayed. 9. The conspiracy dis-
covered, the king bought him of his master. 10. Aided
by (of) God they found from (a) (such — great) loss a
sure and speedy escape. 11. He was informed that
the general, all his force being joined, was awaiting
him. 12. This being said, the lawyer presented the
paper. 13. He passed the night without sleeping ;
his thought busied with the face of the maiden.
1 Old form, en pasando ; modern form, al pasar.
2 A must be used before Saucho.
160 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
14. He answered, with his eyes full of tears. 15. After
having locked the door, he put the key in a niche.
16. While I was sleeping, a party of robbers stormed
the house.
LESSON XXXIL
THE ADVERBS.1
255. The adverbs are (a) simple : as, bien, mal,
etc. (b) Derived (chiefly from adjectives by adding
mente 2 — English like ly) : as, altamente, dulcemente,
claramente, ciertamente, fuertemente. (c) Compound:
as, de dia, de noche, a menudo, de veras, de rodillas,
a solas (alone), etc. (d) Adjectives (especially those
ending in o) are often used as adverbs without
change of form: as, alto, claro, bajo, cierto, derecho,
etc. (e) Algo, bastante (enough), cuanto, demasiado,
mucho, muy, nada, poco, tanto, etc., are used as adverbs.
256. (a) Some adverbs of affirmation and negation are: acaso,
cierto, ciertamente, eso si, nada, no, no nada, por supuesto, proba-
blemente, quiza, quizas, si, sin duda, tampoco, verdaderamente.
(&)— (a) Adverbs of place : as, aqui3, aca3, here; ahi, alii3, alia3,
there, (ft) Adverbs of time and order : ahora, antes, a
noche, en primer lugar, etc. (y} Quantity : mas, menos, etc.
(8) Quality : asi, tal, (so); mejor, peor, etc. (e) Others are :
de buena gana, willingly; con mucho gusto, etc.
1 For the negative adverb with verb, see 223 (a).
2 Mente is added to the feminine form of the adjective, if
there is a particular feminine form : as, sabio, sabia, sabiamente;
but, facil, facilmente.
3 Aqui and alii generally with verbs of rest ; aca and alia
with verbs of motion.
THE ADVERBS. 161
257. COMPARISON OF AD VERBS, (a) The comparison
of adverbs, except that they do not vary for gender or
number, is substantially the same as that of adjec-
tives, and the adverbs of comparison for both com-
parative and superlative degrees are : mas, m6nos,
mejor, peor, mas bien, mas mal; m6nos bien, m6nos
mal; as, mas tarde, later or latest, mas duramente,
harder or hardest. Cuenta dos anos mSnos que su
hermano; tiene m6nos de cincuenta anos; por lo
mas.1 (b) Absolute superlative forms are : fortisima-
mente (from fortisimo), facilimamente (from facilimo),
muchisimo, poquisimo, lejisimo, muy bien, muy de
manana, etc. (c) Tan-como, no-m6nos que, cuanto-
tanto, etc., are a kind of correlative comparative
forms, (d) After comparative adverbs, the negatives
are sometimes used idiomatically: as, se fiaba de 61
mas que de ninguno.
257 bis. Some peculiarities of the use of adverbs: (a) otras ce-
remonias que tu no sabes y yo si (and! do know). Kespondio que
si (or que no), (b) Nunca and jamas, each meaning never, gen-
erally precede the verb, but if they follow, some other nega-
tive generally precedes the verb : as, jamas (or better, with
past tense, nunca) vi tal cosa ; el no quiere jamas nada ; no le
olvidare para (por) nunca jamas; para siempre jamas (for ever},
(c) No is sometimes pleonastic : as, i cuan dulce no es la espe-
ranza1? — and especially with verbs of fearing and denying: as,
temio no le perdiesen el respeto, lie feared they would lose respect
for Mm, (d) A kind of double negative (either no or nega-
tive indefinite pronoun) is often used with verbs of denying,
refusing, doubting, etc. ; with expressions of hostility, care-
lessness, etc. ; with sin and nunca : as, no consiente que ningunos
otros que los suyos me avasallen. (e) The adverb is sometimes
i M£s is not an adverb in such constructions, though por lo
m&s is.
162 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
joined to a noun idiomatically: as, es nmy Espanol ; la siexnpre
senora mia. (/) Ya, generally meaning already, is sometimes
best rendered by since, indeed, now, etc. : as, ya que V. lo sabe,
since you know it; ya se arrepentira V., you will indeed repent.
258. (a) The place of the adverb is generally after
the verb (and after the participle in compound
tenses): as, el discipulo ha estudiado siempre su lec-
cion. (b) Except the negative no, the adverb rarely
comes in between the subject and verb: mi amigo no
ha llegado. (c) The adverbs of exclamation (como,
cuanto, etc.), and ap6nas, asi que, cuando, de donde,
donde, luego que, mi6ntras que, and some others pre-
cede the verb and the subject: as, ; C6mo me ha en-
ganado este hombre ! Luego que nos apartamos del
camino real, etc. (d) Except with the verb, the adverb
generally precedes the word it modifies.
VOCABULARY XXXII.
el instrumento, instrument. avasallar, to enslave.
salario, salary. condenar, to condemn.
violin, violin. curar (-se), to take account.
la cabalgadnra, baggage-horse, enfrenar, to bridle.
cebada, barley. extender, to reach.
cuerda, cord. habitable, habitable.
hermosura, beauty. harto, enough.
malicia, malice. a merced, gratis.
modestia, modesty. por . . . que, however.
necesidad, necessity. real, royal (state).
administrar, to administer. reparable, worthy of attention.
admitir, to admit. temeroso, afraid.
aguardar, to await. turbar, to confuse.
volver a ver, to see again.
THE ADVERBS. 163
EXERCISE XXXII.
1. Ciceron hablo sabia l j elocuentemente ; Cesar es-
cribio elegantemente. 2. Era hombre para conseguir-
10, bien que fuese cosa mas grande. 3. Le aguardare
esta noche en el cafe del Leon de Oro. 4. Hablando
es como se aprende a hablar una lengua. 5. Mejor es
el trabajo que no la ociosidad 6 la necesidad. 6. Harto
le hemos aconsejado ; pero el se cura poco de consejos.
7. Mira hasta donde se extiende la malicia de los en-
cantadores. 8. Para administrar bien los intereses de
la sociedad es preciso conocerlos perfectamente. 9. La
razon quiere que el hombre siga mas los prudentes
consejos que no su propia voluntad. 10. No quere-
mos mas (de) que dar cebada a nuestras cabalgaduras.
11. Yo he hecho mal en leerlos y peor en creerlos, y
mas mal en imitarlos. 12. Mi madre es muy mujer
de casa; se levanta tan de manana, lo siento mucho.
13. No creo que jamas estuvieron a salario, sino a
merced. 14. El reo esta temeroso 2 de (no) ser hallado
de la justicia. 15. Dudo mucho que nadie pueda
condenar mis acciones. 16. Eespondio que no traia
dinero (-s) porque el nunca habia leido en las historias
de los caballeros andantes que ninguno lo (-s) hubiese
traido.
THEME XXXII.
1. She was worthy of attention, as much for her
beauty as for her modesty. 2. Among us there
are scarcely heard those barbarous expressions. 3. It
1 Mente of eloouentemente understood with sabia.
8 Esta temeroso is the same as tema, fears.
164 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
is necessary to speak well, if we wish that they listen
to us. 4. This is the reason why (for the which) I
have not yet said it to him. 5. See here, to what the
passions lead when reason does not bridle them. 6. In
the whole house, large as it was, there was not a single
habitable room. 7. As is the life so is almost always
the death. 8. The merchant has read your letter
with much attention. 9. I have not seen him more
than once1 in all this time. 10. Among the string
instruments, the violin pleases me most. 11. The
counsel of the poor, however good it was, was never
admitted. 12. He wished to go away where his eyes
would never see her again. 13. I do not deny that
what has happened to us is a ridiculous thing. 14. It
is a garden whose owner does not consent that any
one walk through it. 15. I do not know how I am
able to say it without that shame confuses my tongue.
16. He has good and bad books, but more of the good
(books).
LESSON XXXIII.
PREPOSITIONS.
259. A number of prepositions are used in compo-
sition with other words (as inseparable prepositions) :
as, abs-tracto, ante-ojo, anti-patia, circun-specto, con-
sentir, de-generacion, e-mision, ex-clamar, ex-provin-
cial, entre-tiempo, equi-ldtero, extra-ordinario, en-
golfar, in-d6cil, etc.
1 Una vez; than before una either de or que ; before other
numerals de.
rREPOSITIOKS. 165
260. The simple prepositions are :
a, to, at. hasta, till, until, even, to.
ante, before. mediante, by means of, througJi.
bajo, under. menos, except, but.
con, with, no obstante, notwithstanding.
conforme, according to. para, for (the purpose of), in
contra, against. order to, to.
de, of, from. por, by, for, through.
dentro, within. salvo, excepting.
desde, since, from. segun, according to, as.
durante, during. sin, without.
en, in. so (sub), under.
entre, between, among. sobre, upon, about.
excepto, except. tras, behind.
hacia, toward.
261. Some compound prepositions are: (a) Those
ending in de (and preceded by only one word) : as,
acerca de, about, concerning. dentro de, in, within. [der).
ademas de, besides. despues de, after (time or or-
al rededor de, around. [der). detras de, behind.
antes de, before (of time or or- encima de, on, upon.
a pesar de, notwithstanding. enfrente de, opposite.
cerca de, near. fuera de, out, outside, beyond.
debajo de, under. [place). lej"os de, far from.
delante de, before (refers to
(b) Those ending in a (and preceded by only one
word): as,
conforme a, according to. junto a, near, close.
contrario a, contrary to. respecto a, with respect to.
frente a, in front of. tocante a, touching.
(c) Other compound prepositions are :
Para con, toward; juntamente con, together with; en cuento a,
with respect to; en orden a, with regard to; por el lado de, on the
side of; etc., etc.
262. A (to) is used as sign of the infinitive; before
the indirect object; before the direct object referring to
166 PRACTICAL SPAKISH GRAMMAR.
a person ; after certain verbs and adjectives and in
independent constructions: as,
Vamos a dar un paseo. Da el regalo a los niiios . Adolfo busca
a Carlos. La ventana da al patio (overlooks the yard}. El criado
juega a los naipes. Huele a (of) ambar. Fiel a sus amigos. A
tres del mes. Hecho a martillo. Voy a Espana ; a Madrid.
263. De (of) is used as sign of the infinitive; after
many verbs; to give the reason why; before the agent
in passive construction; to represent the meaning in-
volved or role taken ; after many adjectives ; after
many nouns, and in independent construction :
Ha de venir ; acaba de venir ; se aparta de sus amigos. La
ciudad se puebla de gente. Fadece de los ojos. Se trata de una
nueva convencion. Lloro de gozo. Es aborrecido de todos. Le
censuran de avaro. Trabaja de carpintero. Pobre de conceptos ;
digno de elogio. Sordo de un oido. El hombre de la casaca verde.
Dos pies de ancho. Logro el nombre de catolico. Infeliz de ti
(unhappy thou}. Parece un angel de hermosa (for hermosura).
No comia Don Quijote de puro pesaroso (weariness). De dia, etc.
264. En, in, on : En mi ausencia. En general. En
la calle. Estoy en Paris ; en Espana. En (on) el
puente. De rato en (to) rato. De puerta en puerta.
En cuanto & mi (with regard to me).
265. Para, for (the purpose of), in order to (or that),
to, denotes the end or purpose of an action: as, estu-
dio para aprender. It denotes the use, intention, etc.;
la tinta (ink) es para escribir; esto es para V. It
denotes capacity, etc. : as, es hombre para mucho. It
sometimes means direction : as, va para America. It
sometimes refers to time: as, estar6mos devueltapara
las Pascuas (the Easter holidays).
266. Por, %,/or, through, denotes motive, cause, or
reason; also the means by which a thing is done: as,
h&galo V. por caridad; lo hizo por malicia. It de-
PREPOSITIONS.
167
notes instrumentality; el libro fu6 escrito por 61, 6 im-
preso por su hermano. Sometimes it means in place
of: as, obro por 61. Note the following:
Murio por su patria. Trabaja por alcanzar un premio (para
ganar). Preguntar por alguno. Por un ano. Ir por pan. Te-
ner por bueno. Palabra por palabra. Pasar por la calle. £1
mundo fue hecho por Dios. Lo hizo por amor. Vendio su caballo
por dos mil reales. A un duro por docena, por libra, etc. Paso
por mi ventana (by my window}. Le tome por medico. La mesa
tiene ocho pies de largo por cuatro de ancho (but y more usual
than por).
VOCABULAEY XXXIII.
el abrigo, shelter.
abril, April.
ambar, amber.
campanario, belfry.
carpintero, carpenter.
extranjero, stranger.
extrano, foreigner.
malecon, dike.
mando, power.
martillo, hammer.
naipe, card.
perjuicio, prejudice.
rato, time (short).
rico, rich (man).
subdito subject (citizen).
trigo, wheat.
la ausencia, absence.
autoridad, authority.
avenida, inundation.
capa, cloak.
copa, bowerlike branch.
disputa, dispute.
distancia, difference.
fachada, facade.
fragilidad, frailty.
magistratura, magistracy.
la pina, cone.
reverencia, veneration.
senda, path.
traba, trammel.
ventaja, advantage.
apartar (-se) to separate, leave.
comparecer, to appear (in court).
construir (-se), to be constructed.
coronar, to crown.
desventurado, unfortunate.
discurrir, to discuss.
disgustar, to disgust.
embarazar, to embarrass.
encaminar (-se), to betake (one's
self).
enterar (-se), toinform(one 's self).
mediano, mediocre.
mudar, to change.
notar, to notice.
odiar, to hate.
pensativo, thoughtful.
perorar, to harangue.
publico, public.
sentenciar, to sentence.
social, social.
tras, behind.
168 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
EXERCISE XXXIII.
1. Ha obrado correspondientemente a su clase, (or)
separadamente de los suyos. 2. El hijo menor estaba
bajo la autoridad paterna. 3. De la magistrate ra al
mando supremo hay gran distancia. 4. El mismo
amor y reverencia le siguieron a Sicilia. 5. El reo
compared 6 ante el juez y fue sentenciado. 6. Esta
embarazado con los muchos negocios a que ha de aten-
der. 7. El rey se veia odiado de sus siibditos, y per-
seguido de los extranos. 8. ; Desventurados de ellos,
si se apartan de la senda de la virtud ! 9. Escribio
diez cartas en un cuarto de hora la noche pasada.
10. Entre confuso y pensativo el extranjero nos re-
spondio. 11. El enfermo se levanto y se encamino ha-
cia la puerta. 12. Para un escritor mediano se hallan
cien detestables. 13. De nada valen las riquezas para
con (in the presence of) la muerte. 14. Mude de tono
por 6 para no disgustar a mi padre. 15. Pagare el
trigo, segun el precio a que se venda en el proximo
abril. 16. El pajaro busco un abrigo so las copas de
los arboles (so, rarely used, means under).
THEME XXXIII.
1. From eight to nine he was reading public docu-
ments. 2. It was crowned in February with a beauti-
ful cone of white flowers. 3. The commerce with
India is now free from its old trammels. 4. The of-
ficer did not inform himself well concerning the dis-
pute. 5. The fagade of the church is under the bell-
tower (belfry). 6. A dike was constructed against
the inundations of the river. 7. He was talking of
PREPOSITIOHS. 169
the advantages that (the) social life brings with it.
8. There is [a] great difference between (from) a rich
and a poor (man). 9. He was haranguing from three
till five in (of) the afternoon. 10. The general made
a treaty with the enemy to (en) [the] prejudice of the
state. 11. Quintana rightly counts Herrera among
the first (best) Spanish poets. 12. Wait here; toward
midday we shall see one another. 13. To (in order
to) tell the truth, I have not breakfasted to-day.
14. The boy took his brother's cloak for his own,
without noticing it. 15. The orator spoke (discussed)
upon the frailty of our life. 16. The robber fled, and
shut behind him the door of the room.
LESSON XXXIV.
PKEPOSITIOKS (CONCLUDED).
267. Without attempting explanations, I shall give
some illustrations of the different ways of translating
English prepositions into Spanish.
About :
Iba bailando por la ciudad. Hablo de (or sobre) ese negocio.
Tratado (a treatise) sobre los idiotismos espanoles. Estaba
para decirselo a V.
Above :
No alcanzo a comprenderlo ; It is above my comprehension.
Su liberalidad excede a sus recursos (means).
After :
Despues de las tres. A la (moda) americana. Hace las cosas
a su antojo. Iba en busca de un amigo ; I was looking after a
friend. Segun su modo de escribir.
170 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
Against :
Me opuse a ello ; I set my face against it. Estare de vuelta
para fines del mes ; 1 shall be back against (by) tlie end of the
month.
Along :
A lo largo de la ribera. Venga V. conmigo ; come along
with me. Por la calle.
At:
i Estan en casa * En Paris. No se como deter minar ; I am
at a loss, etc. De ningun modo ; not at all. Entro por la
ventana. Esta comiendo ; he is at dinner.
Before :
Delante de mi ventana. Ante el juez. Llegare antes de
la semana que viene.
Behind :
Le deja en zaga. Viene V. tarde ; behind (your time).
Beneath :
Tales acciones son indignas de un caballero. Bajo (or so)
capa de santo.
Beside :
Parecia fuera de si. Al lado mio.
Beyond :
Excede a toda alabanza. Fuera de mi alcance. Sin duda
alguna.
By:
De noche. Por accidente. Impelido de la necesidad. TJno
a uno. i Por donde le vino a V. ? ; how did you come by it ? Luego;
by and by. Por mar. A la mano, close by. El banco de Balti-
more esta junto a mi casa. Despreciado de todos.
Doivn :
Cuesta abajo ; down the hill. Echelo V. en tierra ; throw it
down.
For:
Esta flor es para ella. Parto manana para Segovia. Por
amor de mi. Por miedo. Actuo (/ act) por el. Durera por
muchos anos. Lo compre por un peso. Me es imposible a mi.
PKEPOSITIOKS. 171
En cuante a mi ; as for me. Murio por su patria. El aposto
por su hermano.
From :
Vengo de Fraucia. Lo hizo de miedo. Digale V. de mi
parte (from or for me).
In:
For la manana ; es el sol el astro (planeta) mas brillante
del universe. En la primavera. Ponga V. sus papeles en el
cajon.
Into :
Bajar al jardin. Entraron en alianza.
Of:
Todos nosotros. Le pido a V. Tener buena fama ; to be well
spoken of. Por supuesto : ignorar el hecho.
Off:
i Cuanto dista T Sobre el puerto ; off the port. De improvise ;
offhand. Levantelo V. del suelo. Quitese V. el sombrero.
Se la llevo ; he carried her off. Le perdone, or le deje ir ;
I let him off. Pronto acabare ; I shall soon leave off.
On:
Quedese V. con la capa puesta ; keep on your cloak. Sobre
la mesa. Vino (el) lunes pasado. Les encontro en el camino.
Por ese motivo. De este lado y de aquel. En ciertas ocasiones.
Al contrario. A pie. A caballo. Adelante ; come in, go on.
Dependa V. de mi. Sobre mi palabra. No se tratan ; they are
not on good terms. Les impuse esa obligacion. Sentado en
el canape. Venga V. el doce de mayo. Se alimenta de pan.
Over :
El coche le paso encima (over him). Por todo el mundo. Al
(or del) otro lado ; over the way. Se acabo ; it is all over.
Vuelva V. a leerlo, or repaselo V. ; read it over. No sobro
nada. Acabe V. ; give over. Encima de la puerta.
Out of:
De miedo ; out of fear. Fuera de peligro. Fuera de casa.
Esta sin dinero. Descompuesto ; out of order. Por (or de) ven-
172 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
ganza ; out of vengeance. Por curiosidad. Estar de mal
humor ; to be out oj humor.
Through:
Pase por la calle del mercado. Le atraveso de parte a parte.
Pase por entre la caterva. Por razon de el. Por medio de el.
Por (or de) envidia. Por todo el pais. Se entregaron de ham-
bre.
Till; until:
Que dare hasta pasado mafiana.
To:
De dia en dia. De puerta en puerta. Eso esta aun por venir.
Esto es nuevo para (to) mi. Secretario de (to] la embajada.
Victiina de (of, to) sus pasiones. Diez contra uno. Hasta el
dia de hoy. Entregue la carta a ml padre.
Toward :
Hacia Madrid.
Under :
Debajo de la silla. Bajo la mesa. El navio esta a la vela.
Es menor de edad. Bajo de juramento.
Up:
Hacia alia ; up that way. i Estan levantados 1 ; are they
up ? Al segundo piso ; up two pairs of stairs.
With :
Con el cuchillo. Con dulzura. Rineron entre si. Armese
V. de paciencia. Dotado de virtudes.
Within:
A tiro de pistola. El esta dentro de la prision.
Without:
Sin zapatos. Vine sin clla. Sin ezcepcion. Fuera de casa.
268. NOTE. — La muerte de Cesar el (not del) hombre mas va-
liente. Llego a Bona, ciudad en Prusia. Ezcepto yo, tn, el.
Segun creo. Estar por ; to b* abov.t, to have a mind. Estar
para ; to be ready for. Estar en ; fc» be determined on, to under-
stand. Este diner? e* para ti. para el, y para ella.
PREPOSITIONS.
173
269. Prepositions always precede the words they
govern : i A qui6n escribi6 V. ?, to whom did you write ?
(or whom did you write to 9) ; este es el libro de que
hablaba, this is the book which I spoke of (or of which
I spoke).
VOCABULARY XXXIV.
el animo, mind.
antojo, whim.
cajon. drawer.
camino de hierro, railway.
canape, couch.
comedor, dining-room.
contento, contentment.
juramento, oath.
martes, Tuesday.
monje, monk.
oriente, east.
parecer, opinion.
pintor, painter.
sentido, sense.
suelo, ground.
tiro, shot.
la bala, ball (shot).
caterva, crowd.
embajada, embassy.
la estimation, esteem.
gala, ornament.
imagen, figure (of speech).
ribera, shore.
selva, forest.
vela, sail.
bailar, to dance.
bajar, to descend.
conforme, according to.
dotado, endowed.
(de) enfrente, opposite.
esforzado, vigorous.
establecer, to establish.
granjear, to win.
igualar, to equal.
mediant e, by means of.
por donde, through.
practicar, to practise.
EXERCISE XXXIV.
1. No se puede negar, que para un hombre como £1
semejante expresion no le estaba bien. 2. Hay treinta
y seis millas de Baltimore a Washington. 3. El llego
alii el doce de enero y volvera el martes veinte y ocho.
4. Ve a la sala; y cuando vuelvas, entra en el comedor
d ver si la comida esta en la mesa. 5. Se paseaba por
las calles sin sombrero. 6. A las diez de la mafiana
174 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
estabamos fuera del puerto. 7. La poesia vive de las
imagenes materiales y saca de ellas su mayor gala y
hermosura. 8. Estamos seguros y nos alegramos de
que tenga esa intencion el gobierno. 9. Esta casa es
mejor y tan grande como la de enf rente. 10. No los
gozaba con la libertad que los gozara, si fueran mios.
11. Dan testimonio de que por aqui cerca debe de estar
(or haber) alguna f uente. 12. El cielo, la mar, el viento
todos juntos y cada uno de por si, prometian felicisimo
viaje. 13. En su juventud siguio la guerra, donde se
acredito de valeroso y esforzado capitan. 14. Lo
primero en que puse los ojos, fue en cuatro ninos.
15. <; Por quien pregunta V. ? £ Por que pregunta su
amigo de V. ?
THEME XXXIV.
1. My father's house stands (is) toward the north
and not toward the east. 2. There is not upon (en)
the earth, according to my opinion, contentment that
equals the regaining lost freedom. 3. For so large a
house the door is too small. 4. Charity, the least
practised, is above all the virtues. 5. Our senses are the
doors through which (por donde) the images of things
enter our minds, by means of which we know them.
6. Even in (por) the mountains and forests are those
who know (of) music. 7. Bossuet carried to the
highest degree the talents of orator and of theologian.
8. He had returned to his village with [the] reputa-
tion of [being] wise and very learned. 9. This man
smells to me more like (£) a robber than a monk.
10. This portrait was made by the painter who is pass-
ing along the street. 11. With the same [thing with]
which he thought to make himself happy he makes
CONJUNCTIONS AND INTERJECTIONS. 175
himself miserable. 12. John earns five francs a day,
and wins for himself the esteem of all by (con) his
good manners. 13. In a battle, the balls are for the
soldiers and the glory for the general. 14. The first
railway established in Spain was that from Barcelona
to Mataro, about the year 1848.
LESSON XXXV.
CONJUNCTIONS AND INTERJECTIONS.
270. The most used conjunctions are :
mas, but; ni, nor; ni . . . ni, neither . . . nor; 6 (u before o or
ho), or; 6. . . 6, either . . .or; pero, but; que, that; si, if; sino,
but; y, and (e before i or hi, except at the beginning of an inter-
rogation: as, i y Ines T; — or hie where ie is diphthong: as, tigre
y hiena ; nieves y hielos).
271. Other much-used conjunctions1 are :
a fin (de) que, in order that; a menos que, unless; antes que,
before ; asi, so; aun, even; como, as; con que, so; con tal que,
provided; conforme, as; mientras, whilst; no obstante, notwith.
standing; para que, in order that; por consiguiente, conse-
quently; por eso, therefore; por mie&o, for fear; porque, because;
porque, why; pues, since, then; respecto, regarding; sea . . . sea,
either . . . or; sin embargo, however; sobre, thereupon; tampoco,
nor, neither; ya . . . ya, now . . . now; ya que, since*.
272. (a) If the clause begins with no, ni may be used but
once, or be repeated : as, no descansa ni de dia ni de noche, or
no descansa de dia ni de noche. But if the verb comes last, no
is not used : as, ni de dia ni de noche descansa. (5) Pero and
mas (each meaning but) are generally interchangeable. Sino,
with same meaning, requires a negative to precede, whose
1 Many words and expressions not given here are sometimes
used as conjunctions.
176 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
meaning sino [ contradicts : as, el no habla sino aleman ; no
hablo frances sino ingles ; hablo ingles pero no hablo frances.
273. No attempt will be made to divide the inter-
jections into classes, since the same exclamation may
express joy, sadness, surprise, etc., according to the
connection in which it is written or the tone in which
it is uttered. The principal interjections are :
ah!, ah!; ay!, ay!; bah!, bah!; ca! denotes negation or in-
credulity ; caspita! denotes surprise; ea!, encouragement, si-
lence, etc. ; eh ! indicates a call or question ; guay ! denotes a
threat ; hola!, a call to inferiors, or denotes joy or surprise ;
huy!, dear me!, oh!; oh!, oh!; ojala!, 0 that !, would that !;
ox!, used to frighten birds or fowl ; puf !, ugh ! ; quia !, same as
ca ; sus!, cheer up!; tate!, take care!; uf!, oh! (weariness);
zape!, scat!, or God forbid!
274. When adjectives are used as interjections, de
follows them: as, jdesdichado de mi ! j infeliz de mi
hijo !, oh my unhappy child!; and ay!, meaning woe!
or alas!, is followed by de before words referring to
persons : as, jay de ti !, alas for t/iee !; jay de mi hijo !,
alas for my son f
275. (a) Many expressions are used as interjections,
though generally otherwise used or taken from other
languages: as,
bien !, well f; cuidado!, take care !; Dios mio !, goodness !; hola,
poco a pocoj, holla, gently!; hurra!, hurrah!; muera!, down
with!; otra, otra! encore! que lastima !, what a pity!; que ver-
guenza !, what a shame!; quita !, pshaw!; viva!, hurrah!.
(6)Hete!, behold thouf, is used with personal pronouns as
direct objects: as, heteme aqui !, behold me here !.
1 Verb generally understood : when expressed, pero or mas
generally used.
CONJUNCTIONS AND INTERJECTIONS. 177
VOCABULARY XXXV.
el escribano, scribe. bandear (-se),to shift for one's self.
grito, cry. caminar, to walk.
hielo, ice. con(por)...que, however.
secuaz, follower. cuidar (-se), to take care of one's
la crianza, breeding. health.
determinacion, determina- enfermar (-se), to become ill.
hiena, hyena. [tion. indispuesto, indisposed.
instancia, solicitation. , por mas, however (great).
nieve, snow. (de) prisa, fast (hastily).
arrancar, to root out. puesto que, since (although).
asiduo, assiduous. semejar, to resemble.
\ ay dolor !, alas ! tildar, to censure.
EXERCISE XXXV.
1. Me dijo que lo sabia, pero (or mas) parece que
no es verdad. 2. La pobre mujer salio, no obstante
que estaba indispuesta. 3. Lo dijo a fin de que cono-
ciesen su determinacion. 4. Digo bien : si (for) no
hay cosa que yo haga que no se tilde y rina. 5. Es
menester que se cuide V. ; porque si no, se enf erma-
ra. 6. Por (mas) horrible que sea el vicio, siempre en-
cuentra secuaces. 7. No solo habla bien el sefior, sino
que escribe muy elegantemente. 8. Dice que no tiene
dinero, pues (and yet) le he dado ayer 10 duros.
9. No entiendo lo que V. dice, ni (lo que) quiere decir.
10. Mas semejaba a su padre que a su madre ni a su
tia. 11. No tuvo ni hambre ni sed. 12. No descubre
ni el menor indicio. 13. Puesto que no sabe nada y
que nadie gusta de el, se ha hecho soldado. 14. Dio
un grito que parecio se le habia arrancado el alma.
15. No quise tomar para mi mas que la cuarta parte
por mas instancias que me hizo. 16. Con ser tan asi-
178 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
dua apenas gana la muchacha la vida. 17. ; Alabado
(bendito) sea Dios !
THEME XXXV.
1. I rest because I am tired and have a little (of)
time. 2. We may go now since our fathers give us
permission. 3. I have given him the book that he
may learn his lesson. 4. I did not walk very fast, but
(or yet) I arrive in time. 5. However great a man
may be, he should always be humble. 6. Both the
knowledge of books and of men is necessary. 7. Good
breeding is not [the] work of nature, but of a good
education. 8. They were not content, nor did they
wish to do what the captain had ordered. 9. He was
hungry and not thirsty. 10. He who knows how to
shift for himself is king, however little he may have.
11. Scarcely had they finished killing him when they
repented. 12. Since the scribe does not come, it is
necessary to write to him. 13. He works in order to
be able to be useful to society. 14. What a horse
these people lose which, on account of ignorance, they
do not know how to make use of [it]. 15. But alas !
(the) truth is that if they know anything, it is only to
deceive. 16. How1 unfortunate he is! How kind
his father is !
'Que.
HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 179
SKETCH OF THE HISTORY OF THE
SPANISH LANGUAGE,
ESPECIALLY IN ITS RELATION WITH LATDT.
THE history of a language is of necessity intimately
associated with that of the people by whom it has
been developed ; and so true is this of Spanish that
no satisfactory view of its development can be had
without at least some general, knowledge of the his-
tory of Spain. Faint as is the light that shines on
early Spanish history, it seems to reveal a homogeneous
people there, called by the Greeks Iberians. If, as is
generally assumed, the Basques, a people of about
620,000 souls, and living both in France and Spain
(500,000 in Spain) about the west end of the Pyrenees
Mountains, retaining their primitive language, are
the descendants of the Iberians, we may, of course,
learn much of what we may call the primitive his-
torical language of the country. So different is the
Basque, not simply from all surrounding but from
all other known languages, and so exclusive and con-
servative are the Basques as a people, that in the main
at least we may assume both language and people of
early Spain to have been quite similar to the Basque
and the Basques of to-day. The language of the
Iberians has scarcely left a well-defined trace in the
Spanish of to-day (unless it be the aversion to the f,
which exists only in foreign words in the Basque);
but the general mental, moral, and physical make-up of
the Iberians has doubtless wielded a great though now
180 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
untraceable influence over the Spanish, and especially
upon its sounds. Fine-looking, healthy, vigorous,
though not large; good workmen and soldiers, and re-
markable sailors; at once conservative in mingling
little with other peoples, and radical in their treatment
of women (who have the same rights as man) ; super-
stitious and at times bloodthirsty; cheerful and not
free from coarseness; generally open-hearted and true,
but not without cunning; ambitious for themselves
and proud of their country and people; lovers of
music and display in dress, but through all sensible
till excited, then bigoted, obstinate, relentless, — such
are the Basques; and such in general were almost
without doubt the Iberians: and it was to these people
that the Latin language, literature, and civilization
came, and by whom chiefly they have been trans-
formed into the Spanish language, literature, and
civilization of to-day.
While not without a culture of their own, so over-
whelming was the power of the superior culture of
the Latin that the Iberians succeeded in imposing
only a very few words on the new language, and even
these deal " with the simplest natural objects or the
simplest relations of life/' About 530 B.C. the Celts
found their way from France into the northwestern
part of Spain and formed with the Iberians one people
under the name of Celtiberians, a people not without
the culture of the times. The oldest colony in
Spain was founded by the Phoenicians at Cadiz, and
there were other flourishing Phoenician colonies in the
seventh century B.C. The Greeks had no colonies
there, except one or two on the east coast; but Greek
as the commercial language of the Mediterranean
HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 181
countries was used in Spain, and not without influence
on the language of the country.
The Carthagenians founded Cartagena (Carthago
Nova) 230 B.C. So rapid was the progress of the
Carthagenian in mastering the then wealthy country
that they aroused the jealousy of the Romans, who,
after conquering them in the second Punic war (218-
201), compelled them to leave the country and under-
took the conquest and Latinizing of Spain. After
many attempts in which they often seemed success-
ful, the Komans under Augustus (27-25) conquered
the country, and "by 19 B.C. regular, armed resist-
ance to them, even from the mountain districts, seems
to have ceased." The Roman skill in Latinizing for-
eign peoples was brought to bear, and by the numer-
ous ways that conquerors have of imposing their lan-
guage (when it is the finer developed tongue) on the
conquered, and especially by their soldiers and colon-
ists, the Romans made theirs the language of the pen-
insula. Latin was so mastered by the people of the
peninsula that Cicero refers to a whole school of
Latin-speaking poets at Cordova (which had a truly
flourishing Latin period), and some of the greatest
Latin writers (the two Senecas, Lucan, Quintilian,
Martial, etc.) and the emperor Trajan were Spaniards,
and the emperor Hadrian's ancestors lived in Spain.
With the waning of the Roman power in Spain the
classical Latin loosened its hold on the country, and
the Latin of the Roman soldiers and uneducated col-
onists (which differed materially from classic speech),
modified by the people- (Spaniards) among whom it
had been used, became the language of the country.
From the discordant elements mentioned above —
182 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
Iberian, Gel tic, Phoenician, Greek, Roman — there arose
at first a number of similar Latin dialects (as Por-
tuguese, Castilian, Catalan, etc.), rather than one lan-
guage of the whole country. Some of the dialects, as
the Catalan, persisted, and two (the Portuguese and
the Castilian) rose to the dignity of languages. In
spite of all adverse influences, Spain was more thor-
oughly Latinized than any other province out of
Italy, and the Spaniards, who before the Roman con-
quest were the most cultured people on whom the
Romans imposed their language, may have very prop-
erly regarded themselves as Romans.
In 256 A.D. Spain was invaded and ravaged by the
Franks, but they were soon driven from the country.
Toward the fifth century commerce and civilization
were on a firm footing, and some of the cities were
among the finest in the Roman Empire. In the same
year that Rome was sacked by Alaric (409 A.D.) the
Alani, Suevi, and Vandals ravaged Spain. The Visi-
goths entered Spain (414-415), drove out the Alani,
Suevi, and Vandals, and on the ruins of the old
Roman province founded the Gothic Kingdom, with
Toledo as capital, which lasted from the middle of
the fifth century to 711, when that kingdom fell be-
fore the Arab or Saracen invasion. Though possessed
of a certain culture of their own, the Visigoths could
not finally banish the language they found there
(though the Gothic may have ruled for a time in
church and state); and when in the latter part of the
sixth century they and their king Recared abandoned
Arianism and went over to the Roman Catholic
Church, the supremacy of the language of Rome was
HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 183
assured, though the Gothic alphabet was not given up
till 1091.
The Arabs (in 711) conquered Spain and, being a
comparatively humane, tolerant, and really highly
cultured people, succeeded in imposing much of their
language on those among whom they came. Many of
the people of Spain withdrew from the South rather
than submit to the Arab rule (the Arabs entered
Spain from Northern Africa), and finally succeeded
(in the year of the discovery of America, 1492), after
nearly 800 years, in driving the Mohammedans (in-
fidels or Moors, as the Spaniards called them) from
the country.
Shortly before this the various provinces of Spain
had been united by the marriage of Ferdinand and
Isabella, and the supremacy of the Castilian, which
Alfonso the Wise had made the literary language of
the country, was politically established. The Castil-
ian had thus become what it has ever since remained,
the language of the government, court, and culture,
and extended its rule for a time over the neighboring
countries. After having crossed to America and es-
tablished itself there, the Spanish, especially through
its magnificent literature, domineered in Germany,
Flanders, Italy, France, and even for a time in Eng-
land. It played a role similar to that of the French
in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. It was
studied, written and spoken, and poetry was written
in it, in many other lands as well as in Spain.
The French, through the church at first and after-
ward through its own supremacy and the almost uni-
versal rule of France, was, as was also the Italian, not
without influence upon Spanish; and at present other
184 PEACTICAL SPANISH GKAMMAR.
countries as well, such as England, Germany, the vast
Central and South American colonies, are contribut-
ing at least a few words to the Spanish language (and
politically the Constitution of the United States is
having a marked influence upon the ideals and hopes
of Spanish liberals). In spite of all this so varied in-
crease of its word-treasure or vocabulary, Spanish has
so transformed its acquisitions that they do not pre-
vent it from remaining a very uniform language.
This is because the Latin, first heard in Spain per-
haps when the Komans made a treaty with the Span-
ish seaport town of Saguntum (years before Hanni-
baFs time), persisted amid the cruelties of war and
the severities of Eoman rule, and was more firmly es-
tablished by the influence of the splendid Latin liter-
ature, and of the Christian Church through the need
for a common medium of communication (before
which even the Goths and Arabs had to yield) ; so
that in the main all foreign influences and additions
to the language have been subjected to the linguistic
laws of the predominant Latin element. Eemember-
ing, then, that popular Latin is by far the most impor-
tant element in the Spanish of to-day, let us note
hastily and simply in outline some of the changes
that Latin underwent to become Spanish. As early
as the second half of the third century the accented
syllable in popular Latin was generally long, the un-
accented syllable or syllables short. In Spanish the
accented syllable, which in general is the same as the
Latin (popular) one, is the only long one. Although
the final vowel of the Latin infinitive and of some
other forms fell away and thus gave the Spanish a
number of words ending in a consonant, the vast ma-
HISTOBY OF THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 185
jority of Spanish words end in vowels, even though
many of them, at least in some of their forms, did not
end in vowels in Latin.
OF THE LATIN VOWELS IN SPANISH WOKDS,
a generally remains : as, mano (manum) ; amamos
(amamus).
e generally remains: as, lleno (plenum)] creo
(credo)] — or becomes ie : as, Men (dene); tiene (tenet) .
siete (sept em).
^generally remains : as, hijo (filium); fin (finem);
oir (audire); triste (tristem); — or becomes e: as, fe
(fidem); pez (piscem).
o generally remains : as, don (donum); como (quo
modo); — or becomes ue: as, bueno (bonum); fuego
(focum); mueve (movet); nueve (novem).
u generally remains: as, duro (durum); pluma
(plumam); dulce (dulcem); — or becomes o: as, lobo
(lupum); plomo (plumbum); con (cum); somos (su-
mus) ; soy (sum).
au generally becomes o: as, oro (aurum); cosa
(causam).
Many diphthongs are now represented by a single
letter : as, Eneas (^Eneas); Edipus (CEdipus). The
accented long vowels in Latin generally remain in
Spanish ; the accented short vowels generally undergo
changes. While the unaccented long vowels in Latin
generally remain, the unaccented short vowels often
disappear.
Of the Latin consonants the general remark must
be made that their position as initial, medial, or final
had much to do with their fate in the Spanish. An
186 PRACTICAL SPAKISH GRAMMAR.
initial consonant generally remains unchanged : as,
padre (patrem); madre (matrem).
Of the final consonants n, r, s remain : as, somos
(sumus), etc. ; — t falls away, and nt becomes n : as, son
(sunt) ; — st becomes s : as, es (est); — Zis lost when un-
accented ; — d falls away : as, a (ad) ; — m remains
sometimes as n : as, con (cum).
The medial consonants undergo important changes
which can be mentioned here only in general terms.
Medials often fall away : as, rio (rivum) ; — or undergo
other transformations : as, abuelo (avolum); lirio (If*
Hum)] pajaro (passer em)] cocer (coquere)] restaiiar
(stagnare)] sueno (somnum); hombre (hominem),*
fifteenth-century transformation ; milagro (miracu-
lum)] trigo (triticum). Late in the fourteenth cen-
tury h began to be written for /, and now many
words have the h for /: as, hacer (facere).
DECLENSIONS.
Only the first, second, and third Latin declensions
have remained in Spanish, and of these but one case,
the accusative (both singular and plural): as, rosa
(rosam), rosas ;' ano (annum), anos ; Have (clavem),
llares; flor (florem), flores. The Latin fourth declen-
sion was treated as the second : as, fruto (fructum),
frutos, and the fifth as the third : as, fe (fidem) ; but
dia (diem). Even the three declensions remaining in
Spanish are now treated simply as three forms of one
declension. A few nominative Latin forms have
1 s, being the more usual ending of the Latin ace. plur., was
finally applied to all singular forms to make the Spanish plurals.
HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LAKGUAGE. 187
been retained : as, Jupiter, l&piz, doble, yo, tu, este,
ese. M&rtes (dies Martis) is genitive. Datives are
mi, ti, si, le ([il] li), les ([il] lis), while me, te, se,
(^uien (quern), alguien are accusatives. Como (quo
modo) and adverbs in mente are ablatives. Changes
from one declension to another otherwise than as
indicated seldom occur.
The definite-article forms are : el (t7[Zw»*]); la
(E&]fa£0t})j and el (il\lam']) before feminines of two
syllables beginning with a or ha; le (\_iT\li)] los ([il]-
los); las (\iT\las), lo ([il]lu[d]). The indefinite ar-
ticle is un (un[um']); una (una[m]).
The rules for the derivation of the adjectives are
the same as for nouns of the same endings. M&s
(magis), m6nos (minus) are used in comparison and
a few Latin comparatives : as, mayor (maior) ; peor
(paior) ; mejor (melior) ; menor (minor) ; — and a num-
ber in isimo (isimus) have remained, but those in
isimo with only an intensive force.
Numerals are uno (unum), una (unam); we find in
the thirteenth century the forms dues (duos), duas
(duas), whence dos of the modern Spanish. Other
forms are cuatro (quattuor), etc.
The personal pronouns are : yo (ego) with accent
change in Spanish, the accent being on the o of yo ;
mi (mihi) ; me (me) ; tu (tu); ti (tibi); te (te)', nos,
nosotros (nos, nos alteros) ; vos, vosotros (vos, vos al-
teros) ; si (sibi)-; se (se), (the se in selo, etc., according
to Schuchardt, comes from ipse); le dative ([il]li),
both masculine and feminine; el (il\le\)9 etc. (see
article).
The forms of possession mio (meum), etc., also the
188 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
shorter mi, etc., as well as cuyo (emus), are from the
Latin.
The demonstrative el is similar in derivation to the
definite article. Other forms are ese (ipse); este
(iste); aquel (a compound with ecce).
As relatives and interrogatives que,1 qu6 represent
qui, quod, quis, quid ; quien, qui6n (quern); cual,
cual (qual[em'\) ; cuyo (emus).
Indefinite pronouns are otro (alterum) ; nada (rem
natam); alguno (aliquem unum, probably); algo (all-
quod); ninguno (necunum), etc.
CONJUGATION.
In general, the first conjugation of the Latin cor-
responds to the first in Spanish, the second and third
of the Latin to the Spanish second, and the fourth
of the Latin to the Spanish third : as, first, amar
(amare) ; second, temer (timere), leer (legere) ; third,
partir (partire). Several forms of the Latin conju-
gation have been lost, as the future indicative, im-
perfect and perfect subjunctive, etc., and some other
forms have changed their use (as the Latin present
participle, used as a noun or adjective in Spanish).
New forms are the future active and the conditional,
which are made up of the present infinitive of the
verb to be conjugated with the present and imperfect
indicative of haber: as, amar he" (for habeo) (amare) ;
amar habia (amaria). This use of the auxiliary dates,
according to Forster, well back in Latin times, and
he quotes the following : "qui sedent vel seder e Jiabe-
bunt;" " si interrogatus fueris quomodo dicere habes;"
1 Old Spanish qui.
HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 189
" Deus satisfacere tibi Jiabet " — who sit or will have
to sit ; if you shall be asked how you have to speak ;
God has to (will) satisfy you.
Other new forms are the perfect, pluperfect,1 and
future perfect (all three having haber as auxiliary),
and the whole passive voice. The compound passive
forms began even in early Latin periods to be used
for the others : as, quce ibi sunt aspecta ( = aspiciini-
tur) ; sicut a nobis prcesente tempore estpossessum (pos-
sidetur), etc.; — and in Spanish they (the compound
forms) have driven out the other forms, i.e. the regu-
lar Latin passive.
By comparing a few verb-forms we may make the
differences and similarities of the two languages more
easily understood.
INFINITIVE.
PRESENT INDICATIVE.
Lat. amare
amo, amas, amat, amamus, -atis, -ant
Sp. amar
amo, amas, ama, amamos, -ais, -an
PRES. SUBJ.
IMPERFECT IND. IMPERATIVE PRES.
Lat. amem
timebam partite
Sp. ame
temia partid
GERUND.
PERF. IND. PERFECT.
Lat. amando
timuerunt ama(v)i partim
GER. or PRES. PART. PRET. PRETERITE.
Sp. amando
temieron ame parti
From this comparison it becomes evident that m,
as well as t final, falls away; that s remains ; that d,
n, and r remain; that v falls away (though in the
third person Lat. perfect partivit [pariiu\,8p. parti6,
the v becomes u, then 6); that b is sometimes retained
(in first conjugation imperfect), and sometimes lost (as
1 Under pluperfect we may understand here compound both
of imperfect and of preterite.
190 PKACTICAL SPANISH GKAMMAB.
in imperfect of temer, temia, for timebam). The Lat.
imperfect of the fourth conjugation ends in iebam,
which gives the Sp. preterite ending ia (as partiebam,
partia), and this ending by analogy was carried to
the Spanish imperfect of the second as well as the
third conjugation, as temia (timebam).
Nazco, nazca; parezco, parezca; conozco, conozca
are cited as the only remaining traces of the Latin
inchoative conjugation. The change from Latin ha-
bui, sapid, posm, potui to hube, supe, puse, pude is
noteworthy.
The Spanish form of the gerund (called the pres-
ent participle in this book) is that of the ablative in
Latin. After first being used as the ablative of in-
strument and with prepositions as a present parti-
ciple, it finally took the place of the Latin present
participle in all cases.
The formation of adverbs, prepositions, conjunc-
tions, and interjections may be illustrated by the fol-
lowing words: ent6nces (ex tune); minca (nunquam)^
casi (quasi); si (*?'c); quiza, quizas (quis sapit); para
(pro ad, this combination occurs in Middle Latin);
pos ( post) in en pos de ; segun (secundum) ; sino (si
noii); pero (per hoc); h6te (yed, hed, het); mira!,
brava cosa ! (ironical).
The above will serve to show in some degree how
important an element Latin is in Spanish. It should
be borne in mind that not the popular Latin alone, but
the classical (largely introduced by the scholars, who
here, as in France, were a disturbing element in the
development of the language), and even the Latin of
the middle ages (which was neither a popular nor a
classical speech) contributed much to the Spanish,
HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 191
It was the popular Latin, however, that not only
gave the greater number of words, but determined
the genius of the language ; and yet very many of
the divergences in syntax, etc., of the Spanish from the
Latin had their beginnings in Latin itself, and not al-
ways in the popular tongue only; such are: the victory
of accent over quantity; the use of ille very much
as modern article ; of such words as caballus (caballo)
instead of the more usual classic form eqmis ; the
use of diminutives, now excessive in Spanish, as
abuelo (avolus, dim. of avus)', of prepositions rather
than the different case-forms to denote case-relations ;
of magis (m&s) in comparison instead of the compara-
tive terminations ; the formation of the future and
conditional by the use of to have as auxiliary ; the use
of compound forms instead of the regular passive
forms, etc. Spanish is then one of the sister-languages
which, since the time of Diez, the father of the phi-
lology of these languages, have been called the Eo-
mance languages, and included, according to Diez,
Italian and Wallachian in the east, Spanish and Por-
tuguese in the southwest, French and Provengal in
the northwest, and the Catalan in eastern Spain ; to
which the Kaetoromanic (spoken in Engadine, the
extreme eastern. part of Switzerland) and Franco-Pro-
venqal (spoken in the extreme western part of Swit-
zerland and the neighboring part of France) are now
added.
It has been very justly said that " the influence of
the Goths and Arabs was felt in the development of
the sounds and of the vocabulary of the language.
Greek made its impression first through the Greek
colonies (though they were very few and confined to
192 PEACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
the northeast coast), then through Latin and as the
language of commerce of the countries about the Med-
iterranean Sea, and through the spread of Christian-
ity which carried with it Greek words in Latin forms.
After the disappearance of the Iberian and Celtic, the
Basque exerted a not unimportant influence."
Effort has been made to estimate the number of
words some languages have given to Spanish, and it
is supposed that Gothic (including the German) has
contributed between three and four hundred words,
such as : Goth, vitan (observe) = Spanish guiar, to
guide; O.H.G. ivis, N.H.G. weise — Sp. guisa (obs.);
Ags. east = Sp. este ; Ger. helm = Sp. yelmo (helmet).
The Basque, Celtic, and Iberian have together given
the Spanish about one hundred words: as, Basque
murua (hill), Sp. moron (hill); Basque bero-ur-ga, Sp.
burga, warm medicinal spring; Iberian and Sp. celia
(a kind of wheat-beer), obs.
The Arabic gave the Spanish between six and seven
hundred words which are chiefly names of common
objects, technical terms of natural science, medicine,
mathematics, astronomy, music, and statecraft. Many
of them begin with al (which is the Arabic article),
though 1 is sometimes brought into a word: as, almi-
rante (admiral). Some representative Arabic words
in Spanish are : al-djabr, Sp. algebra; no'mdn-ibn
Mondhir (king of Hira), Sp. an6mona (anemone);
az-zait, Sp. aceite (oil); al-cotn, Sp. algodon (cotton).
It is from the Arabic words and those of Pho3nician
origin (somewhat like the Hebrew) that Spanish has,
more by far than any of its sister Romance languages,
an oriental appearance.
The following Greek words are given by way of
HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LAXtfTJAGE. 193
illustration: fivpcra (mod. Lat. byrsa), Sp. bolsa
(purse) ; rf^iKpavia, Sp. migrana (headache); <f>a-
pos, Sp. fanal (ship-light or light-house).
The following is Korting's summing-up of the
characteristics of Spanish : " The purity and clearness
of the vowels, viz. the absence of all modified and
nasal vowels, gives to the Spanish richness of sound,
the numerous final consonants energy; the regularity
of the accent on the last or next to the last syllable
gives preciseness and dignity; the frequent occurrence
of the guttural sound of j ! roughness, the relatively
frequent occurrence of the palatal ch ruggedness. Of
all Eomance languages the Spanish, so far as its sounds
are concerned, has perhaps remained most like the
Latin and best preserved its (Latin's) vigor." The
Spaniards themselves say of their native tongue that
" it is the language of the gods."
Spanish is spoken in Europe by more than ten mil-
lions (some seven millions in Spain speak Catalan,
Galician, and Basque) and probably by more than
twenty millions in America (North and South), and, as
the language of our southern neighbors and of a large
part of South America, is of real importance to us as
Americans. There are about one hundred thousand
Spanish-speaking persons in the French- African pro-
vince of Oran, and about one hundred thousand
Spanish-speaking Jews in the Turkish Empire. Span-
ish is the most widely spoken of the Komance lan-
guages.
It would be out of place to speak at any length here
8 The Spanish sound of j is not taken from the Arabic, but
is a late development based rather on the Germanic element.
194 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
of the literature of the language, so a few words must
suffice. Beginning with the poem of the " Cid "
(middle of the twelfth century) and the works of Al-
fonso the Wise (middle of the thirteenth century), the
Spanish passed through a period of great splendor
in the first half of the seventeenth century, when its
influence was the most important of the times, and
when Cervantes, Lope de Vega, and Calderon added
the splendor of their productions to the national liter-
ary treasure, After a long period of almost uninter-
rupted literary inactivity since that time, the Spanish
has recently shown unmistakable signs of literary
vigor, and in the writings of Harzenbusch, Fernan
Caballero (a woman), Zorrilla, Trueba, Jose de Espron-
ceda, Valdes, Juan Valera (a critic, as well as romance-
writer, who is introducing American writers of Span-
ish to the literary world), Echegaray (a dramatist of
unusual power) and others, Spain has entered upon
what is not unlikely to prove a brilliant literary period.
Since foreign books may be had at much less cost
and inconvenience than formerly (the duty on all but
English books being now removed), it is to be hoped
that the recent revival of interest in Spanish, which
has arisen from our nearer commercial relations with
Spanish-speaking countries, may be made permanent
both by intimate and permanent commercial and
political relations with those countries, and by our
enjoying and properly estimating the many masterly
productions of the Spanish people, to whom we as
Americans owe so much.
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
195
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
Abbreviations : /., feminine noun ; m., masculine noun.
a, for, to, at
abandonar, to abandon
abogado, m., advocate, lawyer
abolir, to abolish
aborrecer, to hate
abrazar, to embrace
abrigar, to shelter
abrigo, m., shelter
abril, m., April
abrir, to open
abuela, /., grandmother
acabado, achieved
acabar, to finish
acaecer, to happen
acaso, perhaps
acaudalado, wealth
accion,/., action
acento, m., accent
aceptar, to accept
acerca de, about, concerning
acercando (acercar), approach-
acertar, to hit the mark [ing
acoger, to receive
acompaiiar, to accompany
aconsejador, m., counsellor
aconsejar, to advise, to counsel
acontecer, to happen
acordar (-se) to remember, to
agree, to remind
acostar (-se), to go to bed [self)
acreditar (-se), to prove (one's
acribillado, drubbed
active, active
acudir, to come (to help), to
come (by appointment)
acusar, to accuse
adelanto, m., advancement
aderezar, to prepare (victuals)
administrar, administer
admiracion, /. , wonder
admirar, to admire
admitir, to admit
adonde, where
adornado (adornar), adorned
adquirir, to acquire
advertir, to inform
a fin de que, to the end that
afirmar, to affirm
agitar, to agitate
agosto, m., August
agradable, agreeable
agradar, to please
agradecer, to thank
agricola, m. &/., agricultural
agrio, sour
agua, /. , water
aguar, to mix with water
aguardar, to wait
196
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
ahora, now
aire, m., air, wind
ajeno (-a), another's
(al, to the)
alabanza. /. . praise
alabar, to praise
alargar, to pass, reach
alcance, m., pursuit
alcanzar, to reach
aldea,/., hamlet
alegrar, to please
alegrar (-se), to rejoice
alegre, joyful
alegria,/., joy
algo, anything, something
alguien, somebody, some one
alguno, some one, somebody,
aliento, ??z., breath [some
alia, there (motion)
alii, there (rest)
alma,/., soul
almacen, m., store
almendra,/., almond
almorzar, to breakfast
altanero, haughty
alto, m., halt
alto, high, tall
alzarse, to arise
amable, amiable
amar, to love
ambar, m., amber
ambicion, /. , ambition
ambicioso, ambitious
ambiguo, ambiguous
ambos, both
amenazar, to threaten
a menudo, often
americano, American
amigo, m., friend
amiga,/, friend
amigote, m., great friend
amiguillo, m., little friend
amistad,/., friendship
amo, m., master
amontonar, to amass
amor, m. , love
amparar, to protect
ancho, broad
(de ancho, of width)
anciana, /., old woman
anciano, m., old man
andante, errant
andar, to go
anillo, m., ring
animal, m., animal
ammo, m. , mind
ano, m.t year
anoche, last night
antes, before
antes <
antes que.
antiguo, old, ancient
antojo, m., whim
anunciar, to announce
apartarse, to separate
apearse, dismount
apenas. scarcely
apetito, m., appetite
apoderar, to get possession
aprender, to learn
aprieto, m. , difficult situation
aprobar, to approve [tage
aprovechar (-se), to take advan-
aquel, that (yonder) of time,
before or after any time
aquello (-a), that
aquel que, etc., he who, etc.
aquello que, etc., that which
aquese, that
aqueste, this
lde' [before
que, )
SPAJSTISH-EKGLISH VOCABULARY.
197
aqui, here
arado, m., plough
arbol, m., tree
arma, /., arm (weapon)
armonia,/., harmony
arrancar, to root out
arreglar, to put in order [ance
arrepentimiento, m., repent-
arrepentir (-se), to repent
arroyo, m., brook
arruinar, to ruin
artes, /., intrigues, arts
arzobispo, m., archbishop
asador, m., spit (stick)
asaltar, to assault
asalto, m., assault
asegurar, to assure
asi, so, thus
asiduo, asiduous
asiento, m., seat
asir, to seize
asno, m., ass
astro, m., star
' asunto, m., subject
atacar, to attack
atencion,/., attention
atender, to mind, heed, attend
atentamente, attentively
atento, attentive
a todo lo largo, all along
atractivo, attractive
atreverse, to venture
aumentar, to augment
aun, even
aunque, although
ausencia, /., absence
ausente, absent
autor, m., author
autoridad,/., authority
auxilio, m., help
avanzado, advance
avanzar, to advance
avasallar, to enslave
ave, /., bird
avecica,/., little bird
avenida, /., inundation
avenir, to agree, to join
aventura, /., adventure
avergonzar, to be ashamed
avisar, to inform, advise
i ay dolor!, alas!
ayer, yesterday
ayuda,/., aid
azucar, m., sugar
azul, blue
bailar, to dance
baile, m., ball
bajar, to descend
bajo, under, low, softly
bala,/., ball (shot)
baladi, frivolous
ballena, /., whale
banado (-a), bathed
banarse, to bathe one's self
banco, m. , bank
bandearse, to shift for one's self
bandera, /., flag
banquero, m., banker
banquete, m., banquet
barbaridad,/., barbarity
barbaro, m., barbarian
bastar, to be enough
bastonazo, m., blow with a stick
batalla,/., battle
baul, m., trunk
beber, to drink
bello, beautiful
bendecir, to bless
198
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
beneficentisimo. very beneficent
beneficio, m., benefit, favor
besamanos, m. , kissing of the
hand, salute
biblioteca, /. , library
bien, well
bien, m., good
bledo, m., wild amaranth
boca, /., mouth
bofetada, /., slap
bolsa, /., purse
bolsillo, m., pocket [ness
bondad, /., goodness, kind-
bomsimo, very good
bonito, pretty
bosque, m., woods
botaniea. /., botany
breve, short, brief
brillante, brilliant
bruto, m., brute
bueno, good
buenos dias, good-day
buitre, m., vulture
buque, m., ship
burla, /. , jest, sport
buscar, to look for
cabalgadura,/., baggage-horse
caballero, m., horseman,
knight [errant
caballero andante, m. , knight-
caballo, m., horse
cabello, m., hair
caber, to be contained
cabeza,/., head
cabra, /., goat
cada, each, every [every
cada cual, cada uno, each,
cadena, /., chain
caer, to fall
cafe, m., coffee, cafe
cajon, 77i., chest
calentura, /. , fever
calidad,/., quality
calido, hot
callar, to keep silent
calle, /. , street
calmante, narcotic
calor, m., heat
cama, /., bed
eambio, m.y exchange
oambiar, to change
caminar, to walk
camino, m., way, road
camino de hierro, m., railway
camisa, /. , shirt
campanario, m., belfry
campo, m., field, country
canape, m., couch
cancion, m., song
candor, m., candor
cansar, to weary
cantando, recounting
cantar, to sing
cantidad,/., quantity
canto, m., singing
capa, f. , cloak
capital,/., capital (city)
capitan, m., captain
cara, /. , face
carcel, /., prison
carestia, /., famine
carga, /., charge (obligation)
cargar, to charge (in account)
caritativo, charitable
carne, /., meat
carnero, m., sheep
carpintero, m., carpenter
SPAKISH-EJSTGLISH VOCABULAKY.
199
carruaje, m., carriage
carta,/., letter
casa, /., house
casar, to marry
casi, almost
casica, /. , little house
castigar, chastise
catedral, /. , cathedral
caterva, /. , crowd
cateto, m., side of right tri-
catolico, Catholic [angle
caudal, m., fund
causa,/., cause •
causar, to cause
cazar, to chase
cebada,/., barley
cegar, to blind
celeberrimo, very celebrated
cena, /., supper
cerca (de), near
cerrar, to close
chinela, /., slipper
ciego, blind
cLlo, m., heaven
ciencia, /. , science
cientifico, scientific
cierto, certain
cinco, five
cincuenta, fifty
circo, m., circus
cirujano, m., surgeon
ciudad, /., city
clase,/., class, rank
clasico, m., classic
clima, ra., climate
cocerse, to cook, to boil
coche, m., coach
cocina,/., kitchen
cofre, m., trunk
coger, to catch
cogido (coger), caught
colmar, to overwhelm
colocacion, /., situation
combatir, to combat
comedia, /. , comedy
comedor, m., dining-room
comercio, m., commerce
comer, to eat
cometer, to commit
comida,/. (repast), meal
como, how
compact o, compact
compania, /., company
comparar, to compare
comparecer, to appear
componer, to compose
comprado (comprar), bought
comprar, to buy
comprender, to comprehend
oomprobar, to prove (verify)
comprometer, to compromise
con, with
concernir, to concern
concierto, m., concert
concluir, to finish
conde, m., the count
condenar, to condemn
condesa, /., countess
condicion, /. , condition
conducir, to conduct
conducta,/., conduct
confesar, to confess
confianza, /., confidence
confiar, to intrust
conform, according to
confundir, to confound
confuso, confused
congreso, m., congress
200
PRACTICAL SPANISH GEAMMAK.
conjuracion, /., conspiracy
conjurar, to entreat
conmigo, with me
conocer, to know
conocido (well) known
conocimiento, m.t knowledge
con...que, however
conquistar, to conquer
consecuencia, / , consequence
conseguir, to obtain
consejo, m., advice, counsel
consentir, to consent
considerar, to consider
consigo, with himself, etc.
consistir, to consist
constancia,/., constancy [ed
construir (-se),to be construct-
consultar, to consult
con tal que, provided that
contar, to relate, to count
contemporaneo , contemporary
contentar, to content
content o, content, satisfaction
contentisimo, very well pleas-
contento, m., contentment [ed
contigo, with thee
contrahaz,/., wrong side
contrario, m., opposer
controversia, /., controversy
convencer, to convince
conversacion,/., conversation
convertir, to change
convidar, to invite
convite, m., invitation
copa, /., bowerlike branch
corazon, m., heart
coronar, to crown
coronel, m., colonel
correo, m., post (office)
correr, to run
corriente, m., present (month)
corriente, current (present)
corrientemente, fluently
cortado (cortar), cut
cortaplumas, m., penknife
cortarse, to cut
corte,/, court city (capital)
cortesmente, politely
cosa, /., thing
cosecha, /., harvest
costar, to cost
costumbre, /. , custom
credito, m., credit
creer, to believe
criado, m., servant
crianza, /., breeding
cristiano, Christian
cuadrado, m., square
cuadro, m., picture
cual. . . cual, one. . . another
cual (el cual, etc.), who, which
cual, who?, which?
cual, such as
cualquiera, any, whatever,
whichever, wherever
cuando, when
cuando, when
cuanto (-a, etc.), what, how
much, how many, as
cuanto mas, the more
cuanto menos, the less
cuarenta, forty [quarter
cuarto, m. , farthing, room,
cuatro, four
cubrir. to cover
cuchillo, m. , knife
cuello, m., collar
cuenta, /. , account
SPAKISH-EHGLISH VOCABULARY.
201
cuento, m., story
cuerda, /., string
cuerpo, m., body
cuesta,/., hill
Question,/., question
cuidado, m.t care
cuidarse, to take care
culpa, /., blame
cultivar, cultivate
cumplirse, to complete, fulfil
cura, m., priest
curarse, to take account
curioso, curious
cuyo (-a), whose
cuyo (-a, etc.), whose?
dama,/., lady
dando (-dar), giving
dano, m., loss
dar, to give
de, than (usually of)
deber, m.t duty
deber, to be obliged, owe
decaer, to decline
decidir, to decide
decir, to say, tell
decision,/., decision
dedo, m., finger
defender, to defend [self
degradar(-se),to degrade one's
dejar. to let, allow, leave,
delante de, before [cease
deleitar, to delight
delincuente, m., criminal
delinquir, to transgress
delirante, m., raver
delito, m., crime
demasido, too much
democratic©, democratic
dentro, within
derecho, m., right
desanimarse, to be discouraged
desaparecer, to disappear
desaprobar, to disapprove
descanso, m., rest
desconcertar, to disturb
desconfiar (de), to distrust
desconocido, unknown
descontar, to discount
describir, to describe
descubrir, to discover
descuidar, to neglect
descuido, m., heedlessness
desde, since
desdicha, / , misfortune
desdichado !, unhappy !
desear, to desire
deseo, m., desire
desertor, m., deserter
desgracia, / , disgrace
desgraciado, unfortunate
desiqualdad, /., inequality
desistir, to desist
desmayado, fainted
desmayarse, to faint
desordenado, lawless
despacio, slowly
despedir, dismiss
despertar, to awake
despoblar, to depopulate
despreciable, despicable
despreciar, to despise
despues (de), after
desterrar, to banish
destino, m., destiny
destreza, /., dexterity
destruir, to destroy
desventurado, unfortunate
202
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
determinacion. /., determina-
determinar, to determine [tion
detestable, detestable
detras de. behind
deuda,/, debt
devolver, to return
devoto, m., devout (man)
dia m., day
dibujar, to draw
dicho (decir), said
dichoso, happy
dictar, to dictate
diez, ten
diferencia, /. , difference
diferente, different
diferir, to defer
dificil, difficult
dificultad, /. , difficulty
diligencia, /. , diligence
diligente, diligent
dinero, m., money
dios quiera, God grant
diputado, m., deputy
dirigir, to direct
discurrir, to discuss
disgustar, to disgust
dispensar, to excuse
disponer, to dispose, arrange
disputa,/., dispute
distancia, /., difference
distinguir, to distinguish
divertirse, to amuse (one's
dividido, divided [self)
doble, double
doce, twelve
docena, /., dozen
docil, tractable
docto, learned
doctrina,/., doctrine
doler, to pain
doliente, sorrowful
dolor, m., pain
domingo, m., Sunday
doncella, /. , maiden
donde, where
donde ? where?
dormir, to sleep
dos, two
dotado, endowed
duda, /., doubt
dudar, to doubt
duena, /. , lady (married)
dueiio, m., owner
dulce, sweet
durable, durable
durante, during
durar, to last
duro, ?7i., dollar
duro, hard
echar, to throw
edad,/., age
edificado, built
edificar, to build
efecto, m., effect
ejecucion, /., execution
ejemplo, m., example
ejercicio, m., exercise
ejercito, m., army
el, the
el, he
elegantemente, elegantly
elegir, to elect
ello, it
elocuencia, /. , eloquence
elocuentemente, eloquently
ella, she, her
embajada, /., embassy
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
203
embarazar, to embarrass
embarazo, m.y perplexity
emborrachar, to get drunk
empecer (obs.), to offend
emperador, m., emperor
empezar, to begin
emplear to employ
empleo, m.y place, employ-
ment, rank
empresa, /. , undertaking
en, in, on [self
encaminarse, to betake one's
encantador, ra., enchanter
encantar, to delight [with
encontrar, to meet, to meet
endeudado, in debt
enero, ra., January
enfadar, to vex
enfermar (-se), to become ill
enfermidad, /. , disease
enfermo, m., a sick (man)
enfrenar, to bridle
(de) enfrente, opposite
enganado, deceived
enganar, to deceive
enhoramala, /. , ill-luck
enmendar, to improve, reform
ensartado, strung, linked
ensenar, to teach
entender, to understand
enteramente, entirely [self)
enterarse, to inform (on'es
entonces, then
entrambos, both
entrar, to enter
entre, between
entregado, given, handed
entregar, to abandon, to hand
over
entretender, to entertain
entristecer, to sadden
enviado, sent
enviar, to send
epidemia,/., epidemic, disease
equivocar, to mistake
erguir, to hold up
errar, to err
error, m., error
erudito, learned
escaparse, to run off
esclavo, m., slave
escoger, to choose
esconder, to hide
escopeta, /., gun
escribano, m., scribe
escribir, to write
escrito (-a), written
escritor, m.t writer
escritura, /. , writing
escuchar, to listen
escudero, m., shield-bearer
ese, that (by you)
esforzado, vigorous
esforzar, to make efforts
esfuerzo, m. , effort
esotro (-a), that other
espacio, ra., space
espada, /. , sword
espanol, Spanish
espantar, to frighten
esparcir, to scatter
especulation, /. , speculation
esperanza, /. , hope
esperar, to hope, expect
espiritu, m., spirit
esposa,/., wife
esposicion, /. , exposition
establecer, to establish
204
PRACTICAL SPAKISH GRAMMAR.
estacion, /., season
estado, m., state
estado, been
estando, being
estante, m., shelf
estar, to be
estar bien, to become (suit)
este, this
estima, /., esteem
estimacion, /., esteem
estimado, esteemed
estimar, to esteem
esto, this
estotro (-a), this other
estrago, m., ravage
estrella, /., star
estudiante, m., student
estudiar, to study
evidentemente, evidently
evitar, to avoid
exceso, m., excess
exclamar, to exclaim
experiencia , /. , experience
explicar, to explain
exponer, to expose
expresion,/., expression
extender, to reach
extranjero, m., stranger
extrano, m., foreigner
extra vio, m ., frenzy
faccion,/., feature
fachada, /., fa9ade
facil, easy
facilitar, to facilitate
factura,/., invoice
falta,/., fault
faltar, to fail
faltriquera, /. , pocket
fama,/., fame
famoso, famous
fatiga,/., fatigue
favor, m., favor
favorable, favorable
favorecido, favored
faz,/., face
fe, / , faith
febrero, m., February
feliz, happy (good)
femenino, feminine
feroz, ferocious
ferro-carril, m., railway
fiarse, to trust
fidelisimo, very faithful
fiestas (las), holidays
figura,/., stature (form), char-
acter (of play)
filosofia,/., philosophy
filosofo, m., philosopher
fin, m.t end
fingir, to feign
flor,/., flower
florear, to flourish
floreciente, flourishing
florero, m., flower-pot
folleto, m., pamphlet
fortaleza, /. , fortress
fortuna, /., fortune
fragilidad,/., frailty
francos, French
francos, m., Frenchman
franco, frank
frecuentar, frequent
frifsimo, very cold
frio, cold
fruta,/., fruit
fruto, m., fruit (on tree)
fuego, m., fire
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
205
fuente,/., spring
fuera (de), out (of)
fuerte, strong
fuerza, /, force
fulano, such a one
fundada (/.), founded
funesto, lamentable
furia,/., fury
furioso, furious
fusilazo, m., a gun-shot
gala,/., ornament
gana,/, desire, inclination
ganapan, m.t porter
ganar, to gain
gastar, to spend
general, m., general
generalmente, generally
genio, m., genius
gente, f.t people
gigante (-a), gigantic
girar, to turn
gloria,/., glory
gobernar, to govern
gobierno, m.t government
gozar, to enjoy
gramatica,/., grammar
grande, large, great
grande, m., grandee
granjear, to win
griego, Greek
gris, gray
grito, m.t cry
guante, m., glove
guardar, to keep, to watch
guerra,/., war
guerrero, m., warrior
gustar, to please
gusto, m.t pleasure
haber, to have
habitable, habitable
habitante, m.,f., inhabitant
hablado, spoken
hablar, to speak*
hace, since, ago
hacer, to do, to make
hacer a la vela, to set sail
hacha, /., hatchet
hacia, towards
hacienda,/, farm
hallar, to find
hambre,/., hunger
harto, enough
hasta, until, even
hay, there are, there is
hazana, /., exploit
hebreo, Hebrew
hecho, made
helar, to freeze
heno, m., hay
heredar, to inherit
herir, to wound
hermana, /, sister
hermano, m., brother
hermoso, beautiful
hermosura, / , beauty
hielo, m., ice
hiena, /., hyena
hierro, m., iron
hijo, son
hipotenusa,/, hypothenuse
historia,/, history
holgazan (-a), indolent
hombre, m.> man
hombron, m., big man
homenaje, m., homage
honesto, modest
honrar, to honor
206
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
hora, /., hour
hornillo, m., stove (kitchen)
horroroso, frightful
horrible, horrible
hospital, m., hospital
hostilidad,/., hostility
hoy. to-day
huerfano, m., orphan
huerto, m., garden
huevo, m., egg
huir, to escape, fly
humilde, humble
huracan, m., hurricane
idea,/, idea
idioma, m., language
ido (-s), departed, gone
iglesia, /. , church
ignorancia,/., ignorance
ignorante, m. , ignorant person
ignorar, to be ignorant of
ignal, equal
igualar, to equal
igualdad, /., equality
ilustracion,/., enlightenment
imagen,/., figure (of speech)
imitar, to imitate
impedir, to prevent
importa, imports
importe, m.t amount
imposible, impossible
impresion, /., impression
improbable, improbable
incendiar, to set on fire
incesantemente, incessantly
indicio, m., indication
indispuesto, indisposed
individuo, individual, person
inducir, to lead (induce)
indultado, freed
industrioso, industrious
inevitable, inevitable
infancia, /. , childhood
infelicisimo, very unhappy
infeliz, unhappy
influjo, m., influence
informal, to inform
ingenio, m., mind
ingles, English
ingles, m., Englishman, Eng-
lish language
ingratitud, /. , ingratitude
inmediatamente, immediately
inmortal, immortal
inocencia, f. , innocence
insensate, m., stupid (one)
instancia, m., solicitation
instante, m. , instant
instante (-al), immediately
instruir, to instruct
instrumento, m., instrument
insula, /. , island
intencion, intention
intentar, to attempt
interes, m., interest
inter esante, interesting
interrumpir, to interrupt
invierno, m.y winter
ir, to go
irracional, irrational
italiano, Italian
jabali, m., wild boar
jamas, never, ever
joven, m., youth
juego, m., game
juez, m., judge
jugar, to play
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
207
julio, m., July
junio, m., June
junto, near, united (joined)
juramento, m., oath
jurar, to swear
justicia, /., justice
juventud,/., youth
la, the
la, her
laborioso, painstaking
labrador a,/., working woman
lacayo, m., servant
ladrar, to bark
ladron, m., robber
lagrima, /., tear
lamento, m., lamentation
lapiz, m., pencil (lead)
largo (-a), large, long
larguisimo, very large
lastima,/, pity
lastimar, to grieve
latino, Latin
lavarse, to wash
le, him (to him, her, it)
leal, loyal
leccion, /., lesson
lecho, m., bed
leer, to read
legua,/., league
legumbre, /., vegetable
leido, read
lejos, far
lengua,/., language, tongue
lenguaje, m., language
letra,/., letter
letras,/., learning
levantar, to raise
levantarse, to get up
levita, /., frock-coat
ley,/., law
leyendo, reading
libertad,/., liberty
-—libra,/., pound
libreria, /., book-store
libro, m., book
licencia,/., license
limpiar, to clean
limpio, clean
lista, /., list (bill of fare)
literario (-a), literary
llamar, to call
Have,/., key
llegado, arrived
llegar, to arrive
llenar, to fill
lleno, full
llevar, to raise, to take (along)
llorar, to weep, shed tears
Hover, to rain
lo, the
lo, it
lobo, m., wolf
loco, foolish, simple
locura,/., folly
locucion,/., expression [upon
lograr, to gain, succeed, hit
lo que, what
luego, soon, presently, imme-
luego que, as soon as [diately
lugar, m., village, place
lugubre, gloomy
luna, /., moon
lunes, m., Monday
luz,/., light
madera,/., wood
madre, /., mother
208
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
maduramente, maturely
maduro (-a), ripe
maestro, m., master, teacher
magistratura, /. , magistracy
magnifico, magnificent
mal, m., ill
maldecir, to curse
malecon, m., dike
malicia, /., malice
malo, bad
mama, /., mamma
manana, /., morning
mandar,to command, to order,
manera, /., manner [to send
mando, m., power
manifestado, shown [show
manifestar, to manifest, to
manjar, m., dish (food)
mano, f. , hand
mantel, m. , tablecloth
mantener, to keep
manzana, f. , apple
mar,/., sea
maravilla, /. , wonder
maravillar, to admire
maravillarse, to wonder
marcharse, to go off
marinero, m., sailor
mariposa, f. , butterfly
marroqui, m. , morocco leather
martes, m., Tuesday
martillo, m., hammer
martir, m.,f., martyr
marzo, m., March
(lo) mas, most
mas-que (de), more than
mas vale, it is better
masa, /., mass, rank
matar, to kill
material, m., material
mayo, m., May
mayor, larger
mayores, m.t forefathers
me, me
mecer, to agitate
a mediados, about the midst of
mediano, mediocre
mediante, by means of
medico, m., doctor
medio, m., means
medio, half
mejor, better
memorias, /., regards
memorial, m., memorandum-
book, brief
menester, necessary
mengano, such a
menor, smaller
menos, less (except)
mensaje, m., message
mensajero, m., messenger
mentir, to lie
mentira, /., lie
mercader, m., merchant
mercadera,/., merchant's wife
mercaderia, f. , goods
a merced, gratis
merecer, to merit
merendar, to lunch
merito, m., merit
mes, m., month
mesa,/., table
metal, m., metal
meter, to put
mi, my
mi, me
miedo, m., fear
miente (-s), /, thoughts
mientras mas, the more
mientras que, whilst
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
209
mil, thousand
milagro, w., miracle
millon, m., million
mina,/., mine
ministro, m., minister
minuto, m., minute
mio, mine
mirada,/., glance
mirar, to see
misantropia, /. , misanthropy
miserable, miserable
misericordia, /. , mercy
mismo, self (emphatic), same
mitad,/., half
mocedad,/., youth
modales, m. (pi.), manners
moderacion, /. , moderation
modestia, /., modesty
modificarse, to be modified
modo, m., mode, manner
monje, m., monk
monte, m., mountain
morar, to dwell
morder, to bite
moreno, chestnut
morir, to die
moro, m., Moor
mortal, mortal
mostrar, to show
motive, m., reason
mover, to move
movimiento, m., movement
muchacha, /. , girl
muchacho, m., boy
mucho, much, many
mudar, to change
mueble, m., furniture
muerte, /., death
muerto, dead
muestra,/., sign
mujer, /., woman, wife
mundo, m., world
murmurar, to murmur
muro, m.y wall
museo, m., museum
musico, m., musician
muy, very [iard
muy espanol, a thorough Span-
nacer, #., to be born
nacer, m., appearance
nacio, was born
nacion, /., nation
nada, not anything, nothing
nadar, to swim
nadie, nobody, no one
naipe, m.t card
naranja, /., orange
nariz, /., nose
naturaleza, /. , nature
naufragar, to shipwreck
nave,/., ship
navegar, to navigate
necesario, necessary
necesidad, /. , necessity
neoesitar, to need
negar, to deny
negocio, m., affair, business
negro, black
nervioso, nervous
nevar, to snow
ni, nor
nicho, m., niche
nieve, /., snow
nineria,/., puerility
ninguno (-a), no one, nobody
ni...ni, neither.. .nor
nino, m., child
210
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
no, no
noche, /., night
nombre, m., name [ever
no obstante, nevertheless, ho w-
norte, m. , north
nos, we, us
nosotros, we, us
notar, to notice
noticia, /., news
novedad, /., news
nube,/, cloud
nublado, cloudy
nuestro (-a), our
nueve, nine
nuevo, new
numero, m.t number
nunca, never
6, or
obedecer, to obey
obediente, obedient
obligar, oblige
obra, /., work
obrar, to act
obtenir, to obtain
ocasion, /. , occasion
oceano, m., ocean
ochenta, eighty
ocho, eight
ochocientos, eight hundred
ociosidad,/., idleness
ocupar, to busy K
odiar, to hate
ofender, to offend
oficial, m., officer
oficio, m., office (employment)
ofrecer, to offer
oido, m., ear
oir, to hear
ojala, would that !
ojo, m., eye
ola, /., wave
oler, to smell, to scent
olvidar, to forget
once, eleven
opera,/., opera
opinion,/., opinion, renown
oportuno, opportune, suitable
optimo, best
orador, m., orator
orden, m.,f., order
ordenar, to order
organo, m., organ (tool)
oriente, m., east
orno, m., oven
oro, m., gold
os, you
osar, to dare
oscuro, dark
otono, m. , fall
otro (-a), other, another
(en) otra parte, elsewhere
oveja, /., sheep (ewe)
pacer, to pasture
paciencia, /., patience
padec^r, to suffer
padre, m., father
padres, m., parents
pagar, to pay
pagina,/, page
pais, m., country
paja, /., straw
pajaro, m,, bird
paje, m., page
palabra, /., word
palacio, m., palace
palo, m., blow (with stick)
pan, m., bread
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
211
paiio, m., cloth
pantalon, m., pantaloon
papa, m., papa
papel, m., paper
par, m., pair
para, for (in order to)
para que, in order that
parecer, m., opinion
parecer, to seem
pariente, m., relative
par que, m. , park
parte, /. , part
partida, /., party
partido, m., resolution
partir, to depart
pasado, passed
pasar, to pass
pasearse,to walk (for pleasure)
paseo, m., walk
pasion, /., passion
paterno, paternal
patria, /., native land
paz,/., peace
pecado, m., sin
pedir, to ask
pelear, to fight
peligro, m., peril
pelota, /. , ball (game)
pena,/., pain, punishment
peninsula,/., peninsula
pensamiento, m., thought
pensar, to think
pensativo, thoughtful
peor, worse
pequeno, little
percibir, to perceive, see
perder, to lose
perdido, lost
perfecto, perfect
perfidia,/., perfidy
periodico, m.t newspaper
perjuicio, m., prejudice
permanecer, to persist, remain
permitir, to permit
pero, but
perorar, to harangue
perrillo, m., little dog
perro, m., dog
perseguir, to pursue
persona,/., person
personaje, m., personage
pesante, heavy
pesar (-se), to weigh, distress
pescar, to fish
peseta, /. , peseta, franc (20 cts.)
peso, m., dollar
piano, m., piano
picaro, m., rogue
pie, m., foot
pieza,/., piece (play)
piloto, m., pilot
pina, /., cone
pino, m., pine
pintado described
pintarse, to paint
pintor, m., painter
pistola, /. , pistol
placer, to please
pla'to, m., dish
plaza, /. , place, market, square
pleito, m.t dispute, lawsuit
pluma,/., pen
plural, plural
pobre, poor (not rich, worthless)
pobreza,/., poverty
poblar, to populate
poco, little, few
poder, to be able
poderoso, powerful
podido, been able
212
PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
podrir, to rot
poesia,/., poetry
poeta, m., poet
politica, /., politics
polvo, m.t dust
poner, to place, to put
poner (-se), to put on
por, by, in
por donde, through
por en cima, on top, over
por mas, however (great)
porque, because
porque, why
por...que, however
porvenir, m., future
posada,/., inn
posesion, /., possession
posible, possible
postre, m., dessert
postrero, later
practicar, to practise
precaution, /. , precaution
precio, m., price
precioso, precious
precise, necessary
preferir, to prefer
pregunta, /., question
preguntado, asked
preguntar, to ask
premiar, to reward
prendado, smitten
preparar, to prepare
prescribir, to prescribe
presencia,/., presence
presentar, to present, to intro-
duce
presente, present
presente, m., present (time)
presidente, m., president
prestar, to lend
pretender, to pretend
pretension, /. , pretension
prevenir, to inform
priesa, /., haste
primavera, /. , spring (time)
primer^ (-0), (-a), first
primito, m., little cousin
primo, first
primo, ?%, cousin
primoroso, fine
principe, ra., prince
a principios, early
(de) prisa, fast
prision, /., prison
privar, to deprive
probar, to prove
proceder, to proceed
procurado, procured
procurar, to try
prodigo, prodigal
producir, to produce
profesion, /., profession
progreso, m., progress
prohibir, to prohibit
projimo, m., neighbor
promesa, /. , promise
promoter, to promise
pronombre, in., pronoun
pronto, soon
propio, own
prorumpir, to break forth
proseguir, to pursue
prosperidad, /., prosperity
proteger, to protect
protestante, Protestant
provenir, to arise
proximidad, /., nearness
prdximo, next
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
213
prudencia, /. , prudence
prudente, prudent
prueba,/., trial, proof
publico, public
pudrir, to rot
pueblo, m., town, populace
puente, m,, /., bridge
puerta,/., door, gate
puerto, m., port
pues, since
puesto, m., place (position)
puesto que, since
puesto (caso) que, if
punetazo, m., blow with fist
punto, m., point
pureza,/., purity
que, than, who, which
que, what, how
quedarse, to remain
quejarse, to complain
querer, to want, will, wish,
like, love
querido, loved, dear
que tal, how
quien, who
quien, who?
quien... quien, one... another,
some... other
quienquiera, whoever, whose-
ever, whomever
quietud, /., quietness
quince, fifteen
quince dias, two weeks
quintp (-a), fifth
quitarse, to take off, away
quiza, perhaps
rabia, /., anger
racional, rational
radical, radical
rato, m., time (short)
rayo, m., flash (of lightning)
razon, /. (reason), right ac-
real, royal (state) [count
real, m., Spanish coin (5 cts.)
relrnno, m. , flock
rebuznar, to bray
recibido, received
recibir, to receive
recompensa, /., recompense
reconocer, to recognize
reconocimiento, m., gratitude
recomendar, to recommend
recorrer, to travel about
rectitud,/., rectitude
red,/., net
rededor, m.t envious
al rededor, de, about
redondo, round
referir, to report, mention
reflexion,/., reflection
reflexionar, to reflect
reformador, m., reformer
refrenar, to restrain
regalar, to present
regano, m., scolding
reina,/., queen
reinado, m., reign
reino, m., kingdom
reir, to laugh
reirse, to laugh (with derision)
relacion, /., narration
relampaguear, to lighten
reliquia, /., relic
reloj, m., watch
relucir, to glitter
remediar, to remedy
remedio, m., resource
214
PRACTICAL SPAXISH GRAMMAR.
remendar, to mend
remote, remote
rendir, to render
renir, to scold
renta,/., income
reo, m., criminal
reparable, worthy of attention
repetir, to repeat
representar, to represent
reprimir, to repress
reprobar, to reprove
requisite, m., requisite
resarcir, to compensate
resolverse, to resolve, decide
respetar, to respect
respeto, m., respect
respirar, to breathe
responder, to respond
respuesta, /., answer, reply
restablecer, to re-establish
restante, m., rest
retirar, to withdraw
retirar (-se), to retire
retrato, m., portrait
revelar, to reveal
reverencia, /., veneration
reves, m., back, back part
al reves, on the contrary
revolution, /., revolution
rey, m., king
ribera, /. , shore
ricazo, very rich
rico, m., rich (man)
ridicule, ridiculous
rigor, m., rigor
rio, m., river
riqueza, /., wealth
riquisimo, very rich
risa,/., laughter
robar, to rob
rodilla, /., knee
romance, m., romance
romper, to break
rondar, to go round
ropa,/., clothes
rostro, m., face
roto, defeated
rubor, m.t blush
ruego, m., request
ruido, m., noise
ruso, Russian
sabana, /., sheet
saber, to know
sabiduria,/., knowledge, wis-
sabio, wise [dom
sacar, to pull out
saciar, to satisfy
sacrificar, to sacrifice
sacrificio, m., sacrifice
sala,/., hall
salario, m., salary
salida,/., exit
salir, to go out
salud,/., health
saludable, salutary
saludar, to greet
santa,/., saint
santo, m., saint
san, m., saint
sastre, m. , tailor
satisfaccion, /. , satisfaction
satisfacer, to satisfy
satisfecho, satisfied
sauce, m., willow
se, self
seco, dry, meagre
secreto, m., secret
SPAKISH-EXGLISH VOCABULARY.
215
secuaz, m., follower
sed,/., thirst
seguir, to follow, continue
segundo, m., second
seguro, surely, safe
seis, six
sello, m., seal
selva,/., forest
semana, /., week
semejante, similar
semejar, to resemble
sena, /. , sign
serial,/, sign
senda, /., path
seiior, m., gentleman
senora, /. , lady, mistress
senorita, /., a little or young
lady
senorito, m., a little or young
aentado, seated [man
sentarse, to sit down
sentenciar, to sentence
sentido, m., sense
sentirse, to feel, perceive
separar, to separate
sepulcro, m., sepulchre
ser, to be
servicio, m., service
servir, to serve
sesenta, sixty
setentrionale, north
setiembre, m., September
sexto, sixth
si, if
si, self, yes
siempre, always
siete, seven
siglo, m., age, century
siguiente, following
silencio, m., silence
silla,/., chair
simple, simple
sin, without
sin embargo, notwithstanding
sino, except, but
soberbio, proud
sobre, besides, upon
sobresalir, to excel
sobrina,/., niece
sobrino, m., nephew
social, social
sociedad, /., society
socorro, m., help
sofa, m., sofa
sol, m., sun
solamente, only
soldado, m., soldier
soledad,/., loneliness
soler, to be accustomed
solicito, solicitous
solo, alone
solo, only
sombrero, m., hat
sonar, to dream of
sopa, /., soup
soplar, to blow
sordo, deaf
sorprender, to surprise
sosegado, quiet
su, his, her, its, your, their
suavidad, /., gentleness
subdito, m., subject
subir, to ascend, mount
suceder, to happen
sucedido, happened
sucesivemente, )
pocoapoco, pttle by little
suceso, m., event, success
sud. m., south
suelo, m., ground
216 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
suefio, m., sleep termino, m., limit
suerte,/., lot, sort tesoro, m., treasure
sufrir, to suffer testamento, testament
suma,/., sum, amount testimonio, testimony
superar, to surpass tiempo, m., time
suplica, /., petition tierra,/., eaith, land
suplicar, to supplicate tildar, tc censure
supuesto, granted tio, m., uncle
sustento, m.y sustenance tiro, m., shot
suyo, his, her, its, your, their, tocar, to touch, to play
yours, theirs todavia, yet
tal, such (such a) todo, whole, all, every
talento, m., talent tomar, to take
tal vez, often (perhaps) tono, m., tone
tambien, also traba, /., trammel
tambien...como, as well... as trabajar, to work
tan, so, as trabajo, m., work, labor
tan (-to)...como, as.. .as tradncir, translate
tanta mas...que, the more.. .as traer, to bring, to wear
tanto, so much traido, brought
tardar, to tarry traidor (-a), treacherous
tarde,/., afternoon (evening) traje, m., dress (suit)
tarde, late trampa, /. , trap, fraud
tarea,/., task tranquilidad,/., tranquillity
te, m., tea tras, behind
teatro, m., theatre traspasado, afflicted
tema, m., theme tratado, m., treatise
temblar, to tremble tratar, to try, to make a treaty
temer, to fear treinta, thirty
temeroso, afraid tremulo, tremulous
tempestad, /., storm tren, m., train
templo, m., temple tres, three
temporal, m., storm trescientos, three hundred
temprano, early tribu, m., tribe
tenderse, to stretch (one's self) trigo, m., wheat
tener, to hold, have tristeza, /., grief, sadness
teologo, m., theologian trocar, to exchange
tercero, third tronar, to thunder
terminar, to terminate tropa,/. , troop, body of soldiers
SPAKISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY..
217
tu, thy
tu. thou
tumba,/., tomb
turbar, to confuse
tuyo, thy (thine)
un, m. , a or an
una, /. , a 0r an
una docena, a dozen
una vez, once
unido (-a), united
uno, one
unos, one's
usar, to use
uso, m., use
usted (V.), you
ntil, useful
utilidad,/., profit
vaca, f., cow
vale, farewell
valer, to be worth
valeroso, courageous
valiente, valiant
valle, m., valley
valuar, appreciate
valor, m., courage
vano, vain
vapor, m., steam, steamboat
vapuleo, m., whipping
variar, to vary
varios (-as), several, various
vecino, m., neighbor, inhabi-
tant
vehementemente, with force
veinte, twenty
vela,/., sail
velar, to watch
vencedor, m., conqueror
veneer, to conquer
vender, to sell
venganza,/., vengeance
vengar, to avenge
venido, to come
venir, to come
venta, /., sale
ventaja,/., advantage
ventana,/., window
ver, to see
verano, m.y summer
de veras, really
verdad, /. , truth
verdaderamente, really
verdadero, true
vergiienza,/., shame
vero, true
vestido, m., dress, garment
vestido, dressed
vestir, to dress
vez,/., time
una vez, once
viajar, to travel
viaje, m., trip, voyage
vicio, m., vice
victoria, /. , victory
vida,/, life
viento, m., wind
las de Villadiego, French leave
vino, m., wine
violin, m., violin
virtud, /., virtue
virtuoso, virtuous
vista, /. , prospect, eye
visitar, to visit
visto (ver), seen
viveres, m., victuals
218 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
vivir, to live vulgarmente, commonly
vivo, vivo, living
vivo, lively y, and
volar, to fly ya, already, yet, now
volumen, ra., volume yacer, to lie (down)
voluntad, /. , will yerba, /. , grass
volver, to return yerno, m., son-in-law
(voy[-ir], I go) yo, I
vos (you), ye
vosotros, you zapato, m.y shoe
voz,/., voice zutano, such a
vuestro, your
VOCABULARY OF SPANISH PBOPEK NAMES. 219
VOCABULAEY OF SPANISH PROPER NAMES,
AS USED IN PRECEDING PAGES.
Africa, Africa
Alejandro, Alexander
aleman, m., German
Alemania,/., Germany
Alpes (los), Alps
America,/., America
Arabe, w., Arab
Atesidora, proper name
Barcelona, Barcelone
Bona, Bonn
Becquer, Becquer
Berna, Bern
Brasil, m., Brazil
Bretana, /. , Brittany
Cairo, m., Cairo
Canada, m., Canada
Carlos, Charles
Cervantes, Cervantes
Castilla,/., Castile
China,/., China
chino, Chinese
Ciceron, Cicero
Colon, Columbus
Copernico, Copernicus
Cortes, Cortes
Espana,/, Spain [States
Estados Unidos (los), United
Europa,/., Europe
Felipe, Philip
Florida,/, Florida
Francia,/, France
Frederico, Frederic
Granada,/., Granada
Habana,/, Havana
Victor Hugo, Victor Hugo
hugonote, Huguenot
Inglaterra,/., England
Juan, John
Luis, Louis
Londres, London
Madrid, Madrid
Malaga, Malaga
Maria, Mary
Mariquilla, little Mary
Mateo, m. , Matthew
Dulcinea, Dulcinea
Nueva York, New York
220
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
Pablo, Paul
Pedro, Peter
Pepita, Josephine
Portugal, m., Portugal
Prusia,/., Prussia
Bin, m., Rhine
Rodano, m., the Rhone
Romano, m., Roman
Salvador, Saviour, Salvador
Sena, /. , the Seine
Sicilia,/., Sicily
Sierra,/., Sierra
Suiza,/., Switzerland
Tasso, m., Tasso
Teresa, Theresa
Toledo, Toledo
Viena, Vienna
Villadiego, Villadiego
Wostenholm, Wostenholm
ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY.
221
ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY.
Abbreviations : /., feminine noun; m., masculine noun ; v., verb.
a or an, un (-0), (-a)
abandon, v., abandonar, de-
jar, entregar
abolish, «., abolir [como
about, cerca de, acerca de,
above, sobre
accept, v., aceptar
accompany, v., acompanar
according to, conforme
account, cuenta,/., razon,/.
accuse, v., acusar
ache, dolor, m.
ache, #., doler
achieved, acabado
act, v., obrar
action, accion, /.
admire, v., admirar
admit, v., admitir
adorned, adornado
advanced, avanzado
advantage, ventaja, /.
adventure, aventura,/.
advice, consejo, m.
advise, v., aconsejar
affair, negocio, m.
afraid (fear), miedo, m.
after, despues (de)
afternoon, tarde,/.
against, contra
age, edad,/.
agitate, v., agitar
ago, hace
agree, v., avenirse
agreeable, agradable
aid, ayuda, /.
aid, «., ayudar
alas ! ay dolor !
Alfred, Alfredo
all, todo
all along, a todo lo largo
almond, almendra,/.
almost, casi
alone, solo
along, por
allow, «., permitir
already, ya
also, tambien
although, aunque
always, siempre
amass, v., amontonar
America, America
American, americano
among, entre
ancient, antiguo
and, y, e
Andrew, Andres
animal, animal, m.
announce, v., anunciar
another, otro
answer, v., responder
answer, respuesta, /.
any, algun
222
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
anything, algo
any (whatever), cualquiera
appear, v., parecer
apple, manzana, /.
arise, v., provenir
arm (weapon), arma,/.
arm (one's self), v., armarse
army, ejercito, m.
arrange, v., arreglar
arrive, v., llegar
arrived, llegado
arts, artes, /.
as ... as, I tanto . . . como
as much as, )
as long as, mientras que
ashamed, verguenza, /.
ask, 0., pedir, preguntar
ass, donkey, asno, m.
assault, asalto, m.
assault, v., asaltar
assure, v., asegurar
astonished, admirado
at, a
at all, ya
attempt, intentar
Athenaeum, Ateneo
attention, atencion, f.
attentive, atento
attractive, atractivo
augment, v., aumentar
author, autor, m.
avoid, v.} evitar
await, v., esperar
awake, v., despertar
bad, malo
badly, mal
ball (shot), bala,/.
banish, v., desterrar
bank, banco, m.
banker, banquero, m.
barbarous, barbaro
Barcelona, Barcelona
bathe (one's self), v., banarse
battle, batalla, /.
be, v. , ser, estar
be able, v. , poder
beautiful, hermoso
beauty, nermosura, /.
be born, #., nacer
because, porque
bed, cama, /., lecho, m.
before, antes, delante (de),
antes de (or que)
beg, supiicar
begin, v.. empezar, echarse
behind, tras
be ignorant of, v., ignorar
being, estando
belfry, campanario, m.
believe, v., creer
benefit, beneficio, m.
Berne, Berna
besides, sobre
betray, v., vender
(it is) better, mas vale
between, por entre, de
bill, cuenta, /.
bird, pajaro, m., ave,/
black, negro
blame, culpa,/.
bless, v., bendecir
blind, v., cegar
blow, v., soplar [m.
blow (with stick), bastonazo,
blue, azul
boar (wild), jabali, m.
Bonn, Bona
book, libro, m.
ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY.
223
book-store, libreria, /.
Bordeaux, Burdeos
Bossuet, Bosuet
Bostoo, Boston
both, ambos (-as)
both ... and, tanto . . . como
Bothnia, Bothnia
boy, nmehacho, m.
Brazil, Brasil, m.
bray, v., rebuznar
bread, pan, m.
breakfast, V., almorzar
breath, aliento, m.
breeding, crianza, /.
bridle, «., enfrenar
brilliant, brillante
bring, v. , traer
broad, ancho
brother, hermano, m.
built, edificado
business, negocio, m.
busy, v., ocupar
but, pero, sino
butterfly, mariposa,/.
buy, v., comprar
by, por
call, v., llamar
Canada, Canada, m.
candor, candor, m.
capital, capital,/.
captain, capitan, m.
care, cuidado, m.
carry, v., llevar
Catholic, catolico
caught, cogido
cause, «., causar
cease, v., dejar
certain, cierto [mente
certainly, por cierto, cierta-
Cervantes, Cervantes
chain, cadena,/.
chair, silla,/.
change, «?., convertir
charity, caridad
chase, v,, cazar
child, nino, m., nina,/.
children, ninos, hijos
childhood, infancia,/.
Chinese, chino
Christian, cristiano
church, iglesia, /.
circus, circo, m.
city, ciudad,/.
classic, clasico, m.
clean, limpio
clear, claro
climate, clima, m.
cloak, capa, /.
close, v., cerrar
cloth, pano, m.
clothes, ropa,/.
cloud, nube,/.
coach, coche, m.
coat (frock), levita, /.
cold, frio
combat, v., combatir
come, v., venir
come, llegado (participle)
comedy, comedia,/.
commerce, comercio, m.
companion, companero, m.
compare, v., comparar
compete, «., competir
concerning, acerca de
concert, concierto, m.
( condicion, /.
condition, jsituacion,/.
conduct, conducta, /.
224
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
cone, pina,/.
confidence, confianza,/.
confuse, v., turbar
congress, congreso, m.
( conquistar
conquer, *.,jvencer
consent, v.t consentir
consider, v., considerar
conspiracy, conjuracion, /.
constancy, constancia, /.
construct, v., construirse
contain, v., contener
contemporary, contemporaneo
content, contento
content, v., content ar
contentment, contento, m.
conversation, conversacion, /.
convince, v. , convencer
cook, #., cocer
cost, v., costar
couch, lecho, m.
counsel, consejo, m.
counsel, v., aconsejar
count, conde, m.
count, v., contar
countess, condesa,/.
country, pais, m., campo, m.
courageous, valeroso
court-city, corte,/.
cousin, primo, m.
criminal, delincuente, m., reo,
crown, v., coronar [m.
cultivate, v., cultivar
curious, curioso
cut, 0., cortarse
danger, peligro, m.
day, dia, m.
dead, muerto
death, muerte,/.
debt, deuda,/.
deceive, v., enganag
deceived, enganado
decline, v., decaer
degrade (one's self), v. , degradar
[(-se)
degree, grado, m.
delight, v., encantar
deliver, v. , entregar
deny, v., negar
depart, ®., partir
deputy, diputado, m.
described, pintado
desire, deseo, m.
desire, v., desear
desist, #., desistir
despicable, despreciable
destiny, destino, m.y suerte, /.
destroy, v. , destruir
determine, v., determinar
dexterity, destreza, /.
dictate, v., dictar
die, v., morir, perecer
difference, distancia,/.
difficult, dificil
difficulty, dificultad,/., aprieto,
dike, malecon, m. [m.
diligent, diligente
dimmish, v. , decaer
dine, 0., comer
dinner, comida, /.
disappear, v., desaparecer
discount, «., discontar
discover, v., descubrir
discuss, «., discurrir
discussion, controversia, /.
disease, enfermedad, /.
disgust, v., disgustar
dish (food), manjar, m., plato,
dispose, v., disponer [m.
ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY.
225
dispute, disputa,/.
distrust, v., deiconfiar
divided, dividido
do, v., hacer
doctor, medico, m.
doctrine, doctrina,/.
document, papel, m.
dog, perro, m.
dollar, peso, m.
door, puerta, /.
double, doble
doubt, duda, /.
doubt, v., dudar
dozen, docena,/.
dramatic, dramatico
dress, traje, m., vestido, m.
dressed, vestido
drink, «., beber
duchess, duquesa,/.
durable, durable
during, durante
dust, polvo, m.
duty, deber, m.
dwell, v., morar
early, temprano
earn, v., ganar
earth, tierra,/.
east, oriente m.
easy, facil
eat, v., comer
education, educacion,/.
Edward, Eduardo
effect, efecto, m.
effort, esfuerzo, m.
egg, huevo, m.
eight, ocho
either... or, 6... 6
elect, v., elegir
elephant, elefante, m.
eleven, once
eloquence, elocuencia, /.
elsewhere, (en) otra parte
emperor, emperador, m.
employment, empleo, m.
encounter, v., encontrar
end, fin, m.
enemy, enemigo, m.
England, Inglaterra
English, ingles
Englishman, ingles
enough, bastante
enter, v., entrar
equal, igual
equal, igualar
equality, igualdad, /.
error, error, m.
escape, salida, /.
establish, v.t establecer
estate, hacienda,/,
esteem, estima,/., estimacion,/.
esteem, «., estimar
esteemed, estimado
Europe, Europa,/.
even, tambien, aun, hasta
evening, tarde, /.
event, suceso, m.
ever, jamas, nunca
every, cada
excellent, excelente
except, menos, sino
excess, exceso, m.
exchange, cambio, m.
exclaim, v., exclamar
excuse, v., dispensar
exercise, ejercicio, m.
exposition, exposicion,/.
expression (word), voz,/
eye, ojo, m.
226
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR,
facade, fachada, /.
face, rostro, m.
facilitate, v., facilitar
(in) fact, (en) efecto, m.
faith, fe,/.
faithful, fiel
fall, v., caer
fall, otono, m.
fame, fama, /.
famine, carestia,/.
farm, hacienda, /.
fast (de), prisa,/.
father, padre, m.
fatigue, fatiga, /.
favor, favor, m.
favorable, favorable
fear, miedo, m.
fear, v., temer
feature, faccion,/.
February, febrero, m.
feel, v., sentirse
feminine, femenino
ferocious, feroz
fever, calentura, /.
field, campo, m.
fifteen, quince
fifth, quinto
fifty, cincuenta
find, hallar, encontrar
fine, bello
finger, dedo, m.
finish, fl., acabar
fire, fuego, m.
first, primo, primer o
fish, fl., pescar
five, cinco
flag, bandera, /.
flourishing, floreciente
flower, flor, /.
flower-pot, florero, m.
fly (to escape), «., huir
follow, -y., seguir
foot, pie, m.
for, para, por, a
for, porque
force, fuerza, /.
(with) force, vehementemente
forest, selva, /.
forget, v. , olvidar
formerly (before), antes
fortress, fortaleza, /.
fortune, for tuna,/.
forty, cuarenta
founded, fundado
four, cuatro
frailty, fragilidad, /.
France, Francia,/.
franc, franco, m.
frank, franco
free, libre
freeze, -y., helar
French (man), frances
friend, amigo, m., amiga,/,
frightful, horroroso
frivolous, frivolo, baladi
from, de
fruit, fruta,/., fruto, m.
full, lleno
fulfil, v., complirse
fun, burla,/.
funds, caudales, m.
future, porvenir, m.
gain, «., ganar
Galatea, Galatea
game, juego, m.
garden, huerto, m.
gate, puerta,/.
garment, vestido, m.
ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY.
227
general, general, m.
generally, generalmente
genius, genio, m.
gentleman, senor, m., eabal-
[lero, m.
gentleness, suavidad, /.
German, aleman
Germany, Alemania, f.
get, 0., lograr
get drunk, v., emborracharse
get possession, v., apoderarse
get out, v., salir -
get up, v., levantarse
girl, muchacha, /.
give, v. , dar
gloomy, lugubre
glory, gloria,/,
glove, guante, m.
go, v. , IT, andar
goat, cabra,/.
go away, v. , irse
God grant, Dios quiera
gold, oro, m.
good, bueno
good-day, buenos dias
goodness, bondad, /.
goods, mercaderia, /.
go out, v., salir
go to bed, v., acostarse
government, gobierno, m.
grandee, grande, m.
grandmother, abuela, /.
granted, supuesto
greatest, mayor
Greece, Grecia,/.
Greek, griego
habitable, habitable
hair, cabello, m.
half, medio
hamlet, aldea, /.
hand, mano, /.
handed, entregado
hand over, v., entregar
happen, v., pasar, suceder
happy, feliz, dichoso
harangue, v., perorar
harvest, cosecha, /.
haste, priesa,/.
hat, sombrero, m.
hatchet, hacha,/.
Havana, Habana,/.
have, 0., tener, haber
he, el
head, cabeza, /.
headache, dolor (m.) de cabeza
health, salud, /.
hear, v., oir
heart, corazon, m.
heat, calor, m.
heaven, cielo, m.
heedlessness, descuido, m.
help, ayuda,/.
her, la, ella
her, su, suyo.
here, aqui, aca
Herrera, Herrera
he who, aquel que
hide, v., esconder
high, alto
highest, sumo
him, le
his, su, suyo
history, historia,/.
hit upon, v. , lograr
hold, v., tener
homage, homenaje, m.
home (at), en casa
hope, v., esperer
horse, caballo, m.
hot, calido
228
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
hour, hora,/.
house, casa,/.
how, como
how ! que !
however, por...que, con... que
how much, cuanto
Huguenot, hugonote
humble, humilde
hunger, hambre,/.
hunt, v., cazar
I, yo
idea, idea, /
idleness, ociosidad,/.
idle, holgazan
idler, holgazarano, m.
if, si, cuando
ignorance, ignorancia, /.
ill, mal, adv., malo, adj.
ill-luck, enhoramala, /.
image, imagen, /.
immediately, inmediatamente
immortal, inmortal
in, en, por
incessantly, iricesantemente
India, Indias (las)
indication, indicio, m.
inequality, desigualdad, /
inevitable, inevitable
infirm, enfermizo
influence, influjo, m.
inform, v., informarse, ente-
rarse, avisar
innocence, inocencia,/.
inspire, v., inspirar
instead of, en vez de
instruct, v., instruir
instrument, instrument©, m.
interest, interes, m.
interrupt, v., interrumpir
introduce, v., presentar
inundation, avenida, /.
invite, v., convidar
iron, hierro, m.
it, ello, lo
its, su, suyo
January, enero, m.
Jerez, Jerez
jest, burla, /
John, Juan
little John, Juanito
joined, junto
Joseph, Jose
judge, juez, m.
July, Julio, m.
June, junio, m.
keep, v. , mantener, tener
keep on, irse
key, Have,/
kill, D., matar
kind of weather, tiempo, m.
kindness, bondad,/
king, rey, m.
kingdom, reino, m.
kitchen, cocina,/
knee, rodilla, /.
on the knees, de rodillas
knife, cuchillo, m.
knight-errant, caballero andan-
knock, v., tocar [te, m.
know, v., saber, conocer
knowledge, conocimiento, m.
known, conocido
labor, trabajo, m.
lady, senora, /, dama, /.
lady (young), seiiorita
language, lengua, /.
EHGLISH-SPAHISH VOCABULAKY. 229
large, grande lunch, v., merendar
last, v., durar Madeira, Madeira
last night, anoche magnificent, magnifico
late, tarde maiden, doncella,/.
Latin, latino make, ®., hacer
laugh, v.j reir make a treaty, v., tratar
laughter, risa,/. make use of, servirse de
law, ley,/. Malaga, Malaga
lawyer, abogado, m. man, hombre, m.
lead, 0., conducir , manner, manera, /.
learn, v., aprender, saber manners, costumbres, /., moda-
learning, letras, /. many, mucho [les, m.
learned, docto, erudito, leido march, v., marchar
French leave, las de Villadiego March, marzo, m.
lend, v., prestar marry, v., casarse
less, menos Mary, Maria
lesson, leccion,/. master, amo, m., senor, m.
let (allow), v., dejar Mataro, Mataro
letter, carta, /. matter (what is the matter), que
letter of exchange, letra de Matthew, Mateo, m. [tiene VJ
cambio maturely, maduramente
liberty, libertad,/. May, mayo, m.
lie, v., mentir me, me, mi
life, vida, /. meal (repast), comida, /.
like, «., querer means, medio, m.
listen, «., escuchar by means of, mediante
little, pequeno, poco meat, came, /.
little by little, sucesivemente, Mediterranean, Mediterraneo,w.
live, v., vivir [poco a poco meet, «., encontrar
lock, v.t cerrar mend, v., remendar
look, v., buscar, mirar mention, v., referir
London, Londres mentioned, dicho
long, largo merchant, mercader, m.
lose, v., perder merit, v., merecer
loss, dano, m. messenger, mensagero, m.
lot, suerte, /. metal, metal, m.
love, 0., amar midday, mediodia, m.
love, amor, m. mind, ingenio, m., animo, m.
loyal, leal mine, mio,
230
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
minute, minuto, m.
miserable, miserable
misfortune, desdicha,desgracia,
mistress, seiiora,/ [/.
moderation, moderacion, /.
modesty, modestia, f.
be modified, v., modificarse
Monday, Innes, m.
money, dinero, m.
monk, monje, m.
month, mes, m.
the more, mientras mas
morning, manana, f.
mother, madre,/.
mount, v., subir
mountain, monte, m.
mouth, boca,/.
much, mucho
music, musica, /.
musician, musico, m.
must, v., deber
my, mi
name, nombre, m.
name, v. , llamarse
native land, patria,/.
nature, naturaleza,/.
navigate, v., navegar
near, cerca (de), junto
necessary, menester, necesario
need, v., necesitar
(has need), ha menester
negro, negro, m.
neighbor, vecino, m.
neither, tampoco
neither... nor, ni...ni
never, jamas, nunca
new, nuevo
news, noticia, /., novedad,/.
newspaper, periodic© , m.
next, que viene, proximo
niche, nicho, m,
niece, sobrina. /.
night, noche, /.
nine, nueve
no, no
nobody, nadie
noon, mediodian, m.
no one, ninguno
nor, ni
north, norte, m.
not, no
not yet, no todavia
nose, nariz, /.
nothing, nada
notice, v , notar
now, ahora, ya
number, numero, m.
obey, «., obedecer
oblige, v.y obligar
observe, v. , observar
obtain, v., obtener, conseguir
ocean, oceano, m.
be occupied, «., pasar
of, de
offer, v., ofrecer
officer, oficial, m.
often, a menudo, muchas vezes
old, viejo, antiguo
old man, anciano, m.
on, en, sobre,
on account of, por
once, una vez
one, un (-0), (-a)
only, solo, sino
open, v.f abrir
opinion, parecer, m.
opportune, oportuno
or, 6
orange, naranja,/.
ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY.
231
orator, orador, m.
order, v., mandar
in order that, para que
in order to, para
ought, v. , deber
our, nuestro
overcome, v., superar
owner, dueno, m.
owe, v., deber
page, pagina,/.
pain, dolor, m.
painter, pintor, m.
pair, par, m.
paper, papel, m.
part, parte, /.
party, partida,/.
pass, v. , pasar
pass (hand), *>., pasar, alargar
passion, pasion, /.
Paul, Pablo
pay, v., pagar
pay attention to, v., atender
peace, paz,/.
pear, pera,/.
pen, pluma, /.
pencil (lead), lapiz, m.
penin sula, peninsula, /.
people, gente, /.
perfect, perfecto
peril, peligro, m.
permission, licencia, /.
perplexity, embarazo, m.
person, persona, /.
peseta (20 cts.), peseta,/,
philosopher, filosofo, m.
physician, medico, m.
piano, piano, m.
picture, cuadro, retrato, m.
pine, pino, m.
pilot, piloto, m.
place, v., poner [empleo, m.
place, puesto, m., lugar, m.,
play, -»., tocar, representar
please, v., gustar, alegrar,
pleasure, gusto, m. [placer
plough, arado, m.
pocket, faltriquera, /.
poet, poeta, m.
poor, pobre
portrait, retrato, m.
Portugal, Portugal, m.
possible, posible
post, correo, m.
poverty, pobreza,/.
power, mano, f. , mando, m>.9
powerful, poderoso [poder, m.
practice, v., practicar
praise, v., alabar
prefer, «., preferl/
prejudice, perjuicio, m.
prepare, v. , preparar, aderezar
present, presente
present (month), corriente, m.
present, v., presentar
pretension, pretension, /.
pretty, bonito
prevent, 0., impedir
priest, cur a, m.
prison, prision,/.
prodigal, prodigo
produce, «., producir
profit, utilidad, /.
promise, promesa, f.
promise, v.t promoter
proof, prueba,/.
prospect, vista,/.
Protestant, protest ante
provided that, con tal que
prudence, prudencia,/.
232
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
prudent, prudente
prudently, prudentemente
public, pnblico
purity, pureza, /.
purse, bolsa, /.
put, $., poner, meter
put in order, «., arreglar
put on, V., ponerse
quantity, cantidad, /.
question, cuestion, /.
quiet, sosegado, sereno
Quintan a, Quintana
railway, camino de hierro, m.
rain, $., Hover
rarely, rara vez
read, «., leer
reach, v.t echar mano a, llegar
really, verdaderamente
reason, motivo, m., razon, f.
receive, v., recibir
received, recibido
recounting, cantando
rectitude, rectitud, /.
regain, v., alcanzar
rejoice, v., alegrarse
regret, «., sentir
relate, v.t contar, referir
relative, pariente, m. and/,
relic, reliquia, /.
remain, v., quedarse
render, #., rendir
repeat, v., repetir
repent, v., arrepentirse [m.
repentance, arrepentimiento,
reply, respuesta, /.
represent, «., representar
reprove, t>.,reprobar
reputation, opinion,/,
require, v., necesitar
resolution, partido, m.
resource, remedio, m.
respond, «., responder
rest, v., descansar
rest, restante, m.
retire, «., retirarse
return, «., volverse
Rhine, Rin, m.
Rhone, Rodano, m.
rich (man), rico, m.
ridicule, v., burlarse [risa
ridiculous, ridiculo, digno de
right, derecho, m., razon,/.
rightly, con razon
river, rio, m.
road, camino, m.
rob, v., robar
robber, ladron, m.
Roman, Romano, m.
romance, romance, m.
Rome, Roma
room, pieza, /. , cuarto, m.
sacrifice, sacrificio, m.
sadness, tristeza,/.
safe, seguro
sail, v., navegar
sailor, mariner o, m.
saint, santo (-a), m.,f.
sale, venta,/.
sally forth, v., salir
salutary, saludable
same, mismo
satisfy, «., satisfacer
Saviour, Salvador, m,
say, v., decir
scarcely, apenas
science, ciencia, /.
ESTGLISH-SPAHISH VOCABULARY.
233
scold, v., renir
scribe, escribano, m.
sea, mar, m.,f.
season, estacion,/.
seated, sentado
second, segundo, m.
Sedan, Sedan
see, «., ver, mirar
seek, v., buscar
seem, v., parecer
Seine, Sena,/.
self, se, si, mismo
select, v., escoger
sell, v., vender
send, v., enviar
sense, sentido, m.
sent, entregado
separate, •»., separarse
September, setiembre, m.
sepulchre, sepulcro, m.
servant, lacayo, criado, ra.
serve, v., servir
set sail, hacer a la vela
seven, siete
several, varios (-as)
shame, verguenza,/.
she, ella
shield-bearer, escudero, m.
sheep, carnero, m.
sheet, sabana,/
shelter, v., abrigar
shift for one's self, bandearse
ship, buque, m., nave,/.
shoe, zapato, m.
should (must), v., deber
show, «., manifestar
shut, «., cerrar [m.
side (of right triangle), cateto,
sign, muestra, /.
silence, silencio. m.
silver, plata,/.
since, pues, puesto que, desde,
despues de, despues, como
single, solo
sister, hermana, /.
sit down, v., sentarse
situation, colocacion, /., em-
six, seis [pleo, m.
sixth, sexto
slave, esclavo, m.
sleep, ®., dormir
sleepy (sleep), sueno, m.
small, pequeno
smell, v., oler
snow, v., nevar
so, tan, si
social, social
society, sociedad,/.
softly, bajo
soldier, soldado, m.
some, something, also, algnno
some one, alguien, alguno
somewhere, en cualquiera
parte
son, hijo, m.
soon, luego
sooner, antes
soul, alma, /.
sour, agrio
south, sud, m.
Spain, Espafia,/.
Spanish, espanol
speak, v.t hablar
speedy, presto
spend, v., gastar, pasar
spirit, espiritu, m.
spoken, hablado
spring (time), primavera,/.
square, cuadrado, m.
sqiu're, escudero, m.
234
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
star, astro, m., estrella,/.
state, estado, m.
The United States, Los Estados
stature, figura,/. [Unidos
steam (boat), vapor, m.
still, todavia
store, almacen, m.
story (narration), historia, /.
storm, temporal, m.
storm, v., asaltar
stove, hornillo, m.
street, calle,/.
stretch, v., tender se
string, cuerda,/.
strong, fuerte
student, estudiante, m.
study, «., estudiar
stupid (one), insensate
subject, asunto, m.
such, tal
such great, tanto
suffer, v., sufrir, permitir
suitable, oportuno
sum (amount), suma, /.
summer, verano, m.
sun, sol, m.
Sunday, domingo, m.
supplicate, v., suplicar
sure, cierto, seguro (estoy cierto
surely, seguro
surgeon, cirujano, m.
surpass, «., superar
surprise, admiration,/.
surprise,^., sorprender
swear, v. , jurar
sweet, dulce
swim, v., nadar
sword, espada,/.
table, mesa,/.
tailor, sastre, m.
take off or away, quitar (-se)
take, v., tomar, llevar, quitar
talent, talento, m.
tall, alto, grande
task, tarea,/.
taste, gusto, m.
tear,- lagrima, /.
teachable, docile
tell, v., decir
ten, diez
than, que, de
thanks, gracias, /.
that, que
that, para que
that, ese, aquel, aquello
that which, aquello que
the, el, la, lo
theatre, teatro, m.
then, entonces
their, su, suyo
theme, tema, m.
theologian, teologo, m.
there, alia, alii
thing, cosa, f.
think, v., pensar, creer
third, tercero
thirst, sed,/.
this, este, esto (esta,/.)
thou, tu
thought, pensamiento, m.
thousand, mil
three, tres
through which, por donde
thus, asi
thy, tu, tuyo
time, tiempo, m., hora,/.
time (one), vez, /.
ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY.
235
tire, cansar
to, a
to-day, hoy
together, junto (-s)
to-morrow, xnanana, /.
tone, tono, m.
tongue, lengua,/.
too much, demasiado
tooth, diente, m.
toward, contra
towards, hacia
town, pueblo, m.
tractable, docil
trammel, traba,/.
translate, 0., traducir
travel, 0., viajar
treacherous, traidor
treasure, tesoro, m.
treat, «., tratar
tree, arbol, m.
tremble, v., temblar
true, verdadero
trunk, baul, m., cofre, m.
trust, -»., fiarse
truth, verdad, /.
try, v., procurar
Tuesday, martes, m.
twelve, doce
two, dos
two weeks, quince dias
uncle, tio, m.
under, bajo,
understand, v., entender
undertaking, empresa, /.
unfortunate, desgraciado
unhappiness, infelicidad, /.
unhappy, infeliz, desdichado
United States, Estados Unidos
until, hasta que
upon, sobre
us, nos
use, «., usar
useful, util
Valdes, Valdes (author)
Lope de Vega, Lope de Vega
very, muy, mismo
vice, vicio, m.
victory, victoria,/.
village, aldea,/., lugar, m.
violin, violin, m.
virtue, virtud, /.
visit, fl., visitar
voice, voz,/.
voyage, viaje, m.
wait, v., esperar
caminar
wall, muro, m.
war, guerra, /.
wash, 0., lavar
watch, reloj, m.
watch, •»., velar
water, agua,/.
way, camino, m.
we, nosotros
wealth, riqueza,jp
wear, v., traer
wear out, «., usar
weary, 0., cansar
week, semana, /.
weigh, v., pesar
well, bien
what, lo que
what(ever), lo que
what?, que?
wheat, trigo, m.
when, cuando
where, donde, donde t
236
PEACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
which, que, cual
white, bianco
who, que
who, cual, el cual, etc., cual ?
who, quien, quien?
whole, todo
be worth, v., valer
whose, cuyo
(of) width, (de) ancho
will, voluntad,/.
win, v., granjear
wind, viento, m.
window, ventana,/.
wine, vino, m.
winter, invierno, m.
wise, sabio
wish, 0., querer
with, con
within, dentro (de)
with it, consigo
without, sin
woman, mujer,/.
wonder, admiracion, /.
woods, bosque, 'm.
word, palabra, /.
work, v., trabajar
work, trabajo, m., obra,/.
worn out, usado
worthless, pobre
worthy of attention , reparable
wretched, infeliz
write, v., escribir
write out, v., componer
written, escrito
ye (you), vos
year, ano, m.
yes, si
yesterday, ayer
yet, todavia, ya, pero
you, Usted,V., m.,/., vosotros,
young, joven [vos
your, su, suyo, vuestro
youth, mocedad,/.
GENERAL INDEX.
JKf References are to sections except where page is specially indicated.
a, 1; pronounced, 5.
a before personal nouns, Les.
II, page 29 (note 2); with
infinitive, Les. XXX, 239
(k), 262.
accent (acute), 37(a) ; graphic,
37; tonic, 34.
acertar, etc., Les. XVIII, 176,
177.
acordar, 178, 179.
adjectives, Les. IV; compari-
son of, Les. V; pronominal,
Les XI, 117 (note 2), 255 (d),
274.
adquirir, 210.
adverbs, Les. XXXII; of affir-
mation and negation, 256;
comparison of, 257; peculiar-
ities of, 257; place of, 258.
afraid, 172.
age, 172.
alegrar (-se), 173, 174.
algo, 120, 121, 255 (<?).
alguien, 120, 122.
alguno, 66, 120, 122.
al, 45.
alphabet, 1.
alto, 69.
amar, Les. VII, 94, Les. X, 119,
Les. XI, 138; conjugated
like hablar, Les. XII.
ambos, 120, 123.
andar, 180, 181.
antojar (-se), 184(6).
aquel, 104, 105 (a), 111.
aquella, 105 (a).
aquello, 105 (a).
are (you are speaking, etc.),
49.
article, Les. I, 99 (note), 101,
109, 113, 114; with noun,Les.
Ill; for possessive, 94, 101(6).
ashamed, 172.
asir, 211.
atender, etc., Les. XIX, 185.
augmentatives, 62.
auxiliary verbs, 143, 160, 161,
162, 254.
b, 1, 9.
bajo, 69.
be (to), 73, 100 (note), 172 (6).
bueno, 66, 69.
by, 163, see prepositions.
c, 1; pronounced, 10, 33.
237
238
GENERAL HSTDEX.
caber, 193.
cada, 120, 124.
caer, 187.
capital letters, 3.
cardinals, Les. VI.
case, 40, page 10 (note 2).
ch, name, 1; pronounced, 11;
in verbs, 152.
cocer, 189.
cold, 172.
comer, Les. VIII, 103; like
temer, 145, 146.
comparative degree, 68.
comparison of adjectives, Les.
V.
comparison of adverbs, 257.
compound tenses, Les. XV,
154, 155, Les. XXV.
con, 252 (d).
conditional mood, 239.
conducir, 205.
conjugation, (first) Les. XII,
(second and third) Les.
XIII.
conjunctions, 239 (a) (b) (c\
241, 243 (&), (taking sub.
mood) 244, Les. XXXV.
consonants, 9-32, 4 (c), 33;
double, 33.
const ar, 184 (b).
could, 239 (Ji).
eual (cual), 111, 114, 117.
cualquiera, 66, 120, 125.
cuanto, 120, 126, 255 (e).
cuyo, 111, 115; cnyo, 117.
d, 1; pronounced, 12.
dar, 182.
de, 75, page 30 (note 1), 93
(a), 100, 101, 163, 172 (d);
with infinitive, Les. XXX,
263.
deber (deber de), 155 (a).
decir, 206, 242 (g).
defective verbs, second con-
jugation, Les. XX; third
conjugation, Les. XXII;
list of, pp. 113, etc.
del, 45.
demonstrative adjectives, Les.
IX.
demonstrative pronouns, Les.
IX.
diaeresis, 4 (e), 37 (c).
did, see do, also 231 (/).
diminutives, 62.
diphthongs, 7.
do, 49, 227, 228.
don, 58 (note 3).
donde, 116.
dormir, 212.
e, 1; pronounced, 5.
el, 46.
el que, 111.
en, page 30 (note 3), 252 (e\
264.
erguir, 213.
errar, 184 (a).
esa, 105 (a), 110 (b).
ese, 104, 105 (a).
eso, 108.
esta, 105 (a), 110 (b).
estar, Les. IV, 67, Les. V, 73,
Les. XVI, 162, 166, 167,
254 (b).
este, 104, 105 (a).
esto, 105 (a), 108, 110.
GENERAL INDEX.
239
euphonic changes in regular
verbs, Les. XIV.
exclamation sign of. 39(&),117
(note), 258 (c).
f, 1; pronounced, 13.
fulano, 120, 127.
future perfect tense, 237.
future subjunctive, 246.
future tense, 233; compound,
237.
g, 1; pronounced, 14.
gender, 2, Les. I, Les. II, 41,
50-54.
gerund, 253 (note 1).
grande, 66, 69.
h, 1; pronounced, 15, 4 (d).
haber, 78, Les. VI, Les. XV,
155 (a) (d), 156, 157, 158,
159, 254 (&).
hablar, Les. XII, 141, 144.
hacer, 190.
hungry, 172.
i, 1; pronounced, 5, 152, 153.
imperative mood, Les. XXVI.
imperfect tense, 231; com-
pound, 235.
impersonal expressions with
subjunctive, 243 (e).
impersonal verbs, Les. XXII.
indefinite pronouns, Les. XI.
inferior, 69.
infimo, 69.
infinitive mood, Les. XXIX,
XXX.
infinitive with prepositions,
251, 252.
infinitive without prepositions,
250.
instruir, 208.
interjections, Les. XXXV,
243 (a).
interrogation, sign of, 39 (a), 49.
interrogative pronouns, Les.
X, 241.
interrogatively, verbs used, Les.
XXIII, 224.
ir, 214, 243 (e).
irregular verbs, Les. XVIII-
XXII.
first conjugation, XVIII.
second conjugation, XIX,
XX.
third conjugation, XXI,
XXII.
list of, pages 113-127.
j, 1; pronounced, 16.
jugar, 183.
k, 1; pronounced, 17.
I, 1; pronounced, 18, 33.
let, 283 (c).
letters, capital, 3; gender of, 2;
list of, 1 ; remarks on, 4.
II, name, 1; pronounced, 19; in
verbs, 152.
lo, 70 (note 5), 82, 83, 91, 103.
m, 1; pronounced, 20.
malo, 66, 69.
mas, 68.
240
GENERAL IKDEX.
matter with, 172 (e).
maximo, 69.
mayor, 69.
mejor, 69.
menor, 69.
menos, 68.
might, 239 (i), 142.
mil, 75 (b) (c).
minimo, 69.
mismo, 120, 128.
month, days of, 77.
morir, 214.
mover, 186.
mucho, 120, 129, 255 (e).
n, 1; pronounced, 21, 33.
n, name,l; pronounced, 22; in
verbs, 152.
nada, 120 and note, 130,255(6).
nadie, 120 and note, 131.
namely, 110 (a).
names, proper, 54, page 219;
of countries, 59(a),page 219.
negation, 223, 256, 257 (d).
negative, page 49 (note 1), 223
(&)(c)(d)(6),224(&), 238(6),
257 (d), 258 (b).
negatively, verbs used, Les.
XXIII, 223.
ninguno, 66.
nouns, Les. II; as diminutive
and augmentative, Les. Ill;
with article, Les. Ill; com-
pound, 52; personal, Les.
II, note 2.
number, Les. II, 42, 55, 56.
numerals, Les. VI.
o, 1; pronounced, 5.
oir, 216.
oler, 194.
optimo, 69.
ordinals, Les. VI.
otro, 120, 132, 137 (note).
own, 102.
p, 1; pronounced, 23.
para, 252 (/) (/'), 265.
participle, past, 254, 160, 161.
participle, present, 140, 253.
passive voice, Les. XVI, 92,
170, 254 (b).
past anterior tense, 236.
past participle, 160, 161, 9fcL
pedir, 204.
peor, 69.
pequeno, 69.
perfect tense, 234.
pesar, 184 (b).
pesimo, 69.
placer, 195.
pluperfect tense, 235.
poco, 120, 133, 255 (e).
poder, 196.
podrir, 217.
poner, 197.
por, 163, 252 (h), 266.
possessive adjectives, Les.
VIII, 94.
possessive pronouns, Les. VIII •
postrero, 66.
prepositions, Les. XXIII,
XXIV; with infinitive, Les.
XXX, 254 (c); place of, 269;
Eng. prepn. into Spanish,
Les. XXXIV; in question,
119 (a).
present participle, 140, 253.
GENERAL LtfDEX.
241
present tense, 226-230; com-
pound of, 234.
preterite tense, 232 ; compound
of, 236.
primero, 66.
pronominal adjectives, Les.
XI, 255 (d), 274.
pronouns, demonstrative, Les.
IX; for the article, 94; indefi-
nite, Les. XI; interrogative,
Les. X; personal, Les. VII;
possessive, Les. VIII; re-
flexive, 84, 92; relative, Les.
X, 245; repeated, 88 (note).
pronunciation, 1-37; rules for,
34-36.
proper names, 54, page 219;
of countries, 59(a), page 219.
pudrir, 217.
punctuation, 39 (a) (b), 111
(note 1).
q, 1 ; pronounced, 24.
que, 75, 252 (h), 249 (c).
'que(que), 111, 113, 117.
querer, 192.
quien (quien), 111, 113 (note),
117.
quienquiera, 120, 134.
r, 1; pronounced, 25, 33.
recibir, Les. XIII, 110 (c), 147,
148.
reflexive verbs, Les. XVII.
regular verbs, Les. XII, XIII;
euphonic changes in, Les.
XIV.
reir, 207.
relative pronouns, Les. X,245.
rr, name, 1; pronounced, 25.
s, 1; pronounced, 26.
saber, 198, 242 (b).
salir, 218.
santo, 66 (santa, 66).
satisfacer, 191.
se, 84, 92, 170 (note 1).
seiior, senora, 58.
sentir, etc., Les. XXI, 203.
sequence of tenses. 247.
ser, Les. I, 47, Les. II, 56, Les.
Ill, 73, Les. XVI, 160, 164,
165, 254 (b).
should, 142, 239 (j).
si, 239 (a).
some, 61.
Spanish language (sketch of);,
pages 179-194.
subjunctive, first and second
imperfect distinguished, 243;
in relative sentences, 245;
used dependently, 241, etc.,
Les. XXVII, XXVIII; used
independently, 240; with
conjunctions, 244; with im-
personal expressions, 243 (e).
superior, 69.
superlative, 71, 72, Exercise V
(sentence 9, note).
supremo, 69.
syllables, division of, 38.
t, 1 ; pronounced, 27.
table of contents, pages v, vi.
tal, 120, 135.
temer, Les. XIII, 145, 146.
tener, Les. Ill, 155 (a) (b), Les.
XVII, 172, 174, 175, 254 (b).
tenses, compound, Les. XV,
XXV; sequence of, 247; sim-
ple, Les. XXIV, XXV.
242
GENERAL INDEX.
tercero, 66.
than, 75 (a).
tilde, 37 (b).
time of day, 78.
tocar, Les. XIV.
todo, 65 (note 4), 120, 136.
traer, 188.
triphthongs, 8.
n, 1 ; pronounced, 5, 4 (c).
una, 66, page 25 (note).
uno, page 25 (note), 120, 137;
see article, 66; see numerals,
75 (d).
usted (V.), 48, 81, 85 (note 3).
v, 1; pronounced, 28.
valer, 199.
varies, 120, 138.
venir, 209.
ver, 200.
verbs, Les. XII-XXXI; alpha-
betical list of irregular and
defective, page 113-127; de-
fective, second conjugation,
Les. XX; defective, third
conjugation, Les. XXII;
ending in car, gar, zar, 149;
ending in cer, cir, 150; end-
ing in ger, gir, guir, 151;
verb-forms, Les. XII; prin-
cipal parts, 140, 141, 142,
143. See also under tenses,
etc.
vocabulary, English-Spanish,
page 221; Spanish-English,
page 195; Spanish proper
names, page 219.
vowels, 3-6; long, 6; quality
of, 6; short, 6; sounds, 4 (a).
w, 1; pronounced, 29.
x, 1; pronounced, 30.
y, 1; pronounced, 5, 31, 75 (e),
153.
yacer, 201.
year, 77.
you, 48.
z, 1; pronounced, 32.
THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE
STAMPED BELOW
AN INITIAL FINE OF 25 CENTS
WILL BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN
THIS BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY
WILL INCREASE TO SO CENTS ON THE FOURTH
DAY AND TO $1.OO ON THE SEVENTH DAY
OVERDUE.
•C 27 1S38
REC'D LD
FEB 5'65-9Af
JUN 25 1941
APR 10 1943
.;,!.
SEP 1 1 1961
YA 00123
U.C. BERKELEY LIBRARIES
:>£>
ZZI19Z
THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11